PART NO.

ENMJAA-NA1-2

ZX470LC-5B
670LC-5B
Operator's Manual

870LC-5B
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR
470LC-5B

OPERATOR'S MANUAL
670LC-5B
870LC-5B
Hydraulic Excavator
URL:[Link] ENMJAA-NA1-2

This book is printed on recycled paper. PRINTED IN JAPAN (K) 2012, 06 Serial No. 0030001 and up
 INTRODUCTION
Read this manual carefully to learn how to operate and Warranty is provided as a part of Hitachi’s support
service your machine correctly. Failure to do so could program for customers who operate and maintain their
result in personal injury or machine damage. equipment as described in this manual. The warranty is
explained on the warranty certificate which you should
This standard specification machine can be operated have received from your dealer.
under the following conditions without being modified.
Atmospheric Temperature: –20 °C to 45 °C (–4 °F to 113 °F) This warranty provides you the assurance that Hitachi
Altitude: 0 m to 2000 m (0 ft to 6600 ft) will back its products where defects appear within the
warranty period. In some circumstances, Hitachi also
In case the machine is used under conditions other than provides field improvements, often without charge to the
described above, consult your nearest Hitachi dealer. customer, even if the product is out of warranty.
Should the equipment be abused, or modified to
This manual should be considered a permanent part of change its performance beyond the original factory
your machine and should remain with the machine when specifications, the warranty will become void and field
you sell it. improvements may be denied.
Setting fuel delivery above specifications or otherwise
This machine is of metric design. Measurements in this overpowering machines will result in such action.
manual are metric. Use only metric hardware and tools as
specified. Only qualified, experienced operators officially licensed
(according to local law) should be allowed to operate
Right-hand and left-hand sides are determined by the machine. Moreover, only officially licensed personnel
facing in the direction of forward travel. should be allowed to inspect and service the machine.

Write product identification numbers in the Machine PRIOR TO OPERATING THIS MACHINE, INCLUDING
Numbers section. Accurately record all the numbers SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, IN A COUNTRY
to help in tracing the machine should it be stolen. OTHER THAN A COUNTRY OF ITS INTENDED USE,
Your dealer also needs these numbers when you order IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO MAKE MODIFICATIONS
parts. If this manual is kept on the machine, also file the TO I T SO T HAT I T COM P L IE S W IT H T HE LOC A L
identification numbers in a secure place off the machine. REGULATORY STANDARDS (INCLUDING SAFET Y
STANDARDS) AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS OF THAT
Use only diesel fuel with quality specified in JIS K-2204, PARTICULAR COUNTRY. PLEASE DO NOT EXPORT OR
EN-590 or ASTM D-975 which contents 15 ppm or lower OPERATE THIS MACHINE OUTSIDE OF THE COUNTRY
sulfur. OF ITS INTENDED USE UNTIL SUCH COMPLIANCE
Also use fuel that complies with solid contamination level HAS BEEN CONFIRMED. PLEASE CONTACT HITACHI
of class 18/16/13 of ISO4406-1999 (solid contamination CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY CO., LTD. OR ANY OF OUR
includes dust). If the fuel specified above is not used, AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR OR DEALER IF YOU HAVE
exhaust gas that exceeds the regulation values may be ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING COMPLIANCE.
discharged, causing serious problem on the engine.
Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest product information available at the
time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.

©2012 Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd.

All rights reserved.
 / /

/
ENMJAA-NA1-2
 CONTENTS
MACHINE NUMBERS .........................................................1 Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing
Flammable Fluids .................................................................... S-34
SAFETY .......................................................................... S-1 Precautions for Handling Accumulator and
Recognize Safety Information ....................................................S-1 Gas Damper .............................................................................. S-34
Understand Signal Words .............................................................S-1 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ........................... S-35
Follow Safety Instructions ............................................................S-2 Beware of Asbestos and Silicon Dust and Other
Prepare for Emergencies...............................................................S-3 Contamination ......................................................................... S-35
Wear Protective Clothing..............................................................S-3 Prevent Battery Explosions ....................................................... S-36
Protect Against Noise ....................................................................S-4 Service Air Conditioning System Safely ............................... S-36
Inspect Machine ..............................................................................S-4 Handle Chemical Products Safely........................................... S-37
General Precautions for Cab ........................................................S-5 Dispose of Waste Properly......................................................... S-37
Use Handrails and Steps ...............................................................S-6 Never Ride Attachment .............................................................. S-38
Adjust the Operator's Seat ...........................................................S-6 Notes for Muffler Filter................................................................ S-38
Ensure Safety Before Rising from or Leaving Precautions for Communication Terminal ........................... S-38
Operator’s Seat ...........................................................................S-7 Precaution for Communication Terminal Equipment ..... S-39
Fasten Your Seat Belt ......................................................................S-7
Move and Operate Machine Safely ...........................................S-8 SAFETY SIGNS ............................................................. S-41
Operate Only from Operator's Seat ..........................................S-8 COMPONENTS NAME.................................................... 1-1
Jump Starting ...................................................................................S-9
Components Name ........................................................................1-1
Keep Riders off Machine ...............................................................S-9
Precautions for Operations ....................................................... S-10 GETTING ON/OFF THE MACHINE ................................. 1-2
Investigate Job Site Beforehand ............................................. S-11
OPERATOR’S STATION .................................................. 1-3
Install OPG Guard ......................................................................... S-12
Provide Signals for Jobs Involving Multiple Machines.... S-13 Muffler Filter ......................................................................................1-3
Confirm Direction of Machine to Be Driven........................ S-13 Cab Features (Std. Model) ............................................................1-6
Drive Machine Safely................................................................... S-14 Cab Features (with Attachment) ................................................1-7
Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents .................................. S-16 Multi Function Monitor .................................................................1-8
Avoid Injury from Back-Over and Swing Accidents ......... S-17 Default Setting .................................................................................1-9
Keep Person Clear from Working Area.................................. S-18 Basic Screen .................................................................................... 1-10
Never Position Bucket Over Anyone ..................................... S-18 How to Use Screens ..................................................................... 1-11
Avoid Undercutting ..................................................................... S-19 Displaying Basic Screen ........................................................ 1-11
Avoid Tipping................................................................................. S-19 Hour Meter ................................................................................ 1-14
Never Undercut a High Bank .................................................... S-20 Clock ............................................................................................ 1-14
Dig with Caution ........................................................................... S-20 Fuel Gauge ................................................................................ 1-14
Operate with Caution ................................................................. S-20 Coolant Temperature Gauge .............................................. 1-15
Avoid Power Lines ........................................................................ S-21 Operating Status Icon Display ............................................ 1-15
Precautions for Lightning .......................................................... S-21 Security Functions (Optional) .................................................. 1-16
Object Handling ........................................................................... S-22 Input Password ........................................................................ 1-16
Protect Against Flying Debris .................................................. S-22 Extending Password Duration Time ................................. 1-17
Park Machine Safely ..................................................................... S-23 Alarm Occurrence Screen .......................................................... 1-18
Handle Fluids Safely−Avoid Fires............................................ S-23 Remedy ............................................................................................ 1-20
Transport Safely ............................................................................ S-24 Muffler Filter ................................................................................... 1-24
Practice Safe Maintenance ........................................................ S-25 Muffler Filter Condition Display ......................................... 1-24
Warn Others of Service Work ................................................... S-26 Muffler Filter Manual Regeneration Request ................ 1-25
Support Machine Properly ........................................................ S-26 Manual Regeneration Procedure ...................................... 1-26
Stay Clear of Moving Parts ........................................................ S-27 Main Menu ...................................................................................... 1-27
Prevent Parts from Flying .......................................................... S-27 Air Conditioner .............................................................................. 1-28
Store Attachments Safely .......................................................... S-28 Circulation Air Mode .............................................................. 1-28
Prevent Burns ................................................................................. S-28 Air Conditioner ON/OFF ....................................................... 1-28
Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically........................................ S-29 Radio ................................................................................................. 1-29
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................................................... S-29 Work Mode ..................................................................................... 1-30
Prevent Fires ................................................................................... S-30 Attachment selection ............................................................ 1-30
Evacuating in Case of Fire.......................................................... S-32 Mail (Optional) ............................................................................... 1-31
Beware of Exhaust Fumes.......................................................... S-32 Setting Menu ................................................................................. 1-33
Precautions for Welding and Grinding ................................. S-33 Date and Time................................................................................ 1-34
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines ....................... S-34 Time Adjustment .................................................................... 1-34
Date Adjustment ..................................................................... 1-36
 CONTENTS
Display Mode Setting ............................................................ 1-38 Fan Reverse Switch (Optional) (7) ..................................... 1-98
Attachment Adjust....................................................................... 1-40 Swing Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (8) ......... 1-98
Flow Rate Adjustment ........................................................... 1-40 Auto-Lubrication Switch (9) ................................................ 1-99
Attachment Name Input ............................................................ 1-42 Auto-Lubrication Selector Switch (Optional) (10) ....... 1-99
Auto Shut-Down ........................................................................... 1-44 Fan Reverse System (Optional) ..............................................1-100
Auto Shut-Down ON/OFF .................................................... 1-44 Key Switch .....................................................................................1-103
Acting Time Setting................................................................ 1-45 Power Boost Switch ...................................................................1-103
Muffler Filter Regeneration Inhibited ................................... 1-46 Horn Switch ..................................................................................1-103
Setting Procedure ................................................................... 1-46 Electrical Control Switch (Optional).....................................1-104
Auto-Lubrication .......................................................................... 1-48 AUX Function Lever 1 ..........................................................1-104
Lubrication Interval Setting ................................................ 1-48 AUX Function Lever 2 ..........................................................1-105
Password Change (Optional).................................................... 1-50 Cigar Lighter.................................................................................1-106
Sub Meter ........................................................................................ 1-54 Using Cigar Lighter ..............................................................1-106
Rear View Camera Monitor ....................................................... 1-56 Using Cigar Lighter Port as External Power
Rear View Camera ON/OFF .................................................. 1-56 Source ..................................................................................1-106
Brightness Adjustment ............................................................... 1-58 Cab Light Switch .........................................................................1-107
Language Settings ....................................................................... 1-60 Installing Fire Extinguisher (Optional) ................................1-107
Lists of Display Language .......................................................... 1-62 Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever ...................................................1-108
Unit Selection ................................................................................ 1-63 Engine Stop Switch ....................................................................1-108
Display Item Selection (Rear View Camera OFF) ............... 1-65 Fuse Box .........................................................................................1-109
Main Menu Sequence Change ................................................ 1-67 Fuse Box 1 ................................................................................1-109
Information Menu ........................................................................ 1-69 Fuse Box 2 ................................................................................1-109
Operation ........................................................................................ 1-70 Auto Air Conditioner .................................................................1-110
Fuel Consumption .................................................................. 1-70 Features ....................................................................................1-110
Breaker Operation .................................................................. 1-72 Components Name ..............................................................1-111
Attachment Operation.......................................................... 1-74 Controller Part Name and Function ...............................1-112
Travel Operation ...................................................................... 1-76 Cab Heater Operation .........................................................1-114
Actual Operation ..................................................................... 1-78 Cooling Operation ................................................................1-115
Maintenance .................................................................................. 1-80 Defroster Operation .............................................................1-116
Maintenance Notice............................................................... 1-80 Cool Head/Warm Feet Operation....................................1-116
Time Remains and Maintenance Interval....................... 1-82 Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage .............................1-117
Troubleshooting ........................................................................... 1-84 For Rapid Cooling .................................................................1-117
Monitoring ...................................................................................... 1-86 When Windows Become Clouded ..................................1-117
Switch Panel ................................................................................... 1-88 Off-Season Air Conditioner Maintenance ....................1-117
Return to Previous Screen (Monitor) ............................... 1-89 AM/FM Radio Operation ..........................................................1-118
Return to Basic Screen (Monitor) ...................................... 1-89 Controls on the radio ...........................................................1-118
Select/Confirm Switch (Monitor)....................................... 1-89 Tuning Procedure .................................................................1-118
Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch (Air Station Presetting Procedure............................................1-119
Conditioner) ........................................................................ 1-89 Station Auto-Presetting Procedure ................................1-120
AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch (Air Conditioner) .......... 1-89 TONE Control ..........................................................................1-121
AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch (Radio).......................... 1-90 Audio Input (Optional) .............................................................1-122
Power Switch/Volume Control Knob (Radio) ................ 1-90 Cab Door Release Lever ...........................................................1-123
Engine Control Dial ................................................................ 1-90 Opening/Closing and Removing Cab Inside
Auto-Idle Switch ...................................................................... 1-91 Window ....................................................................................1-124
Travel Mode Switch ................................................................ 1-91 Opening/Closing Upper Front Window .............................1-125
Mode Switch ............................................................................. 1-92 Opening/Closing Upper Front Window ........................1-125
Work Light Switch ................................................................... 1-93 Removing and Storing Lower Front Window ...................1-126
Wiper/Washer Switch ............................................................ 1-94 Removing and Storing Lower Front Window .............1-126
Numeric Keypad ...................................................................... 1-95 Opening Side Windows ............................................................1-127
Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment) ................................ 1-96 Opening/Closing Overhead Window ..................................1-128
Travel Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (1) ......... 1-97 Opening/Closing Overhead Window (Clear Hatch: If
Seat Heater Switch (Optional) (2) ...................................... 1-97 Equipped) ................................................................................1-129
Rear Light Switch (Optional) (3) ......................................... 1-97 Emergency Exit ...........................................................................1-130
Electrical Control Main Switch (Optional) (4) ................ 1-97 Adjusting Operator's Seat .......................................................1-131
Overload Alarm Switch (Optional) (5) ............................. 1-98 Seat Height and Angle Adjustment ...............................1-131
Boom Mode Switch (6).......................................................... 1-98 Console and Seat Fore-aft Adjustment .........................1-131
 CONTENTS
Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment ..................................................1-131 Avoid Abusive Operation .......................................................... 5-23
Suspension Adjustment .....................................................1-131 Avoid Side Load the Bucket ...................................................... 5-23
Backrest Adjustment ...........................................................1-132 Do Not Use Wide Track Shoes on Rough Ground. ............ 5-24
Armrest Adjustment ............................................................1-132 Object Handling --- If Equipped .............................................. 5-25
Console Height Adjustment ...................................................1-133 Hydraulic Breaker and Hydraulic Crusher ............................ 5-27
Adjusting Procedures ..........................................................1-133 Precautions for Breaker Operation ......................................... 5-30
Installation and Adjustment of Mirrors ..............................1-134 Precautions for Crusher Operation ........................................ 5-37
Seat Belt .........................................................................................1-135 Attachment ..................................................................................... 5-40
Seat Belt....................................................................................1-135 How to Lower Boom In Case of Emergency and When
Engine Stops ............................................................................. 5-42
BREAK-IN ....................................................................... 2-1
Precautions for After Operations ............................................ 5-43
Observe Engine Operation Closely ...........................................2-1
Every 10 Hours or Daily .................................................................2-1 TRANSPORTING ............................................................ 6-1
After the First 50 Hours .................................................................2-1 Transporting by Road ....................................................................6-1
After the First 100 Hours ...............................................................2-1 Loading/Unloading on a Trailer .................................................6-2
Fastening Machine for Transporting ........................................6-4
OPERATING THE ENGINE .............................................. 3-1
Unloading ..........................................................................................6-4
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting ....................................3-1 Transportation Exhaust Pipe .......................................................6-5
Before Starting Engine ..................................................................3-2
Starting the Engine .........................................................................3-3 MAINTENANCE .............................................................. 7-1
Check Instruments After Starting ..............................................3-7 Correct Maintenance and Inspection Procedures ...............7-1
Using Booster Batteries .................................................................3-8 Check the Hour Meter Regularly................................................7-3
Stopping the Engine ................................................................... 3-10 Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants ..............................................7-3
Engine Auto-Stop in Extremely Low Temperature ........... 3-11 Layout ..................................................................................................7-4
Maintenance Guide Table.............................................................7-7
DRIVING THE MACHINE ................................................ 4-1
Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance .....................7-9
Drive the Machine Carefully ........................................................4-1 Hood and Access Covers ............................................................ 7-10
Steering the Machine Using Pedals ..........................................4-2 Daily Check ..................................................................................... 7-13
Steering the Machine Using Levers ..........................................4-3 Maintenance Guide ..................................................................... 7-14
Travel Mode Switch ........................................................................4-4 Periodic Replacement of Parts................................................. 7-20
Travel Alarm (Optional) .................................................................4-4 A. Greasing ...................................................................................... 7-25
Operating on Soft Ground ...........................................................4-5 Front Joint Pins ........................................................................ 7-25
Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm ....................................4-6 Swing Bearing .......................................................................... 7-27
Towing Machine a Short Distance.............................................4-7 Swing Internal Gear................................................................ 7-28
Operating in Water or Mud ..........................................................4-8 B. Engine .......................................................................................... 7-29
Parking the Machine on Slopes..................................................4-9 Engine Oil Level ....................................................................... 7-29
Parking the Machine ......................................................................4-9 Change Engine Oil, Replace Engine Oil Filter ............... 7-30
OPERATING THE MACHINE ........................................... 5-1 C. Transmission .............................................................................. 7-32
Control Lever (ISO Pattern) ..........................................................5-1 Pump Transmission (ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B) ............... 7-32
Control Lever (HITACHI Pattern) (Optional)............................5-2 Swing Reduction Gear .......................................................... 7-34
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Breaker) (Optional) ...............5-3 Travel Reduction Gear ........................................................... 7-36
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Crusher) (Optional)...............5-4 D. Hydraulic System ..................................................................... 7-38
Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever ........................................................5-5 Inspection and Maintenance of Hydraulic
Warming Up Operation .................................................................5-6 Equipment ........................................................................... 7-38
Engine Speed Control ....................................................................5-7 Check Hydraulic Oil Level .................................................... 7-41
Auto-Idle .............................................................................................5-8 Water drain from hydraulic oil tank .................................. 7-42
Auto Shut-Down ........................................................................... 5-10 Change Hydraulic Oil ............................................................. 7-43
Muffler Filter Manual Regeneration ....................................... 5-13 Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System ............................... 7-45
Work Mode ..................................................................................... 5-15 Suction Filter Cleaning .......................................................... 7-47
Power Boost Switch ..................................................................... 5-18 Replace Full-Flow Filter ......................................................... 7-48
Mode Switch .................................................................................. 5-19 Replace Pump Drain Filter ................................................... 7-49
Operating Backhoe ...................................................................... 5-20 Replace Pilot Oil Filter............................................................ 7-50
Precaution for Arm Roll-In/Bucket Roll-In Combined Replace Air Breather Element ............................................. 7-52
Operation................................................................................... 5-20 Check Hoses and Lines ......................................................... 7-53
Grading Operation ....................................................................... 5-21 E. Fuel System ................................................................................ 7-58
Do Not Strike the Ground with Bucket Teeth ..................... 5-22 Drain Fuel Tank Sump ............................................................ 7-60
Avoid Hammer Work ................................................................... 5-22 Drain Fuel Filter ........................................................................ 7-61
 CONTENTS
Bleed Air from the Fuel System .......................................... 7-63 STORAGE ..................................................................... 10-1
Replace Fuel Main Filter Element ...................................... 7-68 Storing the Machine .................................................................... 10-1
Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element ......................................... 7-70 Removing the Machine from Storage ................................... 10-2
Clean Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer .................................. 7-72
Check Water Separator (Optional) .................................... 7-73 TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................... 11-1
Check Fuel Hoses .................................................................... 7-75 Troubleshooting ........................................................................... 11-1
F. Air Cleaner................................................................................... 7-76 SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................... 12-1
Clean and Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Specifications ZX470LC-5B ....................................................... 12-1
Element ................................................................................. 7-76 Working Ranges ZX470LC-5B .................................................. 12-2
G. Cooling System ........................................................................ 7-79 Shoe Types and Applications ZX470LC-5B .......................... 12-3
Check Coolant Level .............................................................. 7-80 Bucket Types and Applications ZX470LC-5B ...................... 12-3
Change Coolant ....................................................................... 7-81 Specifications ZX670LC-5B ....................................................... 12-4
Clean Radiator/Oil Cooler/Inter Cooler Core................. 7-83 Working Ranges ZX670LC-5B .................................................. 12-5
Clean Oil Cooler, Radiator and Inter Cooler Shoe Types and Applications ZX670LC-5 ............................ 12-6
Front Screen ........................................................................ 7-83 Bucket Types and Applications ZX670LC-5B ...................... 12-6
Clean Air Conditioner Condenser ..................................... 7-83 Specifications ZX870LC-5B ....................................................... 12-7
Clean Fuel Oil Cooler ............................................................. 7-83 Working Ranges ZX870LC-5B .................................................. 12-8
H. Air Conditioner ......................................................................... 7-84 Shoe Types and Applications ZX870LC-5B .......................... 12-9
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter ....................... 7-84 Bucket Types and Applications ZX870LC-5B ...................... 12-9
Check Air Conditioner ........................................................... 7-86
Adjust Compressor Belt Tension ........................................ 7-87 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES ................. 13-1
Check Looseness at Each of Fastened Areas ................. 7-87 Counterweight Removal/Install Device .................... 13-1
Check at Preseason and Off-Season................................. 7-88
Counterweight Removal/Install Device ............................... 13-1
I. Electrical System ........................................................................ 7-89
Counterweight Removal............................................................ 13-3
Battery......................................................................................... 7-90
Counterweight Installation .....................................................13-10
Replacing Fuses ....................................................................... 7-95
Troubleshooting .........................................................................13-19
J. Miscellaneous ............................................................................ 7-97
Check and Replace Bucket Teeth ...................................... 7-97 Automatic Lubrication ............................................. 13-20
Change Bucket .......................................................................7-100 Automatic Lubrication ..............................................................13-20
Adjust Bucket Linkage ........................................................7-103
Automatic/Manual Lubrication ............................... 13-22
Remove Travel Levers ..........................................................7-104
Check and Replace Seat Belt.............................................7-104 Automatic/Manual Lubrication .............................................13-22
Check Windshield Fluid Level ...........................................7-105 Auto-Lubrication ...................................................................13-22
Check Track Sag .....................................................................7-106 Manual Lubrication ..............................................................13-24
Clean Cab Floor......................................................................7-109 Lubricator .................................................................. 13-26
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt ...........................................7-110 Lubricator ......................................................................................13-26
Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance ...............................7-110 Greasing Method ..................................................................13-26
Check of Fuel Injection Timing.........................................7-110 Grease Container Replacement .......................................13-28
Measure Engine Compression Pressure........................7-110
Check Starter and Alternator ............................................7-110 Fuel Feed Device ....................................................... 13-30
Check Water Pump ...............................................................7-110 Fuel Feed Device (with Filter) (Optional) ..........................13-30
Check and Replace EGR Device .......................................7-110 INDEX ........................................................................... 14-1
Check Gas Damper ...............................................................7-111
Check Handrails (ZX470LC-5B) .........................................7-111
Tightening and Retightening Torque of Nuts
and Bolts .............................................................................7-111
Check O-rings in Bucket ....................................................7-152
Clean EGR Cooler ..................................................................7-153
Check Turbocharger .............................................................7-153
Check and Clean Injection Nozzle ..................................7-153
K. Muffler Filter ............................................................................7-154
Check and Clean Filter Element of Muffler Filter .......7-154
Check and Clean Muffler Filter .........................................7-154
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS ................................................................. 9-1
Maintenance Under Special Environmental Conditions ...9-1
 MACHINE NUMBERS
The manufacturing Nos. explained in this group is the
individual number (serial No.) given to each machine and
hydraulic components. These numbers are requested
when inquiring any information on the machine and/or
components. Fill these serial Nos. in the blank spaces in this
group to immediately make them available upon request.

Machine

M157-00-001

MZX5-00-001EN

Product Identification Number

PRODUCT
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER :

fNOTE: Marks to indicate the

*HCMJAA50000030001* start and end of the PIN
M157-12-008
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (PIN)

Engine

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

ZX470LC-5B MJAA-00-001

ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B M1J1-00-001

1
 MACHINE NUMBERS

Travel Motor

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

ZX470LC-5B M111-12-007

ZX670LC-5B M17P-01-001

ZX870LC-5B M17V-00-002

2
 MACHINE NUMBERS

Swing Motor

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

ZX470LC-5B M16J-07-007

ZX670LC-5B M1J7-07-005

ZX870LC-5B M1JB-00-001

3
 MACHINE NUMBERS

Hydraulic Pump

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

ZX470LC-5B MJAA-00-002

ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B M1J7-07-003

Boom

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

M111-12-005

4
 MACHINE NUMBERS

Arm

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

M17V-00-005

Bucket

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

M116-12-004

Muffler Filter

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

MDAA-00-002

DOC (Diesel Oxidation Catalyst)

TYPE :

MFG. NO. :

MDAA-00-002

5
 MACHINE NUMBERS

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

6
 SAFETY

Recognize Safety Information

— These are the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOLS.
– When you see these symbols on your machine or in this
manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
– Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.

SA-688

Understand Signal Words

— On machine safety signs, signal words designating the
degree or level of hazard - DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION
- are used with the safety alert symbol.
– DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
– WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
– CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury.
– DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are listed on
CAUTION safety signs.
– Some safety signs do not use any of the designated signal
words above after the safety alert symbol are occasionally
used on this machine.

— To avoid confusing machine protection with personal SA-1223

safety messages, a signal word IMPORTANT indicates a

situation which, if not avoided, could result in damage to
the machine.

— NOTE: indicates an additional explanation for an

element of information.

S-1
 SAFETY

Follow Safety Instructions

— Carefully read and follow all safety signs on the machine
and all safety messages in this manual.
— Safety signs should be installed, maintained and replaced
when necessary.
– If a safety sign or this manual is damaged or missing,
order a replacement from your authorized dealer in the
same way you order other replacement parts (be sure to
state machine model and serial number when ordering).
— Learn how to operate the machine and its controls correctly
and safely.
— Allow only trained, qualified, authorized personnel to
operate the machine.
— Keep your machine in proper working condition. SA-003
– Unauthorized modifications of the machine may impair
its function and/or safety and affect machine life.
– Do not modify any machine parts without authorization.
Failure to do so may deteriorate the part safety, function,
and/or service life. In addition, personal accident,
machine trouble, and/or damage to material caused by
unauthorized modifications will void Hitachi Warranty
Policy.
– Never attempt to modify or disassemble the inlet/exhaust
parts and the muffler filter. Avoid giving shocks on the
muffler filter by striking elements with other objects or
dropping the elements. Failure to do so may affect the
exhaust gas purifying device, possibly damaging it or
lowering its performance.
– Do not use attachments and/or optional parts or
equipment not authorized by Hitachi. Failure to do so
may deteriorate the safety, function, and/or service life
of the machine. In addition, personal accident, machine
trouble, and/or damage to material caused by using
unauthorized attachments and/or optional parts or
equipment will void Hitachi Warranty Policy.
— The safety messages in this SAFETY chapter are intended
to illustrate basic safety procedures of machines. However
it is impossible for these safety messages to cover every
hazardous situation you may encounter. If you have any
questions, you should first consult your supervisor and/
or your authorized dealer before operating or performing
maintenance work on the machine.

S-2
 SAFETY

Prepare for Emergencies

— Be prepared if a fire starts or if an accident occurs.
– Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher on hand.
– Thoroughly read and understand the label attached on
the fire extinguisher to use it properly.
– To ensure that a fire extinguisher can be always used
when necessary, check and service the fire extinguisher
at the recommended intervals as specified in the fire
extinguisher manual.
– Establish emergency procedure guidelines to cope with
fires and accidents.
– Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance
service, hospital, and fire department posted near your
telephone. SA-437

Wear Protective Clothing

— Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.

You may need:

A hard hat
Safety shoes
Safety glasses, goggles, or face shield
Heavy gloves
Hearing protection
Reflective clothing SA-438
Wet weather gear
Respirator or filter mask.
Be sure to wear the correct equipment and clothing for the
job. Do not take any chances.
– Avoid wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or other items that
can catch on control levers or other parts of the machine.
— Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while
operating the machine.

S-3
 SAFETY

Protect Against Noise

— Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or
loss of hearing.
– Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortably loud noises.

SA-434

Inspect Machine
— Inspect your machine carefully each day or shift by walking
around it before you start it to avoid personal injury.
– In the walk-around inspection be sure to cover all points
described in the "Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting"
section in the operator’s manual.

SA-435

S-4
 SAFETY
General Precautions for Cab
– Before entering the cab, thoroughly remove all dirt and/or
oil such as mud, grease, soil or stones that may mess up
the cab from the soles of your work boots. If any controls
such as a pedal is operated while with dirt and/or oil on
the soles of the operator’s work boots, the operator’s foot
may slip off the pedal, possibly resulting in a personal
accident.
– Do not mess up around the operator's seat with parts,
tools, soil, stones, obstacles that may fold up or turn
over, cans or lunch box. The levers or pedals become
inoperable if obstacle jams in operation stroke of the
travel levers/pedals, pilot control shut-off lever or control
levers, which may result in serious injury or death.
– Avoid storing transparent bottles in the cab. Do not
attach any transparent type window decorations on
the windowpanes as they may focus sunlight, possibly
starting a fire.
– Refrain from listening to the radio, or using music
headphones or mobile telephones in the cab while
operating the machine.
– Keep all flammable objects and/or explosives away from
the machine.
– After using the ashtray, always cover it to extinguish the
match and/or tobacco.
– Do not leave cigarette lighters in the cab. When the
temperature in the cab increases, the lighter may
explode.
– Use proper floor mat dedicated to the machine. If another
floor mat is used, it may be displaced and contact with
the travel pedals during operation, resulting in serious
injury or death.

S-5
 SAFETY

Use Handrails and Steps

— Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.
– When you get on and off the machine, always face the
machine and maintain a three-point contact with the
steps and handrails.
– Do not use any controls as handrails.
– Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
– Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and
handrails when leaving the machine.
– Never get on and off the machine with tools in your
hands.
SA-439

Adjust the Operator's Seat

— A poorly adjusted seat for either the operator or for the
work at hand may quickly fatigue the operator leading to
misoperations.
– The seat should be adjusted whenever changing the
operator for the machine.
– The operator should be able to fully depress the pedals
and to correctly operate the control levers with his back
against the seat back.
– If not, move the seat forward or backward, and check
again.
– Adjust the rear view mirror position so that the best rear
visibility is obtained from the operator’s seat. If the mirror SA-378
is broken, immediately replace it with a new one.

S-6
 SAFETY
Ensure Safety Before Rising from or Leaving
Operator’s Seat
— Before rising from the operator’s seat to open/close either
side window or to adjust the seat position, be sure to first
lower the front attachment to the ground and then move
the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position. Failure
to do so may allow the machine to unexpectedly move
when a body part unintentionally comes in contact with
a control lever and/or pedal, possibly resulting in serious
personal injury or death.
— Before leaving the machine, be sure to first lower the front
attachment to the ground and then move the pilot control
shut-off lever to the LOCK position. Turn the key switch OFF
to stop the engine.
— Before leaving the machine, close all windows, doors, and
access covers and lock them up.

Fasten Your Seat Belt

— If the machine should overturn, the operator may become
injured and/or thrown from the cab. Additionally the
operator may be crushed by the overturning machine,
resulting in serious injury or death.
– Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine
webbing, buckle and attaching hardware. If any item is
damaged or worn, replace the seat belt or component
before operating the machine.
– Be sure to remain seated with the seat belt securely
fastened at all times when the machine is in operation to SA-237
minimize the chance of injury from an accident.
– We recommend that the seat belt be replaced every three
years regardless of its apparent condition.

S-7
 SAFETY

Move and Operate Machine Safely

— Bystanders can be run over.
– Take extra care not to run over bystanders. Confirm the
location of bystanders before moving, swinging, or
operating the machine.
– Always keep the travel alarm and horn in working
condition (if equipped). It warns people when the
machine starts to move.
– Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or operating
the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals
before starting the machine.
– Use appropriate illumination. Check that all lights are SA-426
operable before operating the machine. If any faulty
illumination is present, immediately repair it.
– Ensure the cab door, windows, doors and covers are
securely locked.
– Check the mirrors and the monitor in the CAB for
problems.
If there is, replace the problem part(s) or clean the mirror,
camera and the monitor.
Refer to Rear View Monitor section on the cleaning of the
camera and the monitor.

Operate Only from Operator's Seat

— Inappropriate engine starting procedures may cause the
machine to runaway, possibly resulting in serious injury or
death.
– Start the engine only when seated in the operator's seat.
– NEVER start the engine while standing on the track or on
ground.
– Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.
– Before starting the engine, confirm that all control levers
are in neutral.
– Before starting the engine, confirm the safety around the
machine and sound the horn to alert bystanders. SA-444

S-8
 SAFETY

Jump Starting
— Battery gas can explode, resulting in serious injury.
– If the engine must be jump started, be sure to follow
the instructions shown in the “OPERATING THE ENGINE”
chapter in the operator’s manual.
– The operator must be in the operator’s seat so that the
machine will be under control when the engine starts.
Jump starting is a two-person operation.
– Never use a frozen battery.
– Failure to follow correct jump starting procedures could
result in a battery explosion or a runaway machine.
SA-032

Keep Riders off Machine

— Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being struck
by foreign objects and being thrown off the machine.
– Only the operator should be on the machine. Keep riders
off.
– Riders also obstruct the operator’s view, resulting in the
machine being operated in an unsafe manner.

SA-379

S-9
 SAFETY

Precautions for Operations

— Investigate the work site before starting operations.
– Be sure to wear close fitting clothing and safety
equipment appropriate for the job, such as a hard hat,
etc. when operating the machine.
– Clear all persons and obstacles from area of operation and
machine movement.
Always beware of the surroundings while operating.
When working in a small area surrounded by obstacles,
take care not to hit the upperstructure against obstacles.
– When loading onto trucks, bring the bucket over the truck
beds from the rear side. Take care not to swing the bucket
over the cab or over any person.

M178-05-007

S-10
 SAFETY

Investigate Job Site Beforehand

— When working at the edge of an excavation or on a road
shoulder, the machine could tip over, possibly resulting in
serious injury or death.
– Investigate the configuration and ground conditions of
the job site beforehand to prevent the machine from
falling and to prevent the ground, stockpiles or banks
from collapsing.
– Make a work plan. Use machines appropriate to the work
and job site.
– Reinforce ground, edges and road shoulders as
necessary. Keep the machine well back from the edges of
excavations and road shoulders.
– When working on an incline or on a road shoulder, SA-380
employ a signal person as required.
– Confirm that your machine is equipped with a FOPS cab
before working in areas where the possibility of falling
stones or debris exist.
– When the footing is weak, reinforce the ground before
starting work.
– When working on frozen ground, be extremely alert. As
ambient temperatures rise, footing becomes loose and
slippery.
– Beware the possibility of fire when operating the machine
near flammable objects such as dry grass.

S-11
 SAFETY
— Make sure the worksite has sufficient strength to firmly
support the machine.
When working close to an excavation or at road
shoulders, operate the machine with the tracks positioned
perpendicular to the cliff face with travel motors at the rear,
so that the machine can more easily evacuate if the cliff face
collapses.
— If working on the bottom of a cliff or a high bank is required,
be sure to investigate the area first and confirm that no
danger of the cliff or bank collapsing exists. If any possibility
of cliff or bank collapsing exists, do not work on the area.
— Soft ground may collapse when operating the machine on
it, possibly causing the machine to tip over. When working
on soft ground is required, be sure to reinforce the ground
first using large pieces of steel plates strong and firm
enough to easily support the machine.
— Note that there is always a possibility of machine tipping
over when working on rough terrain or on slopes. Prevent M104-05-016
machine tipping over from occurring. When operating on
rough terrain or on slopes:
– Reduce the engine speed.
– Select slow travel speed mode.
– Operate the machine slowly and be cautious with
machine movements.

Install OPG Guard

In case the machine is operated in areas where the possibilities
of falling stones or debris exist, equip Hitachi OPG guard.
Consult your authorized dealer for installing the OPG guard.
The guard can be compliant with ROPS standards depending
on the machine specifications.
In order not to impair operator protective structure:
Replace damaged ROPS or OPG guard. Never attempt to repair
or modify the guard.

ROPS: Roll Over Protective Structure

OPG: Operator Protective Guard

SA-490

S-12
 SAFETY

Provide Signals for Jobs Involving Multiple

Machines
— For jobs involving multiple machines, provide signals
commonly known by all personnel involved. Also, appoint
a signal person to coordinate the job site. Make sure that all
personnel obey the signal person’s directions.

SA-481

Confirm Direction of Machine to Be Driven

— Incorrect travel pedal/lever operation may result in serious
injury or death.
– Before driving the machine, confirm the position of the
undercarriage in relation to the operator’s position. If the
travel motors are located in front of the cab, the machine
will move in reverse when travel pedals/levers are
operated to the front.

SA-491

S-13
 SAFETY

Drive Machine Safely

— Before driving the machine, always confirm that the travel
levers/pedals direction corresponds to the direction you
wish to drive.
– Be sure to detour around any obstructions.
– Avoid traveling over obstructions. Soil, fragments of rocks,
and/or metal pieces may scatter around the machine. Do A
not allow personnel to stay around the machine while
traveling.

— Driving on a slope may cause the machine to slip or SA-657

overturn, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
– Never attempt to ascend or descend 35 degrees or
steeper slopes.
– Be sure to fasten the seat belt.
– When driving up or down a slope, keep the bucket facing
the direction of travel, approximately 0.2 to 0.3 m (A)
above the ground.
– If the machine starts to skid or becomes unstable,
immediately lower the bucket to the ground and stop.
– Driving across the face of a slope or steering on a
slope may cause the machine to skid or turnover. If A SA-658
the direction must be changed, move the machine to
level ground, then, change the direction to ensure safe
operation.

SA-441

WRONG

SA-590

S-14
 SAFETY
– Avoid swinging the upperstructure on slopes. Never
attempt to swing the upperstructure downhill. The
machine may tip over. If swinging uphill is unavoidable,
carefully operate the upperstructure and boom at slow
speed.
– If the engine stalls on a slope, immediately lower the
bucket to the ground. Return the control levers to neutral.
Then, restart the engine.
– Be sure to thoroughly warm up the machine before
ascending steep slopes. If hydraulic oil has not warmed
up sufficiently, sufficient performance may not be Travel Motor
obtained.
– Use a signal person when moving, swinging or operating M104-05-008
the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals
before starting the machine.
– Before moving machine, determine which way to move
travel pedals/levers for the direction you want to go.
When the travel motors are in the rear, pushing down
on the front of the travel pedals or pushing the levers
forward moves the machine forward, towards the idlers.
An arrow-mark seal is stuck on the inside surface of the
side frame to indicate the machine front direction.
– Select a travel route that is as flat as possible. Steer the
Arrow -mark
machine as straight as possible, making small gradual
changes in direction. M178-03-001
– Before traveling on them, check the strengths of bridges
and road shoulders, and reinforce if necessary.
– Use wood plates in order not to damage the road surface.
Be careful of steering when operating on asphalt roads in
summer.
– When crossing train tracks, use wood plates in order not
to damage them.
– Do not make contact with electric wires or bridges.
– When crossing a river, measure the depth of the river
using the bucket, and cross slowly. Do not cross the river
when the depth of the river is deeper than the upper
edge of the upper roller.
SA-011
– When traveling on rough terrain, reduce engine speed.
Select slow travel speed. Slower speed will reduce
possible damage to the machine.
– Avoid operations that may damage the track and
undercarriage components.
– During freezing weather, always clean snow and ice from
track shoes before loading and unloading machine, to
prevent the machine from slipping.

S-15
 SAFETY

Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents

— Death or serious injury may result if you attempt to mount
or stop a moving machine.

To avoid rollaways:
– Select level ground when possible to park the machine.
– Do not park the machine on a grade.
– Lower the bucket and/or other work tools to the ground.
– Turn the auto-idle switch OFF and the power mode switch
ECO.
– Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for 5
minutes to cool down the engine.
– Stop the engine and remove the key from the key switch.
SA-391
– Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.
– Block both tracks and lower the bucket to the ground.
Thrust the bucket teeth into the ground if you must park
on a grade.
– Position the machine to prevent rolling.
– Park at a reasonable distance from other machines.

SA-2273

S-16
 SAFETY

Avoid Injury from Back-Over and Swing

Accidents
— If any person is present near the machine when backing or
swinging the upperstructure, the machine may hit or run
over that person, resulting in serious injury or death.
To avoid back-over and swing accidents:
– Always look around BEFORE YOU BACK UP AND SWING
THE MACHINE. BE SURE THAT ALL BYSTANDERS ARE
CLEAR.
– Keep the travel alarm in working condition (if equipped).
ALWAYS BE ALERT FOR BYSTANDERS MOVING INTO THE
WORK AREA. USE THE HORN OR OTHER SIGNAL TO WARN
BYSTANDERS BEFORE MOVING MACHINE.
– USE A SIGNAL PERSON WHEN BACKING UP IF YOUR VIEW
IS OBSTRUCTED. ALWAYS KEEP THE SIGNAL PERSON IN
VIEW. SA-383
Use hand signals, which conform to your local regulations,
when work conditions require a signal person.
– No machine motions shall be made unless signals are
clearly understood by both signalman and operator.
– Learn the meanings of all flags, signs, and markings used
on the job and confirm who has the responsibility for
signaling.
– Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good
condition.
– Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc., can reduce visibility. As visibility
decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.
– Read and understand all operating instructions in the SA-384
operator’s manual.

S-17
 SAFETY

Keep Person Clear from Working Area

— A person may be hit severely by the swinging front
attachment or counterweight and/or may be crushed
against an other object, resulting in serious injury or death.
– Keep all persons clear from the area of operation and
machine movement.
– Before operating the machine, set up barriers to the
sides and rear area of the bucket swing radius to prevent
anyone from entering the work area.

SA-386

Never Position Bucket Over Anyone

— Never lift, move, or swing bucket above anyone or a truck
cab.
Serious injury or machine damage may result due to bucket
load spill or due to collision with the bucket.

SA-487

S-18
 SAFETY
Avoid Undercutting
— In order to retreat from the edge of an excavation if the
footing should collapse, always position the undercarriage
perpendicular to the edge of the excavation with the travel
motors at the rear.
– If the footing starts to collapse and if retreat is not
possible, do not panic. Often, the machine can be secured
by lowering the front attachment, in such cases.

SA-488

Avoid Tipping
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO JUMP CLEAR OF TIPPING MACHINE
--- SERIOUS OR FATAL CRUSHING INJURIES WILL RESULT
MACHINE WILL TIP OVER FASTER THAN YOU CAN JUMP
FREE
FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT
— The danger of tipping is always present when operating on
a grade, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
To avoid tipping:
— Be extra careful before operating on a grade.
– Prepare machine operating area flat.
– Keep the bucket low to the ground and close to the SA-012
machine.
– Reduce operating speeds to avoid tipping or slipping.
– Avoid changing direction when traveling on grades.
– NEVER attempt to travel across a grade steeper than 15
degrees if crossing the grade is unavoidable.
– Reduce swing speed as necessary when swinging loads.

— Be careful when working on frozen ground.

– Temperature increases will cause the ground to become
soft and make ground travel unstable.

SA-440

S-19
 SAFETY

Never Undercut a High Bank

— The edges could collapse or a land slide could occur causing
serious injury or death.

SA-489

Dig with Caution

— Accidental severing of underground cables or gas lines may
cause an explosion and/or fire, possibly resulting in serious
injury or death.
– Before digging check the location of cables, gas lines, and
water lines.
– Keep the minimum distance required, by law, from cables,
gas lines, and water lines.
– If a fiber optic cable should be accidentally severed, do
not look into the end. Doing so may result in serious eye
injury.
– Contact your local “diggers hot line” if available in your
area , and/or the utility companies directly.
SA-382
Have them mark all underground utilities.

Operate with Caution

— If the front attachment or any other part of the machine hits
against an overhead obstacle, such as a bridge, both the
machine and the overhead obstacle will be damaged, and
personal injury may result as well.
– Take care to avoid hitting overhead obstacles with the
boom or arm.

SA-389

S-20
 SAFETY

Avoid Power Lines

— Serious injury or death can result if the machine or front
attachments are not kept a safe distance from electric lines.
– When operating near an electric line, NEVER move any
part of the machine or load closer than 3 m plus twice the
line insulator length.
– Check and comply with any local regulations that may
apply.
– Wet ground will expand the area that could cause any
person on it to be affected by electric shock. Keep all
bystanders or co-workers away from the site.

SA-381

Precautions for Lightning

— The machine is vulnerable to lightning strikes.
– In the event of an electrical storm, immediately stop
operation, and lower the bucket to the ground. Evacuate
to a safe place far away from the machine.
– After the electrical storm has passed, check all of the
machine safety devices for any failure. If any failed
safety devices are found, operate the machine only after
repairing them.

SA-1088

S-21
 SAFETY

Object Handling
— If a lifted load should fall, any person nearby may be
struck by the falling load or may be crushed underneath it,
resulting in serious injury or death.
– When using the machine for craning operations, be sure
to comply with all local regulations.
– Do not use damaged chains or frayed cables, sables,
slings, or ropes.
– Before craning, position the upperstructure with the
travel motors at the rear.
– Move the load slowly and carefully. Never move it
suddenly.
– Keep all persons well away from the load.
– Never move a load over a person’s head.
– Do not allow anyone to approach the load until it is safely
and securely situated on supporting blocks or on the
ground.
– Never attach a sling or chain to the bucket teeth. They
may come off, causing the load to fall.

SA-014

Protect Against Flying Debris

— If flying debris hit eyes or any other part of the body, serious
injury may result.
– Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris;
wear goggles or safety glasses.
– Keep bystanders away from the working area before
striking any object.
– Always close the front windows, doors, door windows and
the overhead window when operating the machine.

SA-432

S-22
 SAFETY

Park Machine Safely

To avoid accidents:
– Park machine on a firm, level surface.
– Lower bucket to the ground.
– Turn auto-idle switch OFF and power mode switch ECO.
– Run engine at slow idle speed without load for 5 minutes.
– Turn key switch to OFF to stop engine.
– Remove the key from the key switch.
– Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
– Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.
– Lock all access doors and compartments.

SA-390

Handle Fluids Safely−Avoid Fires

— Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable. If fuel ignites,
an explosion and/or a fire may occur, possibly resulting in
serious injury or death.
– Do not refuel the machine while smoking or when near
open flame or sparks.
– Always stop the engine before refueling the machine.
– Fill the fuel tank outdoors.

— All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolants are flammable.

– Store flammable fluids well away from fire hazards.
– Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers. SA-018
– Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn
spontaneously.
– Securely tighten the fuel and oil filler cap.

SA-019

S-23
 SAFETY

Transport Safely
— Take care the machine may turn over when loading or
unloading the machine onto or off of a truck or trailer.
– Observe the related regulations and rules for safe
transportation.
– Select an appropriate truck or trailer for the machine to
be transported.
– Be sure to use a signal person.
– Always follow the following precautions for loading or
unloading:
1. Select solid and level ground.
2. Always use a ramp or deck strong enough to support the
machine weight. SA-395

3. Turn auto-idle switch OFF and turn mode switch to ECO

position.
4. Always select the slow speed mode with the travel mode
switch.
5. Never load or unload the machine onto or off a truck
or trailer using the front attachment functions when
driving up or down the ramp.
6. Never steer the machine while on the ramp. If the
traveling direction must be changed while the ramp,
unload the machine from the ramp, reposition the
machine on the ground, then try loading again.
7. The top end of the ramp where it meets the flatbed is a
sudden bump. Take care when traveling over it.
8. Place blocks in front of and behind the tires. Securely
hold the machine to the truck or trailer deck with wire
ropes.

Be sure to further follow the details described in the

TRANSPORTING section.

S-24
 SAFETY

Practice Safe Maintenance

To avoid accidents:
– Understand service procedures before starting work.
– Keep the work area clean and dry.
– Do not spray water or steam inside cab.
– Never lubricate or service the machine while it is moving.
– Keep hands, feet and clothing away from power-driven
parts.

Before servicing the machine:

1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for 5
minutes.
5. Turn the key switch to OFF to stop engine.
6. Relieve the pressure in the hydraulic system by moving
the control levers several times. SA-028

7. Remove the key from the key switch.

8. Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag on the control lever.
9. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
10. Allow the engine to cool.

– If a maintenance procedure must be performed with the

engine running, do not leave the machine unattended.
– If the machine must be raised, maintain a 90 to 110˚
angle between the boom and arm. Securely support any
machine elements that must be raised for service work.
– Inspect certain parts periodically and repair or replace as
necessary. Refer to the section discussing that part in the
“MAINTENANCE” chapter of this manual. SA-527
– Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed.
– Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
– When cleaning parts, always use nonflammable
detergent oil. Never use highly flammable oil such as fuel
oil and gasoline to clean parts or surfaces.
– Disconnect battery ground cable (−) before making
adjustments to electrical systems or before performing
welding on the machine.

S-25
 SAFETY
– Sufficiently illuminate the work site. Use a maintenance
work light when working under or inside the machine.
– Always use a work light protected with a guard. In case
the light bulb is broken, spilled fuel, oil, antifreeze fluid, or
window washer fluid may catch fire.

SA-037

Warn Others of Service Work

— Unexpected machine movement can cause serious injury.
– Before performing any work on the machine, attach a “Do
Not Operate” tag on the control lever.
This tag is available from your authorized dealer.

SS2045102

Support Machine Properly

— Never attempt to work on the machine without securing
the machine first.
– Always lower the attachment to the ground before you
work on the machine.
– If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment,
securely support the machine or attachment. Do not
support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tires, or
props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
SA-527

S-26
 SAFETY

Stay Clear of Moving Parts

— Entanglement in moving parts can cause serious injury.
– To prevent accidents, care should be taken to ensure that
hands, feet, clothing, jewelry and hair do not become
entangled when working around rotating parts.

SA-026

SA-2294

Prevent Parts from Flying

— Grease in the track adjuster is under high pressure.
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in serious
injury, blindness, or death.
– Do not attempt to remove GREASE FITTING or VALVE
ASSEMBLY.
– Do not attempt to remove grease fitting securing cover.
– As pieces may fly off, be sure to keep body and face away
from valve.
– Never attempt to disassemble the track adjuster.
Inadvertent disassembling of the track adjuster may
cause the parts such as a spring to fly off, possibly SA-344
resulting in severe personal injury or death.

— Travel reduction gears are under pressure.

– As pieces may fly off, be sure to keep body and face away
from AIR RELEASE PLUG to avoid injury.
– GEAR OIL is hot. Wait for GEAR OIL to cool, then gradually
loosen AIR RELEASE PLUG to release pressure.

S-27
 SAFETY

Store Attachments Safely

— Stored attachments such as buckets, hydraulic hammers,
and blades can fall and cause serious injury or death.
– Securely store attachments and implements to prevent
falling. Keep children and bystanders away from storage
areas.

SA-034

Prevent Burns
Hot spraying fluids:

— After operation, engine coolant is hot and under pressure.

Hot water or steam is contained in the engine, radiator and
heater lines.
Skin contact with escaping hot water or steam can cause
severe burns.
– To avoid possible injury from hot spraying water. DO
NOT remove the radiator cap until the engine is cool.
When opening, turn the cap slowly to the stop. Allow all
pressure to be released before removing the cap.
– The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Again, be sure to SA-039
release all pressure before removing the cap.

Hot fluids and surfaces:

— Engine oil, gear oil and hydraulic oil also become hot during
operation.
The engine, hoses, lines and other parts become hot as well.
– Wait for the oil and components to cool before starting
any maintenance or inspection work.

SA-225

S-28
 SAFETY

Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically

— Rubber hoses that contain flammable fluids under pressure
may break due to aging, fatigue, and abrasion. It is very
difficult to gauge the extent of deterioration due to aging,
fatigue, and abrasion of rubber hoses by inspection alone.
– Periodically replace the rubber hoses. (See the page of
“Periodic replacement of parts” in the operator’s manual.)

— Failure to periodically replace rubber hoses may cause a fire,

fluid injection into skin, or the front attachment to fall on a
SA-019
person nearby, which may result in severe burns, gangrene,
or otherwise serious injury or death.

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

— Fluids such as diesel fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can
penetrate the skin or eyes causing serious injury, blindness
or death.
– Avoid this hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines.
– Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
– Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard; take care to
protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. Wear a
face shield or goggles for eye protection.
– If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with this
type of injury immediately. Any fluid injected into the SA-031
skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result.

SA-292

SA-044

S-29
 SAFETY

Prevent Fires
Check for Oil Leaks:
— Fuel, hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can lead to fires.
– Check for oil leaks due to missing or loose clamps, kinked
hoses, lines or hoses that rub against each other, damage
to the oil-cooler, and loose oil-cooler flange bolts.
– Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose or damaged
clamps, lines, hoses, oil-cooler and oil-cooler flange bolts.
– Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines.
– Never install bent or damaged lines, pipes, or hoses.
– Replace fuel hoses and hydraulic hoses periodically even
if there is no abnormality in their external appearance.
SA-019
Check for Shorts:
— Short circuits can cause fires.
– Clean and tighten all electrical connections.
– Check before each shift or after eight (8) to ten (10) hours
operation for loose, kinked, hardened or frayed electrical
cables and wires.
– Check before each shift or after eight (8) to ten (10) hours
operation for missing or damaged terminal caps.
– DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE if cable or wires are loose,
kinked, etc.
– Never attempt to modify electric wirings.

S-30
 SAFETY
Clean up Flammables:
— Spilled fuel and oil, and trash, grease, debris, accumulated
coal dust, and other flammables may cause fires.
– Prevent fires by inspecting and cleaning the machine
daily, and by removing adhered oil or accumulated
flammables immediately. Check and clean high
temperature parts such as the exhaust outlet and
mufflers earlier than the normal interval.
– Do not wrap high temperature parts such as a muffler or
exhaust pipe with oil absorbents.
– Do not store oily cloths as they are vulnerable to catching
fire.
– Keep flammables away from open flames.
– Do not ignite or crush a pressurized or sealed container.
– Wire screens may be provided on openings on the engine
compartment covers to prevent flammables such as
dead leaves from entering. However, flammables which
have passed through the wire screen may cause fires.
Check and clean the machine every day and immediately
remove accumulated flammables.

Check Key Switch:

— If a fire breaks out, failure to stop the engine will escalate
the fire, hampering fire fighting.
Always check key switch function before operating the
machine every day:
1. Start the engine and run it at slow idle.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position to confirm that
the engine stops.
– If any abnormalities are found, be sure to repair them
before operating the machine.

Check Heat Shields:

— Damaged or missing heat shields may lead to fires.

– Damaged or missing heat shields must be repaired or

replaced before operating the machine.
– If hydraulic hoses are broken while the engine cover is
open, splattered oil on the high temperature parts such
as mufflers may cause fire. Always close the engine cover
while operating the machine.

S-31
 SAFETY

Evacuating in Case of Fire

— If a fire breaks out, evacuate the machine in the following
way:
– Stop the engine by turning the key switch to the OFF
position if there is time.
– Use a fire extinguisher if there is time.
– Exit the machine.
— In an emergency, if the cab door or front window can not
be opened, break the front or rear window panes with
the emergency evacuation hammer to escape from the
cab. Refer to the explanation pages on the Emergency SA-393
Evacuation Method.

SS-1510

Beware of Exhaust Fumes

— Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause
sickness or death.
– If you must operate in a building, be sure there is
adequate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe
extension to remove the exhaust fumes or open doors
and windows to bring enough outside air into the area.
– PM (Particle Matter) combustion may generate white
smoke during muffler filter regeneration. Do not attempt
to do muffler filter manual regeneration in a badly
ventilated indoors.

SA-016

S-32
 SAFETY
Precautions for Welding and Grinding
— Welding may generate gas and/or small fires.
– Be sure to perform welding in a well ventilated and
prepared area. Store flammable objects in a safe place
before starting welding.
– Only qualified personnel should perform welding. Never
allow an unqualified person to perform welding.
— Grinding on the machine may create fire hazards. Store
flammable objects in a safe place before starting grinding.
— After finishing welding and grinding, recheck that there are
no abnormalities such as the area surrounding the welded
area still smoldering. SA-818

S-33
 SAFETY

Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

— Flammable spray can be generated by heating near
pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself
and bystanders.
– Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near
pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials.
– Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes
beyond the immediate flame area. Install temporary
fire-resistant guards to protect hoses or other materials
before engaging in welding, soldering, etc..

SA-030

Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing

Flammable Fluids
– Do not weld or flame cut pipes or tubes that contain
flammable fluids.
– Clean them thoroughly with nonflammable solvent
before welding or flame cutting them.

Precautions for Handling Accumulator and Gas

Damper
High-pressure nitrogen gas is sealed in the accumulator and
the gas damper. Inappropriate handling may cause explosion,
possibly resulting in serious injury or death.

Strictly comply with the following items: Do not disassemble

the unit.
– Keep the units away from open flames and fire.
– Do not bore a hole, do not cut by torch.
– Avoid giving shocks by hitting or rolling the unit.
– Before disposing the unit, sealed gas must be released.
Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

S-34
 SAFETY

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

— Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by
welding, soldering, or using a torch. If inhaled, these fumes
may cause sickness.
– Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
– Do all such work outside or in a well-ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
– Remove paint before welding or heating:
1. If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
2. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with SA-029
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint
stripper containers and other flammable material from
area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before
welding or heating.

Beware of Asbestos and Silicon Dust and Other

Contamination
— Take care not to inhale dust produced in the work site.
Inhalation of asbestos fibers may be the cause of lung
cancer. Inhalation of silicon dust or other contamination
may cause sickness.
– Depending on the work site conditions, the risk
of inhaling asbestos fiber, silicon dust or other
contamination may exist. Spray water to prevent asbestos
fibers, silicon dust or other contamination from becoming
airborne. Do not use compressed air.
– When operating the machine in a work site where
asbestos fibers, silicon dust or other contamination SA-029
might be present, be sure to operate the machine
from the upwind side and wear a mask rated to
prevent the inhalation of asbestos, silicon dust or other
contamination.
– Keep bystanders out of the work site during operation.
– Asbestos fibers might be present in imitation parts. Use
only genuine Hitachi Parts.

S-35
 SAFETY

Prevent Battery Explosions

— Battery gas can explode.
– Keep sparks, lighted matches, and flame away from the
top of battery.
– Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.
– Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm the
battery to 16 ˚C ( 60 ˚F ) first.
– Do not continue to use or charge the battery when
electrolyte level is lower than specified. Explosion of the
battery may result.
– Loose terminals may produce sparks. Securely tighten all
terminals. SA-032
– Connect terminals to the correct electrical poles. Failure
to do so may cause damage to the electrical parts or fire.

— Battery electrolyte is poisonous. If the battery should

explode, battery electrolyte may be splashed into eyes,
possibly resulting in blindness.
– Be sure to wear eye protection when checking electrolyte
specific gravity.

Service Air Conditioning System Safely

— If spilled onto skin, refrigerant may cause a cold contact
burn.
– Refer to the instructions described on the container for
proper use when handling the refrigerant.
– Use a recovery and recycling system to avoid leaking
refrigerant into the atmosphere.
– Never touch the refrigerant.

SA-405

S-36
 SAFETY

Handle Chemical Products Safely

— Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious
injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with your
machine include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints,
and adhesives.
– A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific
details on chemical products: physical and health
hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response
techniques.
– Check the MSDS before you start any job using a
hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what
the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow
procedures and use recommended equipment. SA-309
– See your authorized dealer for MSDS’s (available only in
English) on chemical products used with your machine.

Dispose of Waste Properly

— Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the
environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with HITACHI equipment includes such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
– Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
– Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
– Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can
damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations SA-226
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
– Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste
from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your authorized dealer.

S-37
 SAFETY

Never Ride Attachment

Never allow anyone to ride attachments or load. This is an
extremely dangerous practice.

Notes for Muffler Filter

Muffler Filter
The muffler filter removes particle matters (PM) in
the exhaust gas. The muffler filter traps PM, and it is
automatically regenerated by burning PM when the set
amount of PM is accumulated in the filter. Follow the
instructions below to prevent the muffler filter from being
damaged.

dWARNING: Exhaust gas from the muffler filter, muffler

and exhaust piping becomes hot during and right
after engine running and filter regeneration (burning
PM). Keep away from the direction of the exhaust
piping and its vicinity during the filter regeneration.
Be careful not to let your skin contact with any hot gas
from the exhaust piping. It may cause severe burns.

Do not directly touch water coming out of the muffler filter.

The water is mildly-acidic by oxidation catalyst mounted
in the muffler filter. If filter water spills on your skin,
immediately flush it out with clean water.

Precautions for Communication Terminal

Electrical wave transmitted from the communication terminal
may cause malfunction of other electronic devices.
Inquire the device manufacturer for electrical wave
disturbance upon using an electronic device near the
communication terminal.

S-38
 SAFETY
Precaution for Communication Terminal
Equipment
This machine has a communication terminal equipment
emitting electrical waves installed inside a rear tray which is
situated at the back of the driver's seat. There is a possibility
that a medical device, including an implantable device
such as a cardiac pacemaker, would be affected and would
malfunction by the electrical waves emitted from the
communication terminal equipment.

Any person affixed with a medical device such as the above SA-2302
should not use this machine, unless the medical device and
the rear tray are at least 22 centimeters (8.662 inches) apart at
all times. If such condition cannot be met, please contact our
company's nearest dealer and have the person in charge stop
the communication terminal equipment from functioning
completely and confirm that it is not emitting electrical waves.

Specific Absorption Rate ("SAR") (measured by 10 g per unit) of

communication terminal equipment:
E-GSM900 0.573 W/Kg (914.80 MHz)
DCS-1800 0.130 W/Kg (1710.20 MHz)
WCDMA Band I 0.271 W/Kg (1950.00 MHz)

*This data was measured by having each type of

communication terminal equipment, such as the
communication terminal equipment used with this machine,
and a human body set apart by 3 cm (1.18 inches).
* SAR is a measure of the amount of radio frequency energy
absorbed by the body when using a wireless application such
as a mobile phone.

In Japan: *Under the Japanese Radio Act and other relevant

Japanese regulations, the maximum SAR value is 2 W/kg (as of
March 2010).

In EU Member nation: *Under the "Council Recommendation

1999/519/EC 12 July 1999'; the maximum SAR value is 2 W/kg
(as of March 2010).

S-39
 SAFETY
— Never attempt to disassemble, repair, modify or displace the
communication terminal, antennas or cables. Failure to do
so many result in damage and/or fire to the base machine
or to the communication terminal. (When required to
remove or install the communication terminal, consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.)

— Do not pinch or forcibly pull cables, cords or connectors.

Failure to do so may cause short circuit or broken circuit
that may result in damage and/or fire to the base machine
or to the communication terminal.

S-40
 SAFETY SIGNS
All safety signs and their locations affixed on the machine are illustrated in this group. Make sure of the contents
described in the safety signs through reading actual ones affixed on the machine to ensure safe machine operation.
Always keep the safety signs clean. In case a safety sign is broken or lost, immediately, obtain a new replacement and affix
it again in position on the machine. Use the part No. indicated under the right corner of each safety sign illustration when
placing an order of it to the Hitachi dealer.

ZX470LC-5B

12
2
Right Window

14
1

11
9

10

6 8

Accumulator

13

SS-3338

S-41
 SAFETY SIGNS
ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B

12 2

Right Window

11
5

10

7
4
7
ZX670LC-5B
ZX870LC-5B 8

Accumulator

13

13
ZX670LC-5B

ZX870LC-5B SS-3340

S-42
 SAFETY SIGNS
1.

SS-862

2.

SS-863

3.

SS-859

S-43
 SAFETY SIGNS
4.

SS3089713

5.

SS3092349

6.

SS-408

S-44
 SAFETY SIGNS
7.

SS3077560

8.

SS-1022

9.
When moving the seat height/tilt lever downward, press the
lever grip with a palm from the top side. Do not grasp the
lever grip to operate the lever, possibly resulting in pinch of
your fingers into the seat stand.

SS4371371

10.

SS-024

S-45
 SAFETY SIGNS
11.

SS-710

12.

SS4467093

13.
Sign indicates a hazard of rotating parts, such as belt.
Turn off before inspection and maintenance.

SS3092352

14.

SS4318016

S-46
 COMPONENTS NAME

Components Name
1- Bucket 4
3
2- Bucket Cylinder
3- Arm
4- Arm Cylinder 5
2
5- Boom
6- Hydraulic Oil Tank 6

7- Fuel Tank 7

8- Counterweight 14

9- Engine
13
10- Track 1

11- Travel Device 12

12- Front Idler

13- Cab
14- Boom Cylinder 8
15- Muffler Filter

fNOTE: The illustration shows ZX870LC-5B. 9

15 11 10
TJBC-01-02-001

1-1
 GETTING ON/OFF THE MACHINE

Getting ON/OFF the Machine

Foot holds and handrails are provided in and around the
machine.
These are used to get on and off the cab safely as well as to do
inspection and maintenance of the machine safely. 1
Never jump on or off the machine as it is very dangerous.

dWARNING:
— Never attach a wire on the foot holds or handrails to
lift the cab or main body or while transporting the
machine on a truck or trailer as it is dangerous.
— The door handle (1) is not a handrail. Do not hold the
door handle (1) as a handrail when getting on and
off the machine.
— Do not hold the control levers or pilot control shut-
off lever when getting on and off the machine.

M1JB-01-001

M1JB-01-002

1-2
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Muffler Filter
The muffler filter removes particulate matter (PM) in the
exhaust gas. The muffler filter traps PM, and it is automatically
regenerated by burning PM when the set amount of PM is
accumulated in the filter. Follow the instructions below to
prevent the muffler filter from being damaged.

IMPORTANT:
— Exhaust gas from the muffler filter, exhaust piping
and tail piping becomes hot during and right after
engine running and filter regeneration (burning
PM). Be careful not to let your skin contact with any
hot gas from the exhaust piping. It may cause severe
burns.
— If flammable object such as dead leaves or paper
scraps is around the muffler, it may cause fire.
— Before maintaining the machine, stop the engine
and make sure the engine has sufficiently cooled
down in order to prevent burns.
— Be sure to use fuel that complies with JIS K-2204,
EN-590 and ASTM D-957 which contents 15 ppm or
lower sulfur. If the fuel described above is not used,
exhaust gas that exceeds the regulation values may
be discharged and serious problem may arise on the
engine.
— Use only genuine Hitachi engine oil. Using engine
oil other than the genuine Hitachi may shorten
the muffler cleaning interval and increase the fuel
consumption rate.
— Besides, using bad quality fuel, drainage agent, fuel
additives, gasoline, kerosene or alcohol refueled
or mixed with specified fuel may deteriorate
performance of fuel filters and cause sliding problem
at lubricated contacts in the injector. It also affects
the engine parts, leading to malfunction.

1-3
 OPERATOR'S STATION
— Do not modify the machine without authorization.
Never attempt to modify the air inlet and exhaust
parts such as the air duct, muffler filter and the
exhaust outlet. Also never attempt to disassemble
the muffler filter. Avoid giving shocks on the muffler
filter by striking elements with other objects or
dropping the elements. Failure to do so may affect
the exhaust gas purifying device, possibly damaging
it or lowering its performance.
— PM combustion may generate white smoke during
muffler filter regeneration. Do not attempt to
do muffler filter manual regeneration in a badly
ventilated indoors.

fNOTE:
– The muffler filter traps PM, and it is automatically
regenerated by burning PM when the set amount of PM
is accumulated in the filter. It is called auto-regeneration.
The auto-regeneration is performed at random times
depending on the machine operating condition. The auto-
regeneration may start during operation of the machine;
you can continue to operate the machine. (Refer to 1-24)
– Turning the pilot shut-off lever to LOCK position while
performing auto-regeneration may change the engine
sound and may increase the engine speed, this is not a
malfunction.
– Do not stop the engine during regeneration unless
absolutely necessary.
– The auto-regeneration may be terminated depending on
the machine operating condition. At this time, the muffler
filter regeneration request indicator will be lit. This mark
indicates that the muffler filter manual regeneration is
required. Perform manual regeneration following the
specified procedure. (Refer to 1-26)
– Usually, auto-regeneration starts 8 hours after the
previous regeneration. (either auto or manual) The auto-
regeneration is performed at random times depending on
the machine operating condition.

1-4
 OPERATOR'S STATION
– If the previous regeneration is not completed, the muffler
filter regeneration request will be lit on the monitor after 10
hours and 30 minutes from the previous one. (Refer to 1-25)
12 hours after the previous regeneration, the muffler filter
regeneration request alarm flashes on the monitor (Refer
to 1-25), the engine power derates and the buzzer sounds
interruptedly. Perform manual regeneration following the
specified procedure in this case. (Refer to 1-26)
– When the machine is operated without performing
manual regeneration, the muffler filter may be damaged.
Immediately move the machine to a safe area and perform
manual regeneration.
– When approximately 13 hours have passed from the
previous regeneration without manual regeneration being
carried out, the muffler filter alarm and the engine trouble
alarm will be displayed on the monitor, and the buzzer
sounds (Refer to 1-25). Consult your authorized dealer for
repairing the muffler filter in this case.
– Both auto and manual regenerations restore muffler filter
function. It is not a malfunction.
– If auto-regeneration interval becomes shorter, consult your
authorized dealer.
– White smoke may occur for several minutes after the
engine start, this is not a malfunction.

1-5
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Cab Features (Std. Model)

1 2 3 4 5 6
1- Left Control Lever/Horn Switch 7

2- Left Travel Pedal

3- Left Travel Lever
4- Right Travel Lever 13
8
5- Right Travel Pedal
6- Right Control Lever/Power Boost Switch
9
7- Multi Function Monitor Panel
8- Switch Panel 10
9- Key Switch 12
10- Regeneration Switch
11- Operator's Seat
12- Cab Door Release Lever
13- Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever
14- Glove Compartment 11 MDAA-01-335
15- Fuse Box
16- Cigar Lighter
14
17- Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment) 18 16
Glove Compartment (without Optional Equipment) 15
18- Glove Compartment (Hot and Cool Box)
19- Engine Stop Switch

17

MDAA-01-289

19 MDAA-01-290

1-6
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Cab Features (with Attachment)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1- Left Control Lever/Horn Switch 8

2- Left Travel Pedal

3- Left Travel Lever
4- Right Travel Lever 14
9
5- Right Travel Pedal
6- Attachment Pedal
10
7- Right Control Lever/Power Boost Switch
8- Multi Function Monitor Panel 11
9- Switch Panel 13
10- Key Switch
11- Regeneration Switch
12- Operator's Seat
13- Cab Door Release Lever
14- Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever 12 MDAA-01-339
15- Glove Compartment
16- Fuse Box
15
17- Cigar Lighter 19
18- Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment) 17
19- Glove Compartment (Hot and Cool Box) 16

20- Engine Stop Switch

18

MDAA-01-289

20 MDAA-01-290

1-7
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Multi Function Monitor

Feature
The multi function monitor displays various meters,
indicators, radio and air conditioner, ten-key lock function,
rearview camera image, work mode selection and
maintenance screen.

Screen Configuration
The multi function monitor consists of the following
screens.
There are 8 menus, and a further 18 sub menus.

Basic Screen Main Menu Alarm List

Air Conditioner

Radio

Work Mode

Crane Function ON

Mail (Optional)

Setting Menu Date and Time

Attachment Adjust

Attachment Name Input

Auto Shut-Down

Muffler Filter Regeneration Inhibited

Auto-Lubrication

Password Change (Optional)

Sub Meter Selection

Rear View Camera Monitor

Display Item Selection

Brightness Adjustment

Unit Selection

Main Menu Sequence Change

Information Menu Operation

Maintenance

Troubleshooting

Monitoring

1-8
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Default Setting

Function Item Default

Auto Shut-Down ON/OFF of Auto Shut-down OFF
Setting Time 1 min
Muffler Filter Regeneration
Regeneration Inhibited OFF
Inhibited

fNOTE: Typical functions are shown in the table. Check the initial values of other functions on each monitor screen.

1-9
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Basic Screen
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1- Work Mode Display
2- Muffler Filter
3- Power Mode Display
8
17
4- Hour Meter, Clock
5- Auto-Lubrication Display (Optional) 9
16
6- Fan Reverse Display (Optional)
15
7- Preheat Display
14
8- Seat Belt Display 10
9- Fuel Gauge
13
10- Sub Meter
11- Radio Display
12- Air Conditioner Display
13- Coolant Temperature Gauge
14- Overload Alarm Display (Optional)
15- Travel Mode Indicator
16- Auto Shut-Down Display 12 11

17- Auto-Idle Display

MJAA-01-012

1-10
 OPERATOR'S STATION

How to Use Screens

Displaying Basic Screen
IMPORTANT: Start the engine after the basic screen is
displayed.

When the key switch is turned to the ACC or ON position,

the starting screen displays for about two seconds. When
the key switch is kept in ACC position, only hour meter,
clock and radio will be displayed. When the key switch is
turned from ACC to ON position, the basic screen will be
displayed.
MDAA-01-003EN
Starting Screen

Basic Screen MDAA-01-001EN

IMPORTANT: When the key switch is turned to ON

position, the alternator alarm will be displayed on the
basic screen. Until the alternator starts generating
power after the engine starts, the alternator alarm is
displayed on the basic screen.

Alternator Alarm

MDAA-01-042

1-11
 OPERATOR'S STATION
— Display of Meters Work Mode 4
Items to be displayed
4- Hour Meter, Clock
9- Fuel Gauge
13- Coolant Temperature Gauge 9

— Work Mode Display 13

The attachments being used are displayed.

Digging Mode

Attachment Mode MDAA-01-001EN

Breaker

Pulverizer

Crusher

Vibrating Hammer

Grapple

Clamshell

Others

fNOTE: In order to display a breaker mode other than ,

and , another setting is required.
Consult your authorized Hitachi dealer.

1-12
 OPERATOR'S STATION
— Muffler Filter Display (2) 2 3 5 6
Displays condition of the muffler filter.
7
— Power Mode Display (3)
18 8
Displays the power mode selected from the switch panel.

— Auto-Lubrication Display (5) (Optional) 17

10
Displays when the auto-lubrication switch is turned ON. 16
15
— Fan Reverse Display (6) (Optional)
Displays when the fan rotation selector switch is turned ON.

— Preheat Display (7) 12 11

While the current is being supplied to the glow plug, the
indicator is displayed. MJAA-01-013

— Seat Belt Display (8)

Turns ON when the key switch is in the ON position, and
turns OFF 5 seconds after the engine starts.

— Sub Meter Display (10)

Fuel consumption or breaker hour meter is displayed.

— Radio Display (11)

Displays the radio panel.

— Air Conditioner Display (12)

Displays the air conditioner panel.

— Overload Alarm Display (15) (Optional)

Displays when overload is applied during boom raise
operation such as lifting operation.

— Travel Mode Display (16)

Displays the travel mode selected from the switch panel.

1-13
 OPERATOR'S STATION
— Auto Shut-Down Display (17) 2 3 5 6
When the auto shut-down is turned ON from the menu
screen, the auto shut-down display (17) displays. 7
When the key switch is turned ON while the auto shut-
18 8
down is enabled, the auto shut-down display blinks for 10
seconds.
17
10
— Auto-Idle Display (18) 16
When the auto-idle is selected from the switch panel, the 15
auto-idle display (18) displays.
When the key switch is turned ON while the auto-idle
switch is also ON, the auto-idle display blinks for 10
seconds. 12 11

MJAA-01-013

Hour Meter
Total (accumulated) machine operation hours counted since
the machine started working, are displayed in hours (h).
One digit after the decimal point indicates tenths of an hour
(6 minutes).

MDAA-01-021EN

Clock
Indicates the present time.
24-h/12-h display can be selected.
(Refer to "Date and Time" for switching the display mode.)

Fuel Gauge
The remaining fuel amount is indicated by the needle.
Refuel before the needle reaches "E".

MDAA-01-276

1-14
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Coolant Temperature Gauge
The engine coolant temperature is indicated with a needle.
Normally the needle is around the center of the scale during
operation.

M1U1-01-047

Operating Status Icon Display 1 2 3

Displays icons indicating the current status of the

attachment (1) and muffler filter display (2) selected from
the work mode selection screen; and power mode (3), 4
preheat indicator (4), travel mode (5), auto shut-down (6)
ON and auto-idle (7) ON selected from the switch panel,
when these systems are activated.
MJAA-01-014
7 6 5

1-15
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Security Functions (Optional)

Input Password
IMPORTANT:
— When required to activate the numeric keypad
function, consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
— If the password is forgotten, the machine must be
modified. Be extremely careful not to forget the
password.

Starting Screen MDAA-01-003EN

1. Turn the key switch ON. After the starting screen is
displayed, the password input screen will be displayed.

2. Input a password by using the numeric keypad.

3. The monitor unit matches the input password to the

registered one. If they match, the basic screen displays.
The engine is ready to run. If an incorrect password is
input three times, a buzzer sounds for thirty seconds.
During that time, the buzzer does not stop even if the
key switch is turned ON/OFF. MDAA-01-085EN
Password Input Screen
fNOTE: If you make a mistake while entering the password,
push the CLEAR key in order to erase the entered characters.

4. After thirty seconds, if the key switch is turned to the ON

position, the starting screen displays and the password
input screen displays again. Then the password can be
input again.
5. If an incorrect password is input again, the buzzer
sounds for a further thirty seconds.

MDAA-01-086EN

Basic Screen MDAA-01-001EN

1-16
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Extending Password Duration Time
IMPORTANT: This operation is applicable only to those
machines that require a password.

By using the password duration screen, password duration

time can be set. When restarting the machine, a password
need not be input within the specified timeframe.

1. When turning the key switch from ON to ACC position,

the monitor unit displays the password duration screen
for ten seconds.
MDAA-01-087EN
Password Duration Screen (Key Switch:OFF)

2. While the password duration screen is still displayed, 1

rotate selector knob (1) to highlight the relevant time.
Pushing selector knob (1) sets the password duration
time.
Duration time 0 minute
Duration time 30 minute
Duration time 60 minute
Duration time 90 minute
Duration time 120 minute

fNOTE: If the password duration time is not set explicitly, a MDAA-01-040

duration of 0 is assumed.

3. If turning the key switch to the ON position within the

password duration time, the monitor unit displays the
basic screen after the starting screen.

MDAA-01-003EN
Starting Screen

MDAA-01-001EN

1-17
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Alarm Occurrence Screen

In case any abnormality occurs, alarm marks (1) are displayed
on the basic screen.
If six or more alarms are generated, the alarm marks (1) can be
scrolled by rotating switch (2).

MDAA-01-316EN
Indicator

MDAA-01-040

1-18
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Follow the procedure below to display detailed information for
an alarm.

Push selector knob (1) on the basic screen to display the

main menu.

Rotate selector knob (1) to select the alarm list, and push
selector knob (1).

Rotate selector knob (1) to select a required alarm from the

alarm list, and push selector knob (1).

Detailed information of the selected alarm will be displayed. MDAA-01-004EN

MDAA-01-040

dCAUTION: The main menu displays the alarm list only

when an alarm occurs.

MDAA-01-077EN

dCAUTION: The alarm list contains only currently

generated alarms.

MDAA-01-078EN MDAA-01-079EN

1-19
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Remedy
Display Contents of Alarms Remedy
Muffler Filter Alarm * Muffler filter is abnormal. Immediately set the machine in the park
(Blinking) (Red) position, stop the engine and contact your authorized dealer.

Muffler Filter Regeneration The muffler filter needs immediate regeneration. Otherwise damage
Request to the filter may result. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK
(Blinking) (Yellow) position, run the engine at slow idle speed, and turn the muffler filter
switch to REGENERATION position.
Muffler Filter Regeneration The muffler filter needs regeneration. Pull the pilot control shut-off
Request lever to the LOCK position, run the engine at slow idle speed, and turn
(Lighting) (Yellow) the muffler filter switch to REGENERATION position.

Muffler Filter Regeneration Regeneration is inhibited.

Inhibited Alarm Move the machine to a safe area, turn regeneration inhibition OFF,
(Lighting) (Yellow) and perform manual regeneration.

Muffler Filter Auto- Auto-regeneration is inhibited.

Regeneration Inhibited Alarm
(Lighting) (Yellow)

Engine Oil Level Alarm Check engine oil level and refill oil.

Coolant Level Alarm Check coolant level and add coolant if necessary.

Overheat Alarm ** Engine coolant temperature has abnormally increased.

Stop operation. Run the engine at slow idle speed to lower the coolant
temperature.

Hydraulic Oil Overheat Alarm Hydraulic oil temperature is above normal.

Stop operation, check hydraulic oil level, check for leaks etc.

fNOTE:
*Alarm mark is displayed and buzzer will sound.
**Alarm mark is displayed and buzzer will sound. Turn engine control dial to the slow idle position, and buzzer will stop.

1-20
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Display Contents of Alarms Remedy

Engine Trouble Alarm * Engine or engine related parts are abnormal.
Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Engine Oil Pressure Alarm Engine oil pressure has decreased.

Immediately stop the engine. Check the engine oil system and oil
level.

Engine Start Disabled As the pilot shut-off lever is lowered, the engine cannot start.

Engine Start Disabled As the engine emergency switch is ON, the engine cannot start.

Boost Temperature Alarm Engine intake air temperature has abnormally increased. Stop
operation. Check intercooler for clogging and intake air piping for
disconnection.

Exhaust Temperature Alarm Exhaust temperature is abnormally high. Stop machine operation and
check the exhaust lines.

Muffler Filter Alarm Muffler filter is abnormal.

Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Alternator Alarm Electrical system is abnormal.

Check alternator and battery system.

Fuel Level Alarm Fuel level is low.

Refill fuel as soon as possible.

fNOTE: *Alarm mark is displayed and buzzer will sound.

1-21
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Display Contents of Alarms Remedy

Fuel Temperature Alarm Fuel temperature has abnormally increased. Stop operation. Check
fuel cooler for any malfunction such as clogging.

Auto-Lubrication Alarm Auto-Lubrication System is abnormal.

Replace grease can and/or check grease supply piping for any failure.

Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction The hydraulic oil filter is clogged.

Alarm Clean or replace the hydraulic oil filter.

Air Cleaner Restriction Alarm Air filter elements are clogged.

Clean or replace air filter elements.

Fuel Filter Restriction Alarm Fuel filter is clogged.

Clean or replace fuel filter elements.

System Failure Alarm Communication system is abnormal.

Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever Pilot control shut-off lever system is abnormal.
Alarm Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Electric Lever Alarm Electric lever system is abnormal.

Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

fNOTE: The hydraulic oil filter alarm lights only when the high performance element (optional) is used.

1-22
 OPERATOR'S STATION
— Fuel Sensor Error Display Coolant Temperature Fuel Sensor Error
Sensor Error Display Display
If the fuel sensor is faulty, the color of the fuel mark changes
and the needle disappears. If the harness between the
fuel sensor and the controller unit is broken, the needle
disappears.

— Coolant Temperature Sensor Error Display

If the coolant temperature sensor is faulty, color of the
temperature mark changes and the needle disappears.
If the harness between the temperature sensor and the
controller unit is broken, the needle disappears.

MDAA-01-024EN

1-23
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Muffler Filter
1
Muffler Filter Condition Display
Muffler Filter Display (1) displays the condition of the
muffler filter.

This mark indicates that the exhaust temperature is

high during the muffler filter regeneration. It lights
while auto-regeneration is in process. 2

fNOTE:
– The auto-regeneration is performed at random times.
The auto-regeneration may start during operation of
the machine; you can continue to operate the machine.
Turning the pilot shut-off lever to LOCK position while MDAA-01-001EN
performing auto-regeneration may change the engine
sound and may increase the engine speed, this is not a
malfunction.
– Do not stop the engine during regeneration unless
absolutely necessary.

When the manual regeneration switch is pushed during the

auto-regeneration process, the message "Minimal Exhaust
Restriction. Exhaust Filter Cleaning Not Available." will be
displayed on monitor (2).

Regeneration may not be completed according to the

operating conditions of the machine. In this case, muffler
filter regeneration request will be displayed on the monitor.
Immediately perform manual regeneration following the
procedure.

This mark indicates that the muffler filter

regeneration is inhibited. Regeneration will not be
performed while this mark is lit.

IMPORTANT: Set the muffler filter regeneration to

inhibited while operating the machine in a flammable
environment. (Refer to 1-46)

1-24
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Muffler Filter Manual Regeneration Request
The muffler filter needs regeneration. Usually, regeneration
is performed automatically. However, manual regeneration
is required depending on the conditions. In that case, marks
described below may be indicated on monitor (1). 1
This mark indicates that the muffler filter
manual regeneration is required. Perform
manual regeneration following the below
(Lighting, Yellow) procedure.
This mark indicates that immediate
muffler filter manual regeneration is
required. Perform manual regeneration MDAA-01-005EN
(Blinking, Yellow) following the below procedure.
This mark indicates that the muffler
filter has over collected particle matter.
Immediately stop operation, park the
(Blinking, Red) machine in a safe location. Then, contact
your nearest Hitachi dealer.
This mark indicates that the muffler filter
regeneration is inhibited. It is displayed
when the manual regeneration request
arises while muffler filter regeneration
(Lighting, Yellow) is inhibited. Move the machine to a safe
place. Perform manual regeneration
following the below procedure.
IMPORTANT:
— Manual regeneration that is performed when the
muffler filter regeneration request is displayed
restores muffler filter function. This is not a
malfunction.
— If the machine is continuously operated despite
the muffler filter regeneration request is displayed,
muffler filter alarm and engine trouble alarm will
be displayed, and the buzzer sounds. Consult your
authorized dealer for repairing the muffler filter.

1-25
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Manual Regeneration Procedure
When manual regeneration is needed, screen (1) as shown
in the right will be displayed. When this screen is displayed,
you need to perform manual regeneration. Before starting
manual regeneration, be sure to check the following.
If the rear view camera is equipped on the machine and the 1
camera is enabled, screen (1) is displayed only when the
pilot control shut-off lever is in LOCK position.
– No person is present around the machine.
– Keep flammable objects away from the muffler.
– Remaining fuel alarm does not light.
1. Park the machine in a safe place. Lower the front
attachment onto the ground. MDAA-01-005EN

2. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.

3. Set the engine control dial to slow idle.
4. Push the muffler filter regeneration switch (2).
5. When pushing the muffler filter regeneration switch,
screen (3) as shown in the right will be displayed and
the manual regeneration starts. Bar graph on the screen
indicates progress of the regeneration process. 2

dCAUTION: The regeneration does not start unless

the pilot control shut-off lever is in the LOCK position
and the engine control dial is in slow idle. When
touching the pilot shut-off lever or the engine control
MDAA-01-330
dial during regeneration, the regeneration process is
aborted. When the process is aborted, start over again.

6. When the regeneration is finished, "Regeneration Has

Completed." message will be displayed. If "Regeneration
Has Failed." message is displayed, start over the
regeneration process again. Failure of regeneration 3
process may happen in the conditions other than
above (such as malfunction of a sensor that affects
regeneration at low ambient temperature).

fNOTE: The manual regeneration normally takes 15 to

20 minutes. Regeneration time varies depending on the
machine’s operating condition.
MDAA-01-006EN

MDAA-01-083EN MDAA-01-084EN

1-26
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Main Menu
Press selector knob (2) while displaying basic screen (1) to 1
display main menu screen (3).
The main menu screen contains the items shown in the figure
to the right. The alarm list is displayed only when an alarm is
generated.
Crane Function ON (optional) and Mail (optional) menus will
not be displayed unless they are set beforehand.

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-077EN

MDAA-01-190EN

1-27
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Air Conditioner
1
Most air conditioner functions are operated by using switches
(3) and (4), however air vent selection and turning A/C ON and
OFF are performed from the air conditioner setting screen in
the menu. (Refer to the page 1-108)

Circulation Air Mode

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (5).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Air Conditioner (6).
MDAA-01-001EN
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Air Conditioner screen
(7).
2
Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight (8) mark. 3
4. Press selector knob (2) to set the circulation mode. 4
5. Press selector knob (2) again to switch the fresh air
mode.

Air Conditioner ON/OFF

1. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight A/C (9).
2. Press selector knob (2) to turn the air compressor ON. MDAA-01-040
3. Press selector knob (2) again to turn the air compressor
OFF.
5
fNOTE: When the function is ON, the mark "ў" is displayed in
green. When the function is OFF, the mark "ў" is displayed in
gray. 6

IMPORTANT: If mark (10) is displayed on the air

conditioner display, communication between the air
conditioner and the monitor is abnormal. Consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.

MDAA-01-089EN

8
9

MDAA-01-091EN

10

MDAA-01-226

1-28
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Radio
Most radio functions are operated by using switches (3) and 1
(4), however memory channel setting, seek function, TONE
adjustment, and AUTO PRESET are done at the radio screen in
the main menu.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (5).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Radio (6).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display the radio screen.
(Refer to 1-116) MDAA-01-001EN

IMPORTANT: If mark (7) is displayed on the radio display, 2

communication between the radio and the monitor is
abnormal. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer. 3

Press the numeric keypad of 1 to 8 while the radio is ON, the 4

radio station will switch to memorized channel of 1 to 8. (Refer
to 1-93 and 1-116)

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-092EN

MDAA-01-227

1-29
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Work Mode
Front attachment is selected in the Work Mode screen under 1
the Work Mode menu in the main menu.

Attachment selection
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Work Mode (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Work Mode screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight the desired front
MDAA-01-001EN
attachment.
(In the right example, "Bucket" is highlighted.)
5. Press selector knob (2) to enable the changes. 2

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-100EN

5
6

MJAA-01-009EN

1-30
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Mail (Optional)
IMPORTANT: This function is available only to a machine 1
equipped with a communication terminal. When using
the mail function, consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Mail (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Mail screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired request.
MDAA-01-001EN
5. Press selector knob (2) to send mail information to the
communication terminal.
– General Request
2
– Fuel Replenishment Request
– Service Maintenance Request
– Forwarding Request

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-109EN

MDAA-01-110EN

1-31
 OPERATOR'S STATION
6. While mail information is sent to the communication
terminal, the message "Wait." is displayed on the screen.

MDAA-01-111EN

7. When the communication terminal completes receiving

mail information, the message "Request Is Accepted." is
displayed on the screen.
Push the back key to return to the Mail screen.

8. Then, a mail is sent from the communication terminal to

the central server.

fNOTE: Depending on the machine's operating environment,

the mail may not be sent.

MDAA-01-112EN

fNOTE: When the communication terminal could not receive

the mail, the message "Failed." is displayed on the screen.

MDAA-01-113EN

1-32
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Setting Menu
Setting menu consists of date and time setting, attachment 1
adjustment, attachment name, auto shut-down setting,
change password, selecting sub meter, brightness adjustment
of back monitor and screen.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAA-01-115EN

1-33
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Date and Time

Time, date and display mode can be set on this screen. Year- 1
month-day format and 24h/12h display mode are selected in
the display setting.

Time Adjustment
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5). MDAA-01-001EN
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date and Time (6).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAA-01-115EN

1-34
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Date and Time screen
(7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Time Setting (8).

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Time Setting screen (9). 7

MDAA-01-117EN

8. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Hour or Minute and

push selector knob (2).
9
9. Rotate selector knob (2) to adjust the clock. Rotate
clockwise to adjust the number upwards, and
counterclockwise to decrease it.
10
10. Push selector knob (2) to end the Time setting
procedure. 11

11. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight (11). Push

selector knob (2) to make the change.
MDAA-01-118EN

MDAA-01-121EN

1-35
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Date Adjustment
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date and Time (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAA-01-115EN

1-36
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Date and Time screen
(7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date Setting (8).

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Date Setting screen (9). 7

MDAA-01-122EN

8. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Year, Month or Day

and push selector knob (2).
9
9. Rotate selector knob (2) to adjust the clock. Rotate
clockwise to adjust the number upwards, and
counterclockwise to decrease it. 10
10. Push selector knob (2) to end the date setting procedure.

11. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight (11). Push 11

selector knob (2) to make the change.

MDAA-01-123EN

MDAA-01-127EN

1-37
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Display Mode Setting
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date and Time (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAA-01-115EN

1-38
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Date and Time screen
(7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Display Form (8).

7

MDAA-01-228EN

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Display Form screen (9).

8. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Date (10) and push 9
selector knob (2).
Time : Each time selector knob (2) is pushed, the time 10
format is changed as follows:12 h Љ 24 h Љ 12 h.
Date : Each time selector knob (2) is pushed, the date
format is changed as follows:YYYY/MM/DD Љ
MM/DD/YYYY Љ DD/MM/YYYY Љ YYYY/MM/DD.

MDAA-01-229EN

MDAA-01-230EN

MDAA-01-231EN

MDAA-01-232EN

MDAA-01-233EN

MDAA-01-234EN

1-39
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Attachment Adjust
The supply flow rate to an attachment can be adjusted on the 1
Attachment Adjust screen.
The attachment adjustment can be done when the work
mode is set to an attachment other than the bucket. Select an
attachment other than the bucket on the work mode screen.
(Refer to "Work Mode".)

Flow Rate Adjustment

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
MDAA-01-001EN
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
2
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Attachment Adjust
(6).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-128EN

1-40
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Attachment Adjust
screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Pump Flow Rate (8).

7

MJAA-01-006EN

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Pump Flow Rate screen

(9). 9
8. Rotate selector knob (2) clockwise or counterclockwise
to adjust the pump flow rate.

MDAA-01-130EN

1-41
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Attachment Name Input

Attachment name can be changed on this screen. 1

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Attachment Name
Input (6).
MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-133EN

1-42
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Attachment Name
Input screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired attachment
name (8).
7

MJAA-01-010EN
7. Press selector knob (2) to display Name Change screen
(9).
8. Rotate selector knob (2) right and left to highlight a 9
character, and push selector knob (2).
9. After inputting the new name, rotate selector knob (2)
to highlight "SET". Push selector knob (2) to finalize the
setting.

fNOTE: In order to delete the last entered character, turn

selector knob (2) to highlight "BS" (Back Space), and then push
selector knob (2). In order to delete all entered characters,
rotate selector knob (2) to highlight "ALL CLEAR". Push selector
knob (2). MDAA-01-137EN

MDAA-01-145EN

1-43
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Auto Shut-Down

dWARNING: This function automatically stops

the engine. Take extra care on the work and work
1

environment when using this function.

The auto shut-down function can be set in this screen. Set

the auto shut-down time and enable (ON) the function
beforehand. The engine automatically stops after the preset
time at the state in which the control shut-off lever is pulled.
30 seconds before the engine stop, the monitor displays a
message that engine will be stopped and the indicator starts
flashing. The buzzer also sounds. The buzzer sounds once at MDAA-01-001EN
30 seconds before, continuously sounds from 15 seconds. The
engine speed decreases to the idling speed, and then stops
after 15 seconds. When the control shut-off lever is pushed
2
before stopping the engine, the auto shut-down is disabled
and the engine will not stop.
When the engine stops by the auto shut-down function, turn
the key switch to ACC or OFF once and then turn it to START to
restart the engine.

IMPORTANT: When the engine stops by the auto shut-

down function, turn the key switch to ACC or OFF once
and then turn it to START to restart the engine. Do not
leave the machine after auto shut-down. Failure to do
so may discharge the batteries. MDAA-01-040

Auto Shut-Down ON/OFF

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
3
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Auto Shut-Down (6).
4

MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-147EN

1-44
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Auto Shut-Down screen
(7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight ON (8).

7. Press selector knob (2) to set the auto shut-down 7
function ON. Press selector knob (2) again to turn the
8
auto shut-down function OFF.

fNOTE: When the function is ON, the mark "ў" is displayed in

green. When the function is OFF, the mark "ў" is displayed in
gray.

MDAA-01-148EN

Acting Time Setting

1. On the Auto Shut-Down screen, rotate selector knob (2)
to highlight Time (9) and push selector knob (2).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to adjust Auto Shut-Down
setting time (6). 9

3. Press selector knob (2) to make the change.

fNOTE: 30 seconds before the engine stops, the monitor will

display "Engine Shut-Down Soon." message (10).

MDAA-01-150EN

10

MDAA-01-146EN

1-45
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Muffler Filter Regeneration Inhibited

IMPORTANT: The muffler filter regeneration can be 1
inhibited at this screen to prevent auto regeneration
while operating the machine in a dusty area or
indoors.

Setting Procedure
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN

1-46
 OPERATOR'S STATION
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Muffler Filter 5
Regeneration Inhibited (6).
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Muffler Filter
Regeneration Inhibited screen (7).
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight (8), and push
6
selector knob (2) to display Muffler Filter Regeneration
Inhibited screen (9).
7. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight ON (10).
Confirmation screen is added.
MDAA-01-283EN
8. Press selector knob (2) to turn Muffler Filter Regeneration
Inhibited ON. Press selector knob (2) again to turn
Muffler Filter Regeneration Inhibited OFF.
2
9. When ON is selected, the regeneration inhibited icon will
be displayed on the monitor. (Refer to 1-24)

fNOTE: When the function is ON, the mark "ў" is displayed in

green. When the function is OFF, the mark "ў" is displayed in
gray.

IMPORTANT: When the machine is operated with the

muffler filter regeneration inhibited, the muffler filter
becomes clogged. When the muffler filter regeneration
request is displayed, move the machine to a safe MDAA-01-040
place. Perform the manual regeneration following the
specified procedure. Failure to do so may damage the
muffler filter. Refer to "Muffler Filter" section for the
manual regeneration. 7

MDAA-01-325EN

10

MDAA-01-284EN

1-47
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Auto-Lubrication
Auto-lubrication interval (minutes) can be set. 1

Lubrication Interval Setting

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Auto-Lubrication
(6). MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MJAA-01-017EN

1-48
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Auto-Lubrication
screen (7). 2

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to select Lubrication Interval (8). MDAA-01-040

7. Rotate selector knob (2) clockwise or counterclockwise

to set the interval. The interval time is set one minute
increment.
Adjustable Range 7

ZX470LC-5B 6 to 250 minutes 8

ZX670LC-5B 9 to 250 minutes
ZX870LC-5B 11 to 250 minutes

fNOTE: The lubrication interval is set in 50 minutes for all

models at the factory.

MJAA-01-016EN

1-49
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Password Change (Optional)

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1) 1
to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN

1-50
 OPERATOR'S STATION
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
5
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Password Change
(6). 6

MDAA-01-156EN

5. Press selector knob (2) to display Password Change 2

screen (7).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-157EN

6. Input current password from the numeric keypad.

Current Password

MDAA-01-158EN

1-51
 OPERATOR'S STATION
7. Input the new password and push selector knob (2). 3 to
8 digits can be input for password.

MDAA-01-159EN

New Password

MDAA-01-160EN

1-52
 OPERATOR'S STATION
8. Input the new password again to confirm it and push
selector knob (2).

MDAA-01-161EN

MDAA-01-162EN

MDAA-01-040
9. The password has changed.

MDAA-01-163EN

1-53
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Sub Meter
A sub meter selection menu that can be added to the fuel 1
meter is selected on this screen. OFF, Fuel Consumption
Indicator and Breaker Hour Meter are provided. The breaker
Sub Meter
hour meter indicates the breaker operation time.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
MDAA-01-315EN
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Sub Meter Selection
(6).
2

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-164EN

1-54
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Sub Meter Selection
screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired sub meter

(8). (Selecting OFF will not display a sub meter.)
7
7. Press selector knob (2) to enable the changes.
8

fNOTE:
– Only one sub meter can be selected at a time.
– When a display is selected, the mark "ў" is displayed in
green. When not selected, the mark "ў" is displayed in gray.

MDAA-01-165EN

1-55
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Rear View Camera Monitor

IMPORTANT: The image displayed on the rear view 1
monitor is meant only as an aid. Actual position
and distance of people and objects in the rear view
monitor will be different. When operating the machine,
pay thorough attention to the surrounding situation.

Rear View Camera ON/OFF

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4). MDAA-01-001EN
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Rear View Camera 2
Monitor (6).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-168EN

1-56
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Rear View Camera
Monitor screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Press selector knob (2) to turn the rear view camera

monitor ON/OFF.
7. When the rear view camera monitor is ON, rear view 7
image is continuously displayed on the basic screen.

IMPORTANT: In order to obtain a clear image, clean the

lens and the monitor display before operating the
machine.

fNOTE: The monitor and camera lens surface is a resin

product. Lightly wipe the surface with a wet clean cloth. Never
MDAA-01-169EN
use an organic solvent.

IMPORTANT:
— Never attempt to change the mounting position of
the rear view camera.
— Consult your authorized dealer if any abnormality is
found on the rear view image.

1-57
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Brightness Adjustment
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1) 1
to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Brightness 5
Adjustment (6).

MDAA-01-171EN

1-58
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Brightness Adjustment
screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) clockwise to make the screen

brighter, counterclockwise to make the screen darker.
7

MDAA-01-172EN

fNOTE: When the light is turned ON, the monitor screen

changes to night mode and mark (8) is displayed. Brightness
can be adjusted for day mode and night mode respectively.

MDAA-01-173EN

fNOTE: Even if the light is turned ON during daytime, you can

activate the daytime screen by pushing "0" (9) on the numeric
keypad. 9

MDAA-01-018

1-59
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Language Settings
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1) 1
to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

3

3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen 4

(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight (6).
MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-176EN

1-60
 OPERATOR'S STATION

5. Press selector knob (2) to display screen

(7). 2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight the desired
language. Press selector knob (2) to make the change.

fNOTE: When a display is selected, the mark "ў" is displayed 7

in green. When not selected, the mark "ў" is displayed in gray.

MDAA-01-177EN

1-61
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Lists of Display Language

Language Screen Display Language Screen Display

Japanese Indonesian

English Thai

Spanish Vietnamese

Italian Myanmarese

French Arabic

German Persian

Dutch Turkish

Russian Danish

Portuguese Estonian

Finnish Polish

Greek Icelandic

Swedish Croatian

Norwegian Slovak

Chinese (Simplified) Romanian

Chinese (Traditional) Bulgarian

Korean

1-62
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Unit Selection
Unit system displayed on the monitor can be selected in this 1
screen.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying basic screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

4
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Unit Selection (6). MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-181EN

1-63
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Unit Selection screen
(7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired unit system.
Press selector knob (2) to set the unit (Metric or US
system). 7

MDAA-01-182EN

7. Before changing C and F, turn the blower of the air

conditioner ON.
Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired unit system.
Push selector knob (2) to set the unit ( C or F).
When pressing selector knob (2), "Wait." will be displayed
and then the change will be completed.

MDAA-01-183EN

MDAA-01-184EN

1-64
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Display Item Selection (Rear View Camera OFF)

The display under the meters can be set to OFF (disable), Logo 1
or Operational information.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

MDAA-01-114EN
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Display Item 5
Selection (6).

MJAA-01-237EN

1-65
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Display Item Selection
screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight desired display (8).
Press selector knob (2) to set the image. (Selecting OFF
sets non-display.) 7

fNOTE: When a display is selected, the mark "ў" is displayed

in green. When not selected, the mark "ў" is displayed in gray.

MDAA-01-238EN

MDAA-01-239EN
Logo

MDAA-01-222EN
Operation Information

1-66
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Main Menu Sequence Change

Menu sequence of Air Conditioner, Radio, Work Mode, Crane 1
ON and Mail can be changed in this screen. Frequently used
menu can be located on top of the screen.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).

3

MDAA-01-114EN

1-67
 OPERATOR'S STATION
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Main Menu 5
Sequence Change (6).

MDAA-01-186EN

5. Press selector knob (2) to display Main Menu Sequence

Change screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight a menu to be on the
top of the screen. Press selector knob (2) to set the menu
to the top of the screen.
7

MDAA-01-187EN

1-68
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Information Menu
The information menu includes Operation, Maintenance, 1
Troubleshooting and Monitoring.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu
(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

MDAA-01-191EN-NH

1-69
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Operation
The Operation screen displays Fuel Consumption, Breaker 1
Operation, Attachment Operation, Travel Operation, and
Actual Operation menus. The Fuel Consumption screen
displays fuel consumption, operating hours, and fuel
consumption rate from resetting of the monitoring unit. The
Breaker Operation screen displays breaker operating hours,
machine operating hours and operating rate from resetting
the monitoring unit. The Attachment Operation screen
displays total operating hours of front attachment, travel and
all operation from resetting the monitoring unit.
MDAA-01-001EN
Fuel Consumption
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
2
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu
(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Operation (6).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

5
6

MDAA-01-191EN-NH

1-70
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Operation screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Fuel Consumption
(8).
7. Press selector knob (2) to display Fuel Consumption 7
screen (9).
8

MDAA-01-193EN

The Machine Operation Hours, Fuel consumption, and

Average Fuel Consumption rate can be checked on this
screen. 9
Pushing selector knob (2) returns to the basic screen. To
clear the Fuel Consumption and Machine Operation Hours,
rotate selector knob (2) to highlight CLEAR (10), and then
push selector knob (2).

IMPORTANT: Total fuel consumption and fuel

consumption rate depend on the operating 10
environment and the operation method of the
machine.
The values shown on the screen are just for reference. MDAA-01-194EN
A difference could arise between actual fuel
consumption and fuel consumption as displayed on
the monitor unit.

1-71
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Breaker Operation
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Operation (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

5
6

MDAA-01-191EN-NH

1-72
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Operation Screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Breaker Operation

(8). 7
7. Press selector knob (2) to display Breaker Operation
screen (9).
8

MDAA-01-196EN

Operating Time, Machine Operation Hours and Operation

Ratio can be checked in this screen. 9
Pushing selector knob (2) returns to the basic screen. To reset
the Operation Time and Machine Operation Hours data, rotate
selector knob (2) to highlight CLEAR (10), and then push
selector knob (2).

10

MDAA-01-197EN

1-73
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Attachment Operation
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Operation (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

5
6

MDAA-01-191EN-NH

1-74
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display operation screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Attachment
Operation (8).
7

MDAA-01-199EN

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Attachment Operation

screen (9).
9

The attachment Operating Time can be checked in this screen.

Push selector knob (2) to return the previous screen. To reset
the Operating Time data, rotate selector knob (2) to highlight
CLEAR (10), and then push selector knob (2).

10

MDAA-01-200EN

1-75
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Travel Operation
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Operation (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

5
6

MDAA-01-191EN-NH

1-76
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Operation screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Travel Operation (8).
7. Press selector knob (2) to display Travel Operation screen
(9). 7

MDAA-01-202EN

Total Travel Operation Time can be checked in this screen.

Push selector knob (2) to return the previous screen. To
reset the Operating Time data, rotate selector knob (2) to 9
highlight CLEAR (10), and then push selector knob (2).

10

MDAA-01-203EN

1-77
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Actual Operation
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Operation (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

5
6

MDAA-01-191EN-NH

1-78
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Operation screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Actual Operation

(8). 7
7. Press selector knob (2) to display Actual Operation
screen (9).

MDAA-01-205EN

The actual Operating Time can be checked in this screen.

Push selector knob (2) to return the previous screen. To 9
reset the Operating Time data, rotate selector knob (2) to
highlight CLEAR (10), and then push selector knob (2).

fNOTE: The Operating Time includes travel operation hours

as well as all other operations.
10

MDAA-01-206EN

1-79
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Maintenance
The maintenance screen includes maintenance notice, 1
remaining hours until the next maintenance, and maintenance
intervals.

Maintenance Items
– Engine Oil
– Engine Oil Filter
– Hydraulic Oil
– Hydraulic Oil Pilot Filter
– Hydraulic Oil Full-Flow Filter
– Pump Transmission Oil (ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B)
MDAA-01-001EN
– Travel Device Oil
– Swing Device Oil
– Swing Bearing Grease 2
– Air Cleaner Filter
– Fuel Filter Change
– Air Conditioner Filter
– Muffler Filter
– Line Filter
– Water Separator
– User Setting 1
– User Setting 2

Maintenance Notice
MDAA-01-040
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu 3
(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Maintenance (6).

MDAA-01-190EN

MDAA-01-223EN-NH

1-80
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Maintenance screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Maintenance Notice
(8).
7. Press selector knob (2) to turn the Maintenance 7
Notice ON. Press selector knob (2) again to turn the
Maintenance Notice OFF.

ON : When the required interval is reached, an

information message is displayed on the screen.
OFF : No notification message is displayed. 8

MDAA-01-208EN

fNOTE: When the required interval for an item is reached,

screen (9) is displayed for 10 seconds when the key is switched
ON. Press Return button to delete the notification. When
checking the maintenance items from the menu, an item
where the set time has been reached are marked with a
spanner (10).
9

MDAA-01-213EN

10

MDAA-01-214EN

1-81
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Time Remains and Maintenance Interval
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1

2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu

(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Maintenance (6).

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

MDAA-01-223EN-NH

1-82
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Maintenance screen (7).
2

MDAA-01-040
6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight a maintenance item
to be checked (8). (In the right example, Engine Oil is
selected.) 7
7. Press selector knob (2) to display the time remaining for
the selected maintenance item. 8

Resetting Data
To reset the remaining time data, rotate selector knob (2) to
MDAA-01-336EN
highlight RESET (9), and then push selector knob (2).
The value of the remaining hours is reset to that of the
change interval. The previous change date/hour is updated
with the current date and time.

Maintenance Interval Setting

To change the maintenance interval, rotate selector knob (2)
to highlight (11), and then press selector knob (2).
The background color of Maintenance Interval (10) changes,
9
then turn selector knob (2) to adjust the time, and then
push selector knob (2) to enable the change.

MDAA-01-210EN

10

11

MDAA-01-212EN

1-83
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Troubleshooting
A fault code generated by the controller connected to the 1
controller area network is displayed on this screen.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu
(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Troubleshooting (6). MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

MDAA-01-215EN

1-84
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to start troubleshooting. After
displaying "Wait." message, the screen displays controller
2
troubleshooting (7).

MDAA-01-040

6. Currently generated fault codes are displayed at the right

side of each item. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight
an item displaying the fault codes.
7. Press selector knob (2) to display currently generated
fault code (8).
Up to 20 fault codes can be displayed.

IMPORTANT: Send the troubleshooting result to your

nearest HITACHI sales representative as soon as
possible.
MDAA-01-216EN

MDAA-01-218EN

MDAA-01-219EN

1-85
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Monitoring
Engine speed and PM (particle matter) accumulation in the 1
muffler filter can be checked in this screen.

1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)

to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Information Menu
(4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Information Menu
screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Monitoring (6). MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-190EN

MDAA-01-220EN-NH

1-86
 OPERATOR'S STATION
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Monitoring screen (7).

fNOTE: 2
– When the "PM Accumulation" bar reaches the right
end, auto-regeneration takes place. However, auto-
regeneration may not be performed depending on the
machine condition.
– The PM Accumulation is not displayed during regeneration.

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-221EN

1-87
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Switch Panel
1 2
1- Return to Previous Screen
2- Return to Basic Screen 3
3- Selector Knob
4- Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch 4

5- AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch 6

6- AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch 5
7- Power Switch/Volume Control Knob
7
8- Engine Control Dial
9- Auto-Idle Switch 8
10- Travel Mode Switch 13

11- Mode Switch 9

12- Work Light Switch
10
13- Wiper/Washer Switch
11
14- Numeric Keypad
12

14 MDAA-01-310

1-88
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Return to Previous Screen (Monitor)
Push this switch to return to the previous screen.

MDAA-01-010

Return to Basic Screen (Monitor)

Allows any screen to return to the basic screen.

MDAA-01-011

Select/Confirm Switch (Monitor)

Push : Push this switch while the basic screen is displayed,
the menu screen opens.
Push this switch after the menu screen, the action
is confirmed.
Rotate : Cursor moves.
MDAA-01-012

Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch (Air

Conditioner)
Push : Air vent is selected.
Rotate : Setting the temperature.

MDAA-01-013

AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch (Air Conditioner)

Push : Push this switch while the air conditioner OFF, it
turns AUTO. Push this switch while operating the
air conditioner, it turns OFF.
Rotate : Adjusting the blower speed.

MDAA-01-015

1-89
 OPERATOR'S STATION
AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch (Radio)
Push : AM/FM is selected.
Rotate : Adjusting radio frequency.

MDAA-01-014

Power Switch/Volume Control Knob (Radio)

Push : Turns power ON/OFF.
Rotate : Adjusting the volume.

MDAA-01-016

Engine Control Dial

Use engine control dial (1) to adjust engine speed. Fast Idle

The fully clockwise position : Fast Idle

Counterclockwise : Slow Idle 1
Slow Idle

M1U1-01-033

1-90
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Auto-Idle Switch
The auto-idle switch (2) sets the engine speed control mode
to either Auto-Idle ON or OFF.

— Auto-Idle Speed
When auto-idle selector (2) is turned to ON position, the
engine speed decreases to the idle after approximately 4
seconds at the state in which the work lever is turned to MDAA-01-017
neutral.
This function saves fuel consumption. 3
When the auto-idle mode is selected, auto-idle indicator (3)
on the monitor panel lights.

fNOTE: Auto-idle control may not work completely until the

end of the warm-up.

MDAA-01-314EN

Travel Mode Switch

Two travel modes, FAST and SLOW, are selected by turning
the travel mode switch to either position.

Mark (Fast Speed Mode)

Mark (Slow Speed Mode) MBFM-01-003

1-91
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Mode Switch
Three engine speed modes, ECO, PWR, and H/P modes, are
selected by operating the mode switch.

ECO (Economy) Mode MDAA-01-274

This mode slightly reduces the engine speed according to
the operating condition. Digging power is same as the PWR
mode. Although production is slightly reduced more than
in the PWR mode, the fuel consumption and noise levels are
reduced, allowing the machine to operate efficiently.

PWR (Power) Mode

Operate the machine in this mode when performing normal
work.
The engine speed increases when boom raise or arm roll-in
operations with the engine control dial is in H position.

dswitch
WARNING: To ensure safety, be sure to turn the mode
to the ECO mode position before starting such
works as loading the machine on or off a trailer or
lifting a load with the front attachment, which may
result in personal accidents if the engine speed is
suddenly changed.

fNOTE: In the PWR mode, the engine speed changes

depending on load applied to the machine.

H/P (High Power) Mode

Use H/P mode to increase production. The maximum power
of the machine can be utilized in this mode, increasing work
efficiency when more power is required than in the PWR
mode.
H/P mode increases fuel consumption.

1-92
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Work Light Switch
Work light switch has the following positions.

1 Position : Work lights (1) (3) on the right side of the

machine and under the cab will light. Also, the
switch panel illumination will light.
2 Position : Work light (2) mounted on the boom and work MBFM-01-004
light (1) on the right side of the machine and
work light (3) under the cab will light. At the
same time, the switch panel illumination will
light. The monitor changes to night mode.
OFF : Work lights (1), (2), (3) and the switch panel
illumination will turn off.
2
fNOTE:
– When the key switch is turned OFF while the work light
switch is in 2-position, the light turns ON for 30 seconds. 1
– Work light (3) is equipped only on ZX670-5 and 870-5 class
machines.

MJAA-01-003

1-93
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Wiper/Washer Switch
Middle
The wiper and the window washer are operated using the
Fast
wiper/washer switch. Slow

— Wiper
Turn the wiper/washer switch to the specified position to
operate the wiper.

OFF The wiper stops and is retracted.

INT Position The wiper operates intermittently at the
interval selected by the switch position as
described below. INT has three positions of MBFM-01-005
operating speed as shown below.
INT (Slow): The wiper operates at 8-second interval.
INT (Mid): The wiper operates at 6-second interval. Wiper
INT (Fast): The wiper operates at 3-second interval.
ON The wiper operates continuously.

fNOTE: When the front window (upper) is opened, the wiper

and washer will not operate. If the front window is opened
while operating the wiper, the wiper stops.

— Washer
Press and hold the wiper/washer switch to squirt washer
fluid onto the front window. When the wiper/washer switch
is pressed for more than 2 seconds, the wiper operates until
the switch is released. When the wiper/washer switch is
released, the wiper automatically retracts.
While operating the wiper in the INT mode, when the
wiper/washer switch is pressed, the wiper operation mode
is changed to the continuous operation mode.

fNOTE: The wiper motor protection control stops wiper

operation to prevent it from becoming immovable when
it operates long period of time under high load. When the M1U1-01-018
wiper stops, do not change the arm position and wait several
minutes until the wiper starts operation again.

1-94
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Numeric Keypad
Used for inputting password.
Press the numeric keypad of 1 to 8 while the radio is ON, the
radio station will switch to memorized channel of 1 to 8.
When the light is turned ON, the monitor changes to night
mode screen.
Even if the light is turned ON, you can activate the daytime
screen by pushing "0" on the numeric keypad. MDAA-01-018

1-95
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment) Optional Switch Armrest

Location Adjustment

fNOTE: The optional switch locations differ depending on

the kinds of optional devices are equipped. Before using
the switches, make sure what kinds of optional devices are
equipped. Raise the armrest when operating the optional
switch. All available optional devices are shown below.

— Travel Alarm Deactivation

— Seat Heater
— Rear Work Light
— Electrical Control
— Overload Alarm
— Boom Mode
— Fan Rotation Selector MDAA-01-327
— Swing Alarm
— Auto-Lubrication or Auto-Lubrication Selector
Front

Rear MJAA-01-004

Switch Mounting Position Top view

1-96
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Travel Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (1) 1

The travel alarm buzzer sounds during travel operation.

When pushing the mark of travel alarm deactivation
switch (1), the travel alarm buzzer function is deactivated.

M1U1-01-035

Seat Heater Switch (Optional) (2) 2

When seat heater switch (2) is turned ON, the heater warms
the sitting area. When the sitting area reaches specific
temperature, the heater stops heating.
d CAUTION: If you feel abnormal heat, there is a
possibility of getting low temperature burn injury.
Immediately stop the seat heater and consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer. M1U1-01-011

3
Rear Light Switch (Optional) (3)
When rear light switch (3) is turned ON, the rear light at the
rear of the cab roof comes ON.

M1U1-01-009

4
Electrical Control Main Switch (Optional) (4)
Turn the pilot shut-off lever to UNLOCK position. The
electrical control (grip switch) system becomes operable
by pushing ON of the electrical control main switch (4). It
becomes OFF by pressing the switch again. It also becomes
OFF when the key switch is turned OFF or the pilot shut-off
lever is turned to LOCK position.
MDAA-01-311

dCAUTION: When there is no need to use the electrical

control (grip switch) system, turn OFF the main switch
to avoid misoperation.

1-97
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Overload Alarm Switch (Optional) (5) 5

When overload alarm switch (5) is turned ON, the buzzer

sounds to indicate the warning of overload during
overloaded lifting work such as boom raise.

M1J1-01-033

Boom Mode Switch (6) 6

When boom mode switch (6) is turned ON, machine up
lifting at digging operation is controlled.
This mode controls uplifting of machine at digging
operation and reduces machine vibration. Machine can be
jacked up by turning OFF the switch when evacuating from
mud lake.
M1J1-01-020

IMPORTANT: Turn boom mode switch (6) OFF when

operating a breaker attachment. The chisel's strength
will weaken if the switch is left ON, becoming unable
to apply adequate impact.

7
Fan Reverse Switch (Optional) (7)
When fan reverse switch (7) is turned ON, the fan rotates
in reverse direction, allowing to do the cleaning of the
radiator, oil cooler and intercooler core.

M1J1-01-019

8
Swing Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (8)
The swing alarm system sounds the buzzer and turns the
beacon light ON during swing operation.
When pushing the mark of swing alarm deactivation
switch (8), the swing alarm buzzer function is deactivated.

M1U1-01-036

1-98
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Auto-Lubrication Switch (9) 9

When auto-lubrication switch (9) is turned ON, the front

attachment is lubricated at specific intervals.

M1J1-01-018

10
Auto-Lubrication Selector Switch (Optional) (10)
When auto-lubrication selector switch (10) is set to AUTO,
the front attachment is lubricated at specific intervals.
When it is set to MANUAL, the front attachment can be
lubricated manually by using a grease gun connected to the
lubricator.
When the switch is turned OFF, the front attachment can M1J1-01-032
not be lubricated.

1-99
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Fan Reverse System (Optional) 1 2

The radiator, oil cooler and the intercooler core can be cleaned
by rotating the fan in reverse direction.

IMPORTANT:
— Be sure to place pilot control shut-off lever (2) to
LOCK position to operate the fan reverse system.
— Rotating the fan in reverse direction while operating
the air conditioner may cause malfunction of the air
conditioner.
— Before rotating the fan in reverse direction, be sure
there is no object on the upper structure that may be
drawn into the fan. LOCK position MDAA-01-295

1. Place control lever (1) in neutral position while the Armrest

engine is running, and turn pilot shut-off lever (2) to
LOCK position as illustrated.
2. Turn the air conditioner OFF.
3. Raise the arm rest and push fan reverse switch (3) to
operate the fan reverse system automatically in the
procedure described below.
3

MJAA-01-008

M1J1-01-019

1-100
 OPERATOR'S STATION
1) When fan reverse switch (3) is pushed, the engine runs 3
at slow idle speed.
2) The fan rotation reverses in about 20 seconds after the
engine's running speed changes to slow idle.
3) The engine speed returns to the set speed of the
engine control dial in about 5 seconds after the fan M1J1-01-019
rotation reverses. The fan speed varies according to the
engine speed.
IMPORTANT:
— When the engine runs at slow idle speed, the fan
speed becomes minimum. Increasing the engine
speed increases the fan speed. Engine Control Dial

— If fan speed needs to be increased, increase the

engine speed by operating the engine control dial.
4) Then, the fan will rotate in reverse direction for about
60 seconds.
5) The engine runs at slow idle speed.
6) The fan's rotating direction returns to normal in 20 M1U1-01-033
seconds after the engine's running speed becomes
slow idle.
7) The engine speed returns to the set speed of the
engine control dial in 5 seconds after the fan's rotating
direction returns to normal, ending the operation to
reverse the fan's rotating direction.

1-101
 OPERATOR'S STATION
IMPORTANT:
— Do not operate the pilot shut-off lever and the key
switch while the fan reverse system is running.
Failure to do so may cause malfunction of the
system.
— Immediately stop the engine if any abnormality or
danger is found.
— The appropriate hydraulic oil operating temperature
on this machine is 50 to 80 C. Hydraulic components
may be seriously damaged if the machine is
operated with low temperature hydraulic oil. Do
sufficient warm-up operation of the machine before
running the fan reverse system. Normal Range

— The radiator, oil cooler and the intercooler core M1U1-01-047

will not be cooled properly when the fan rotates in
reverse direction. Ensure the coolant temperature
gauge indicates the reading in normal range as
shown in the figure right before running the fan
reverse system.
— If the coolant temperature gauge reading is not in
the normal range, do not operate the fan reverse
system.

What to do when the coolant temperature gauge

indicates the reading out of the normal range.
1. Run the engine at slow idle speed to lower the coolant
temperature until it falls in normal range.
2. Ensure the coolant temperature gauge indicates the
reading in normal range. Operate the fan reverse system
according to its operation procedure.
M178-01-036

IMPORTANT:
— If an alarm such as overheat alarm is displayed on
the monitor during fan reverse system operation,
place pilot shut-off lever (1) to UNLOCK position.
Then, the fan reverse operation will be canceled, and
the fan will rotate in normal direction.
— If an alarm is generated, take an appropriate action 1
by referring to the alarm screen display.

UNLOCK position MDAA-01-296

1-102
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Key Switch 1
2
1- OFF (Engine Off )
2- ACC (Horn, Radio etc.)
3
3- ON (Engine ON)
4- START (Engine Start) 4

MDAA-01-313

Power Boost Switch

Power boost switch (5) is provided on the top of the right
control lever.
While pressing power boost switch (5), the maximum digging
power is boosted within approximately 8 seconds to increase
work capacity. 5

MDAA-01-292

Horn Switch
Horn switch (6) is provided on the top of the left control lever.
The horn continuously sounds as long as the switch is pressed. 6

MDAA-01-293

1-103
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Electrical Control Switch (Optional)

1
— Attachment Switch (Assist Operation) (Auxiliary Operation)
This switch is mainly used for optional devices and
attachments having rotary or tilt function. The attachment 2
becomes operable when ON of electrical control main
switch (1) is pushed and main switch indicator (2) is lit.

IMPORTANT: The attachment switch is operable only MDAA-01-311

when indicator (2) of electrical control main switch (1)
is lit. Indicator (2) will not light unless the pilot shut-off
lever is in UNLOCK position. Besides, the indicator (2)
light turns OFF and the attachment switch becomes
inoperable when the pilot shut-off lever is placed
in LOCK position while indicator (2) is lit. To operate
the attachment switch, place the pilot shut-off lever
in UNLOCK position, and then push ON of electrical
control main switch (1) to turn on indicator (2) light.

AUX Function Lever 1

6 4 3 1
1. Auxiliary
2. Power Boost Switch 5 2
3. Attachment Switch (Assist Operation)
4. Auxiliary
5. Horn Switch
6. Auxiliary

Left Control Lever Right Control Lever

MDAA-01-337 MCGB-01-030

1-104
 OPERATOR'S STATION
AUX Function Lever 2
6 4 3 1
1. Auxiliary
2. Power Boost Switch 5 2
3. Attachment Switch (Assist Operation)
4. Attachment Switch (Auxiliary Operation)
5. Horn Switch
6. Auxiliary

dCAUTION: Left Control Lever Right Control Lever

— These switches are provided for operating MCGB-01-029 MCGB-01-030
attachments of this machine. HITACHI does not bear
responsibility on any human injury, malfunction
and/or physical loss or damage incurred by
unauthorized application or use of unauthorized
attachments, optional parts or modified switch,
which will void Hitachi Warranty Policy.
— Before using this switch, thoroughly read the
operation manual of the corresponding attachment
and check the operation of each function in a safe
area.
— Before operating an attachment with this switch,
confirm the requirements on safe and proper
mounting and operation of the attachment with its
manufacturer or distributor and observe them.

1-105
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Cigar Lighter
Using Cigar Lighter 1
IMPORTANT: In case the cigar lighter does not pop out
automatically 30 seconds after pushing the cigar
lighter in, pull out the cigar lighter manually. Then,
consult the your nearest Hitachi dealer.

1. Turn key switch (1) to the ACC or ON position.

MDAA-01-313
2. Press and release the lighter knob.
3. The cigar lighter knob will return to the original position
when the lighter becomes usable. Pull the cigar lighter
out to use. Cigar Lighter

4. After using the cigar lighter, insert the cigar lighter into
the panel until the knob is seated in the original position.

Using Cigar Lighter Port as External Power Source

Use the cigar lighter port to supply power to lighting
equipment for servicing the machine.

IMPORTANT:
— Only 24 V electric power is available from the
cigar lighter port on this machine. Never connect MDAA-01-297
accessories that use power other than 24 V. Damage
to the batteries and accessories may result.
— Do not supply power to accessories for a long time
without running the engine. Failure to do so may
discharge the batteries.

1. Pull the lighter knob out.

2. Correctly insert the accessory socket into the cigar
lighter port.
3. Turn key switch (1) to the ACC or ON position. Power is
supplied to the connected accessory.
4. After using the accessory, disconnect the accessory
socket and insert the cigar lighter into the port.

1-106
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Cab Light Switch

1
Push switch (1) on the cab light to turn the cab light ON.

ON : The cab light comes and stays ON.

(The light does not turn ON while the key OFF.)
OFF : The light goes OFF.
Neutral : The room lamp lights on in conjunction with the
opening of cab door.
The lamp automatically goes off after 30 seconds.
(The light turns ON while the key switch is OFF.)

MDAA-01-305

MDAA-01-318

Installing Fire Extinguisher (Optional)

A fire extinguisher can be installed at the left rear corner inside
the cab. Consult your nearest HITACHI dealer to install a fire
extinguisher.

MDAA-01-319
Fire Extinguisher

1-107
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever 1

Pilot control shut-off lever (1) functions to prevent the

machine from being mistakenly operated when the operator is
getting on or off the machine.

dWARNING:
— Always pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) into the
full LOCK position. Unless front control lever lock (1)
is fully moved to the LOCK position, the front control
lever is not locked, possibly creating a hazardous
situation.
— When leaving the machine, always stop the engine. LOCK position MDAA-01-295
Then, pull the pilot control shut-off lever up to the
LOCK position. 1
— Always check to be sure that the pilot control shut-
off lever is pulled up to the LOCK position before
transporting the machine or leaving the machine at
the end of the shift.
— Confirm that the pilot control shut-off lever is in the
LOCK position before starting the engine. The engine
will not start in other than the LOCK position.

UNLOCK Position MDAA-01-296

Engine Stop Switch

In case the engine does not stop even if the key switch is
turned OFF due to failure of the machine, move switch (2)
located at the front-left side of the seat stand downward to
stop the engine.
After operating switch (2), be sure to return the switch back to
the upward position.

MDAA-01-290
2

1-108
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Fuse Box Fuse Box 1 Fuse Box 2

Fuse Box 1
10- CONTROLLER 20- OPT. 3 (BATT)
5A 5A
9- BACKUP 19- HORN
10 A 10 A
8- ECU 18- IDLE STOP
30 A 5A
7- START 17- POWER ON
5A 5A
6- OPT. 2 (ALT) 16- GLOW RELAY
MDAA-01-297
20 A 5A
5- OPT. 1 (ALT) 15- AUX.
5A 10 A 10 20
4- SOLENOID 14- MONITOR
9 19
20 A 5A
8 18
3- HEATER 13- LIGHTER
7 17
20 A 10 A
2- WIPER 12- RADIO 6 16
10 A 5A 5 15
1- LAMP 11- FUEL PUMP 4 14
20 A 5A 3 13
2 12
1 11
Fuse Box 2
30- AUTO LUB. 40- SPARE
10 A
29- LIGHT1 39- SPARE M1GR-01-003
20 A
28- PCV 38- SPARE
15 A 30 40
27- AUX. 3 37- SPARE 39
29
5A 38
28
26- QUICK HITCH 36- SPARE
27 37
5A
26 36
25- IMOBI 35- LUBRICATOR
25 35
5A 10 A
24- 12V UNIT 34- AUX. 2 24 34
10 A 10 A 23 33
23- CAB LAMP REAR 33- WARNING LAMP 22 32
10 A 10 A 21 31
22- CAB LAMP FRONT 32- CAB LAMP FRONT+2
10 A 10 A
21- SEAT HEATER 31- SEAT COMPR.
10 A 10 A M1GR-01-003

1-109
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Auto Air Conditioner

Features
— Full Auto-Temperature Control:
Automatically controls the cab temperature to maintain
the temperature set by the temperature control switch
regardless of outside air temperature and insolation.

— Max. Cooling and Heating:

Maximum cooling or heating can be obtained by rotating
the temperature control switch clockwise (32 C) or
counterclockwise (18 C) respectively.

— Preheating:
During preheating the cab in winter with the foot vent
selected, the air volume is reduced to Low until the coolant
temperature rises to prevent cool air from entering the cab.
f NOTE: Even in the summer season, the high idle speed may
be higher than the normal speed due to the above control.

1-110
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Components Name
1
1- Front Vent
2- Foot Vent
3- Defroster Vent
4- Rear Vent
5- Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch
6- AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch

fNOTE: Air flow direction can be changed by controlling the

louvers at all air vents except for foot vents (2). In addition,
the louvers on front vent (1) and defroster vent (3) can be MDAA-01-295
3 2
completely opened and closed by hand.

MDAA-01-289

MDAA-01-040

1-111
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Controller Part Name and Function
— Mode Switch (5)
Selects the air vent. The selected air vent is indicated on
monitor (7). 5

Air flows out of front vent and the defroster vents. 6

Air flows out of the front, rear and the defroster

vents.
Air flows out of the front, rear, foot and the
defroster vents.

Foot Vent Mode

MDAA-01-040

Each time mode switch (5) is pressed, the vent location can be
changed in four stages as illustrated below.

AUTOЉ Љ Љ Љ

– When switch (6) is selected in AUTO:

The air vent location is automatically selected.

— Temperature Control Switch (5):

Sets temperature in the cab.
Temperature in the cab can be set from 18.0 to 32.0 C by
rotating temperature control switch (5). Temperature can be
set by 0.5 C increments.
The set-temperature is displayed on monitor (7).

MDAA-01-001EN
7

1-112
 OPERATOR'S STATION
— Blower Switch (6)
– When AUTO indicator (8) is ON, the blower speed is
automatically controlled.
5
– When AUTO indicator (8) is OFF, the blower speed is
controlled in 6 steps. 6
Rotate blower switch (6) clockwise to increase blower
speed. Rotate blower switch (6) counterclockwise to
decrease blower speed.
The monitor (7) indicates the corresponding blower fan
speed.

— AUTO/OFF Switch (6)

Push AUTO/OFF Switch (6) while the air conditioner OFF, it MDAA-01-040
turns AUTO. Press AUTO/OFF switch (6) while operating the
air conditioner, it stops operation.

MDAA-01-001EN
7

1-113
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Cab Heater Operation
1. AUTO switch (6):
According to signals sent from various sensors, the air
5
conditioner amplifier automatically selects the air flow-in
vents, air suction ports, and air flow-in temperature at 6
the vent, and controls the blower speed.
2. Temperature Control Switch (5):
Adjust temperature control switch (5) so that "25.0" is
indicated on the monitor. Control air temperature inside
cab using this switch as necessary.
3. As Necessary:
MDAA-01-040
– Operate Mode switch (5) to manually select the air vent.
– Operate blower switch (6) to manually control the blower
speed.
– Operate the air conditioner setting screen on the
monitor to maintain the air vent in the fresh air mode or
circulation mode.

Usually the cab heater turns the dehumidifier function OFF,

however, it turns ON by switching the A/C to ON at the air
conditioner setting screen.

1-114
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Cooling Operation
1. AUTO switch (6):
5
Press AUTO switch (6) to set the air conditioner AUTO
mode. According to signals sent from various sensors, 6
the air conditioner amplifier automatically selects
the air flow-in vents, air suction ports, and air flow-in
temperature at the vent, and controls the blower speed.
2. Temperature Control Switch (5):
Adjust temperature control switch (5) so that "25.0" is
indicated on the monitor. Control air temperature inside
the cab using this switch as necessary. MDAA-01-040
3. As Necessary:
– Operate Mode switch (5) to manually select the air vent.
– Operate blower switch (6) to manually control the blower
speed.
– Operate the air conditioner setting screen on the
monitor to maintain the air vent in the fresh air mode or
circulation mode.

In case the front window (lower) becomes clouded,

manually close the defroster vent (3).(It can be closed
manually.)

3 MDAA-01-295

1-115
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Defroster Operation
1. Press AUTO Switch (6) to blow out temperature-
controlled air. During cold weather season when 5
starting the engine, the engine coolant temperature
6
and air temperature in the cab are low. The Heater Start-
Operation Control System controls the blow rate to the
minimum (LO) in order to restrict cool air from flowing
into the cab.
2. Adjust temperature control switch (5) so that "25.0" is
indicated on the monitor. Set the fresh air circulation
mode from air conditioner setting screen on the monitor.
3. Select the front vents or the front and rear vents MDAA-01-040
using mode switch (5).
1

Control air flow direction by adjusting the louvers at the

front vent (1) and the defroster vent (3).

Control air temperature in the cab by using temperature

control switch (5).
If the windowpanes become clouded in rainy season or
wanted to eliminate moisture, turn A/C to ON at the air
conditioner screen on the monitor.

Cool Head/Warm Feet Operation

Cool and warm air is simultaneously supplied to the head MDAA-01-295
3
vents and feet vents respectively.

1. Press blower switch (6) to adjust the blower speed.

2. Press MODE switch (5) to display the front and rear vent
mark on the monitor.
Turn A/C ON from the air conditioner setting screen on
the monitor.

Control air temperature inside the cab by using temperature

control switch (5).

1-116
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage

Air Conditioner Sensor
For Rapid Cooling
Temperature in the cab may rise over 80 C (176 °F) when
the machine is exposed to sun light in the summer.
In this case, ventilate air in the cab first by opening the
windows for rapid cooling.
After starting the engine, press AUTO switch (6). Set
temperature to "18.0" on the monitor by using temperature
control switch (5). Turn circulation mode ON from air
conditioner setting screen on the monitor.
Close the window when the cab cools down to the ambient
temperature.
MDAA-01-292

When Windows Become Clouded

If the insides of the windows become clouded during rainy
weather or on humid days, operate the air conditioner to aid
in keeping the windows clear.
When the atmosphere is very damp, and if the air
conditioner has run excessively, the outside of the windows
may become clouded. If this happens, turn off the air
conditioner to adjust the temperature in the cab.

Off-Season Air Conditioner Maintenance

To protect each part of the compressor from a lack of
lubricant, operate the air conditioner at least once a month
for several minutes with the engine running at a slow speed
during off-season.

IMPORTANT:
— Do not suddenly increase the engine speed. Failure
to do so may damage the compressor.
— Refer to the item "Check Air Conditioner Filter" in
the Maintenance Section for maintenance of the air
conditioner filters.
— Always clean the auto air conditioner sensor for
effective air conditioner performance. Avoid placing
any obstructions around the sensor.

1-117
 OPERATOR'S STATION

AM/FM Radio Operation

dCAUTION: Refrain from listening to the radio in the

cab while operating the machine 3 1

Controls on the radio 2

1- AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch

"FM" and "AM" are switched over alternately each time
the switch is pressed. Rotate the tuning knob clockwise
to increase frequency, counterclockwise to decrease
frequency.
MDAA-01-040
2- Power Switch/Volume Control Knob
Push: Turns power ON/OFF. Turn the volume control 4
knob clockwise to increase the sound volume. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease the sound volume.

Tuning Procedure
– Manual Tuning Procedure
Rotate tuning switch (1) until the desired station is
reached.

– Automatic Search Function

MDAA-01-001EN
1. Press selector knob (3) while displaying basic screen (4)
to display main menu screen (5).
2. Rotate selector knob (3) to highlight Radio (6).
Press selector knob (3) to display the radio screen. 5
Rotate selector knob (3) to highlight seek (8). Push
selector knob (3) to go to the next higher frequency
station. Press selector knob (3).
6
Rotate selector knob (3) to highlight seek (7). Push
selector knob (3) to go to the next lower frequency
station. Press selector knob (3).

MDAA-01-092EN

7
8

MDAA-01-095EN

1-118
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Station Presetting Procedure
Setting from Monitor
1. Select the desired station. Refer to the "Tuning
Procedure" in the previous section. 1
2. Press selector knob (1) while displaying basic screen (2)
to display main menu screen (3). Rotate selector knob (1)
to highlight radio (4).
3. Press selector knob (1) to display Radio screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight a CH to preset a
station. (CH1 to CH8)
5. Press and hold selector knob (1) for more than 1 second.
The current station is preset to the selected CH.

Setting from numeric keypad

7
1. Select the desired station. Refer to the "Tuning
Procedure" in the previous section.
MDAA-01-310
2. Press and hold one numeric keypad (1 to 8) for more 2
than 1 second. The current station is preset to the
selected number of CH.

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-092EN

MDAA-01-093EN

1-119
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Station Auto-Presetting Procedure
Receivable stations can be automatically sought and preset 1
to the memory.
1. Press selector knob (1) while displaying basic screen (2)
to display main menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight Radio (4).
Press selector knob (1) to display Radio screen (5).
3. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight AUTO PRESET (6).
4. Press selector knob (1) to start AUTO PRESET process.
The AUTO PRESET scans reception frequency, allocate
sought stations to CH1 to CH8 from sensitive station. AM MDAA-01-040
will be preset to CH1 to 4, FM will be preset to CH5 to 8.
Operating the radio during scan stops the AUTO PRESET.

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-092EN

MDAA-01-099EN

1-120
 OPERATOR'S STATION
TONE Control
1. Press selector knob (1) while displaying basic screen (3) 1
to display main menu screen (4).
2. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight Radio (5). 2

Press selector knob (1) to display Radio screen (6).

3. Rotate selector knob (1) to highlight TONE (7).
4. Press selector knob (1) to adjust TONE control. Rotate
selector knob (1) clockwise to boost treble. Rotate
selector knob (1) counterclockwise to boost bass. Press
selector knob (1) to enable the changes.
MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-092EN

MDAA-01-096EN

1-121
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Audio Input (Optional)

IMPORTANT: This function is available only to a machine
equipped with an audio input (optional). Use this
1
function with proper sound volume.
2
Audio Input Selection
Attach the audio input (optional) device and push AM/FM
Switch/Tuning Switch (1) to display AM and FM screen as
well as AUX input screen (3).

Connecting audio device

MDAA-01-040
By removing AUX IN Cap (4), the audio input terminal
appears.
Connect your audio device to the audio input terminal of
the machine with your audio cable.

IMPORTANT: Use Φ3.5 mm stereo plug for the connection

of audio input terminal.

IMPORTANT: Put AUX IN cap (4) when the audio input is

not in use.

3
Volume Control of audio device
Turn the volume down to the minimum beforehand, and MDAA-01-340
then turn volume control knob (2) clockwise to adjust the
volume.

IMPORTANT: If volume control knob (2) has been set to

the maximum, you will hear an overwhelming sound;
so set the volume control knob to the minimum first
and then turn it clockwise to increase it. Adjust the
volume knob on the audio device if the sound is too 4
low even volume control knob (2) is set at top.

IMPORTANT: Operate your audio device to play or stop

the sound.

MDAA-01-341

1-122
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Cab Door Release Lever

dCAUTION:
— Open the cab door all the way until it securely locks
in the latch on the side of the cab.
— Do not unlock the cab door when the machine is
parked on a slope or while the wind is blowing hard.
The cab door may close accidently, possibly resulting
in personal injury.
— When opening or closing the cab door, take extra
care not to catch fingers between the base machine
and the cab door.

1 MDAA-01-320
To unlock the door, push down on lever (1).

1-123
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Opening/Closing and Removing Cab Inside

Window
1
dWARNING:
— Open, close or remove the upper-front cab window,
overhead window, cab door window or lower-front
window only after lowering the front attachment
to the ground and pulling up pilot control shut-off
lever (1) to the LOCK position. Failure to do so may
allow the machine to move unexpectedly if a control
lever or pedal is touched with a part of the body
by mistake, possibly resulting in personal injury or
death.
— Park the machine on a level and solid ground and
stop the engine before opening and closing the
upper front window. MDAA-01-295

— To open the upper front window, hold the window by

hands, hold it until the window is locked.
— When closing the window, it may accidently fall by
its own weight. Hold the window by hands until it is
completely closed. Since the window stops before
it completely closes, do not operate the machine at
the position with the window being stopped. The
window is not locked at that position, having the
possibility of suddenly dropping.

1-124
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Opening/Closing Upper Front Window

Opening/Closing Upper Front Window
1. Press lock release lever (1) at the upper center to release
the upper front window lock.
1
2. Holding lock release lever (1) at the upper center and 2
lower handle on the upper front window, pull the upper
front window up and back until it securely catches into
auto locks (3).
3. After confirming that the window securely catches into
auto locks (3), slide lock pin (2) into the left bracket boss
hole to lock the window in position. M1U1-01-028

fNOTE: When the upper front window is opened, the wiper Front Window Close
LOCK Position
Front Window Close
UNLOCK Position
and washer are inoperable.

dCAUTION:
— Slowly close the upper front window so that not to
Upper Front Window
catch your fingers. Suspended Position
— Always secure lock pin (2) in the lock position after
the upper front window is opened.

4. To close the upper front window, by following the steps

1 to 3 in the reverse order. The window stops before it
completely closes, so close the front window by pushing
release lever (1) upward. MDAA-01-328

Push release lever (1) downward to release auto lock (3).

fNOTE: Unless the upper front window is securely closed, the

wiper and washer will not operate.
2

3 MDAA-01-306

1-125
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Removing and Storing Lower Front Window

dCAUTION: Take care not to pinch yours fingers when

handling the lower front window.

Removing and Storing Lower Front Window

1. Open the upper front window beforehand when
removing the lower front window.
2. While pulling the lower front window inward, raise it to
remove.
3. Store the removed windowpane in the storing position.
After inserting the windowpane into rubbers (2 and 3), MDAA-01-298
slide it sideways securely into rubber (4). Then, push
4 1
fastener (1) to lock.

3
2

MDAA-01-299

1-126
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Opening Side Windows 1

Hold handle (1) and slide rear pane to open the side window.

Side Window M178-01-061

1-127
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Opening/Closing Overhead Window

1
Move lock levers (1) toward center of window. Hold handle
(2) and lift window until it rises upright. With the window
positioned upright, it will be secured in position by dampers
(3).
Hold handle (2) and pull window down until "click" sound is
heard from left and right locks (1).
Note that the overhead window can be used as an emergency
exit.

2
MDAA-01-302

MDAA-01-303

1-128
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Opening/Closing Overhead Window (Clear

1
Hatch: If Equipped)
Move lock levers (1) toward center of window. Hold handle
(2) and lift window until it rises upright. With the window
positioned upright, it will be secured in position by dampers
(3).
Hold handle (2) and pull window down until "click" sound is
heard from left and right locks (1).
Note that the overhead window can be used as an emergency
exit.

IMPORTANT:
— Replace the clear hatch with a new one every 5
2
years even if undamaged. In case it was remarkably MDAA-01-302
damaged or has received severe shock loads, replace
it even if it has been not in use for 5 years.
— When cleaning the clear hatch, use a neutral
detergent.
If acidic or alkaline detergent is used, the clear hatch 3
may become discolored or crack.
— Keep organic solvent away from the clear hatch.
Failure to do so may cause the clear hatch to become
discolored or crack.

MDAA-01-303

1-129
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Emergency Exit
1
Escape from the cab in emergency in the following methods:

dCAUTION: The danger of downfall is always present

when escaping from the cab in emergency, possibly
resulting in serious personal injury. Escape from the
cab as safely as possible, depending on the posture of
machine and the outside situation.

1. Open the cab door. Escape through the door.

2. If the cab door should be difficult to open or use, open
the upper front window. Escape through the window.

fNOTE: Emergency exit decals (2) are affixed to the front and
MDAA-01-321

rear windows. See page "OPENING UPPER FRONT WINDOW"

for the opening method of the upper front window.

dCAUTION: If decal (3) is affixed to the front window

glass, the glass can be broken. However if decal (3) is
not affixed to the front window glass, the glass cannot
be broken with emergency evacuation hammer (1).
Take care not to be injured with pieces of broken glass.

3. If upper front window should be difficult to open, check 3 2

the decal (3) affixed to the window glass.
If decal (3) is affixed to the front window glass, break the
front window glass using the emergency evacuation tool M1U4-01-012
(1) installed the cab left side. Then escape through the 3 2
broken window.
4. If decal (3) is not affixed to the front window glass, or if
the front window is not available for escaping, break the
rear window glass using the emergency evacuation tool
(1). Then escape through the broken window.
5. If neither of front and rear windows is available for
emergency exit, open the overhead window to escape
from the cab.

MDAA-01-322

1-130
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Adjusting Operator's Seat

dWARNING: Adjust the seat only after lowering the

front attachment on the ground and pulling up the
pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
Failure to do so may allow the machine to move
unexpectedly if a control lever or pedal is touched with
a part of the body by mistake, possibly resulting in
personal injury or death.

dCAUTION: Avoid possible injury while operating

height/tilt lever (1). When pushing down lever (1), do SS-955
not grab it. Fingers may be pinched between lever
(1) and the seat stand. Be sure to push on the upper
face of lever (1) by your palm. Fingers may be pinched
between the lever and the seat stand. Be sure to push 4
on the upper face of the lever.
5 1
Seat Height and Angle Adjustment
Seat height adjustment range is 60 mm (2.4 in) with steps
every 15 mm (0.6 in) (5 positions in total).
Push down lever (1):to adjust front part of the seat.
Pull up lever (1):to adjust rear part of the seat.

4
Console and Seat Fore-aft Adjustment
Operate console and seat slide lever (2) to adjust the seat 2 3 MDAA-01-332
and both right and left consoles to desired distance from
the travel pedals and levers. Seat and console fore-aft
adjustment range is 160 mm (4.7 in) with steps every 20 mm
(0.8 in).

Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment

Operate seat slide lever (3) to adjust the seat to desired
distance from the travel pedals and levers. Seat and console
fore-aft adjustment range is 200 mm (4.7 in) with steps
every 10 mm (0.8 in).

Suspension Adjustment
IMPORTANT: The seat is an air suspension type.

Push and pull knob (4) to adjust the suspension. Pull the
knob forward to release air, which makes it soft. Push the
knob backward to fill air, which makes it hard.

1-131
 OPERATOR'S STATION
Backrest Adjustment
Pull up lever (5) to release backrest lock. Move backrest to
the desired position and release lever (5).

MDAA-01-332

Armrest Adjustment
Armrest (6) can be pulled upright by hand 100 . Pull the
armrest upright by hand to get on and off the machine
6
easily. The angle of armrest (6) can be adjusted to the
desired position by turning adjusting dial (7) located on the
bottom of armrest (6). 7

M1G6-01-017

1-132
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Console Height Adjustment

Adjust the console height to the operator's comfort and/or
work conditions.
Adjusting console height can be achieved using three
positions provided vertically at 20 mm intervals.

dCAUTION: Before loosening the console, support the

console. Otherwise, the console may suddenly drop,
possibly causing personal injury.

Adjusting Procedures 1

1. Lower the bucket to the ground. Stop the engine.

2. Move the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK
position.
3. Remove left and right console holding bolts (1). Loosen
bolts (2) to adjust the console height.
4. After adjusting, tighten bolts (1) and (2).
Tightening Torque: 50 N–m (5 kgf–m)

2 M1U1-01-030

1-133
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Installation and Adjustment of Mirrors

dWARNING: Adjust the mirrors before operating the

machine. Improper adjustment of the mirrors provides
poor visibility, which may cause serious human injury
or death.

IMPORTANT: The image displayed on the rear view

monitor is meant only as an aid. When operating the
machine, pay thorough attention to the surrounding
situation.

Adjust the mirrors so that persons standing within 1 m from

the machine (or object with height of 1.5 m and 30 cm in
diameter) can be recognized from the operator's seat.

1 m-Vicinity Visibility
The right illustration indicates the visibility from the 1m
operator's seat at 1.5 m high from the ground and 1 m apart
from the outer edge of the machine. The hatched areas
shown in the illustration are interrupted from visibility by
the section of the machine equipped with the side and rear
view mirrors.
Clear all persons and obstacles away from the area of
operation and machine movement. 1m

IMPORTANT: If machine modification results in

restricting visibility, the area interrupting the visibility
may change. Recheck the visibility from the operator's
seat 1.5 m high from the ground and 1 m apart from
the outer edge of the machine. MJAA-00-003

1-134
 OPERATOR'S STATION

Seat Belt
2 1

dWARNING:
— Be sure to use seat belt (1) when operating the
machine.
— Before operating the machine, be sure to examine
seat belt (1) and attaching hardware for any failure. If
any damage and/or wear are found, replace the part
concerned.
— Replace seat belt (1) every 3 years regardless of
appearance.
M1U1-01-031

Seat Belt 2 1
1. Confirm that seat belt (1) is not twisted. Securely insert
the end of seat belt (1) into buckle (2). Lightly pull on the
belt to confirm that the buckle latches securely.
2. Push button (3) on buckle (2) to unfasten seat belt (1).

Replace the seat belt if they are damage or worn, or if the

seat belt had external damaged such as an accident.

3
M1U1-01-032

1-135
 OPERATOR'S STATION

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

1-136
 BREAK-IN

Observe Engine Operation Closely

IMPORTANT: Be extra cautious during the first 50 hours,
until you become thoroughly familiar with the sound
and feel of your new machine.

1. Operate the machine only in economy (ECO) mode and

limit the engine horsepower up to about 80 % of full
load.
2. Avoid excess engine idling.
3. Check indicator lights and gauges frequently during
operation.

Every 10 Hours or Daily

1. Perform 10-hour or daily service. (See Maintenance
guide -- 10 hours.)
2. Watch for fluid leaks.
3. Lubricate working tool pivots every 10 hours for the first
50 hours, and every 10 hours when working in mud and
water.

After the First 50 Hours

1. Perform 50-hour service. (See Maintenance guide -- 50
hours.)
2. Check accessible hardware torque. (See Hardware Torque
Specifications in Maintenance chapter.)

After the First 100 Hours

Perform 50-hour and 100-hour service. (See Maintenance
Guide -- 50 hours and 100 hours.)

2-1
 BREAK-IN

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

2-2
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting

Perform the required daily check before starting the engine.

— Refer to "Maintenance" section for detailed information.

Check Points Check Points
1. Level and contamination of engine oil and coolant 1. Sag, wear and break of crawler

Undercarriage
2. Starting easiness, exhaust gas color, and noise 2. Oil leaks and wear on upper/lower rollers and front
idlers
3. Oil and water leaks, damage to hoses and pipe lines 3. Oil leaks from travel devices
Engine

4. Clogging and damage to radiator, oil cooler and 4. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts
intercooler
5. Clean around muffler filter 1. Check cylinders, pipe lines and hoses for oil leaks and
damages.
6. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 2. Wear and damage of the bucket
Working Device

1. Fuel level, leaks and contamination of fuel in tank 3. Check bucket teeth for looseness, wear and missing

2. Hydraulic oil level, leaks and contamination of 4. Lubrication state of the working device
hydraulic oil tank
3. Movement, play and operating force of all control 5. Check for pin anti-extraction pins, stoppers, rings and
levers bolts for damage
4. Operation of all hydraulic components, oil leaks and 6. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts
Upperstructure

damage to pipe lines and hoses

5. Deformation, break and abnormal noise of upper 1. Operation of instruments, switches, lights and
structure buzzer/horn
6. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 2. Function of parking brake
Others

7. Washer Fluid 3. Deformation and break of head guard

4. Abnormal outside appearance of machine

5. Wear and damage of the seat belt

3-1
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Before Starting Engine 1

1. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is in the LOCK

position.
2. Confirm that all control levers are placed in neutral.
3. Insert key switch (2). Turn it to ON position. Press and
hold switch (3) with the engine stopped.
The engine oil indicator (4) and coolant level (5) must be
displayed in green.
4. Adjust the seat to allow full pedal and control levers
stroke with operator's back against the backrest. Fasten
the seat belt. MDAA-01-295
LOCK position
f NOTE: The monitor surface is a resin product. When the
surface becomes dusty, lightly wipe the surface with a wet
cloth. Never use an organic solvent.
IMPORTANT: The monitor equipped on this machine does
2
not perfectly assure the condition of the machine.
Do not rely only on the monitor display for checking
the machine conditions; visually check them yourself
periodically such as oil level. Refer to the Maintenance
section.

MDAA-01-313

MDAA-01-040

4 5

MJAA-03-001

3-2
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Starting the Engine 1

Starting the Engine in Ordinary Temperature

1. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is in the LOCK
position.
2. Turn engine control dial (3) to the slow idle position.
3. Sound horn to alert bystanders
4. Insert key switch (2). Turn it to ON position.
5. "Wait-screen (nothing is displayed)" is displayed on the
monitor for 2 seconds. Regardless of pilot control shut-
off lever (1) position, the engine can not be cranked
during this moment. LOCK Position MDAA-01-295

6. When the password input screen is displayed on the

monitor, input the password. Unless the numeric keypad
function (ignition block system) is activated, this screen
is not displayed. 2

IMPORTANT: When required to activate the numeric

keypad function (ignition block system), consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.

Slow Idle

3
MDAA-01-313 M1U1-01-033

Password Input Screen MDAA-01-085EN

3-3
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

f NOTE: When the key switch is turned ON, the maintenance

notification (4) for the item whose maintenance interval has
expired displays for ten seconds. Press Return switch (5) or
turn the pilot shut-off lever to UNLOCK position while the rear
view camera is enable to delete the notification.

7. The basic screen will be displayed on the monitor. Check 4

that the preheat indicator (6) is OFF at this time.
8. Turn key switch (2) to START position to rotate the
starter. The engine will start.
IMPORTANT: Never operate the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If engine fails to start, return key MDAA-01-213EN
switch to OFF. Wait for more than 30 seconds, then
try again. Failure to do so may cause damage to the 5
starter and/or discharging the batteries.

9. Release key switch (2) immediately after the engine has

started. Key switch (2) will automatically return to ON
position.

f NOTE: The engine speed will be kept to slow idle speed for
about 3 to 40 seconds right after the engine starts. When the
coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature is low, the
time will be longer. The engine speed will be kept to slow idle
speed even if the engine control dial (3) is not set in the slow
idle position. MDAA-01-040

f NOTE: For a while after the engine starts, the muffler filter
6
regenerating function operates, thus even though the engine
control dial is set in the slow idle position, the engine speed
may temporarily increase.

dWARNING: Do not attempt to operate the machine for

40 seconds after starting the engine. The engine speed
may change after the slow idle period and operation
speed of work device may suddenly increase, may
cause serious accident.

f NOTE: White smoke may occur for several minutes after the
engine start, this is not a malfunction. Basic Screen MDAA-01-042EN

3-4
 OPERATING THE ENGINE
Starting in Cold Weather
1
Preheating
1. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is in the LOCK
position.
2. Turn engine control dial (3) to the slow idle position.
3. Sound the horn to alert bystanders.
4. Insert key switch (2). Turn it to ON position.
5. "Wait-screen (nothing is displayed)" is displayed on the
monitor for 2 seconds. Regardless of pilot control shut-
off lever (1) position, the engine can not be cranked
during this moment.
LOCK position MDAA-01-295
6. When the password input screen is displayed on the
monitor, input the password. Unless the numeric keypad
function (ignition block system) is activated, this screen
is not displayed. 2

IMPORTANT: When required to activate the numeric

keypad function (ignition block system), consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.

Slow Idle

3
MDAA-01-313 M1U1-03-033

Password Input Screen MDAA-01-085EN

3-5
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

f NOTE: When the key switch is turned ON, the maintenance

notification (4) for the item whose maintenance interval has
expired displays for ten seconds. Press Return switch (5) or
turn the pilot shut-off lever to UNLOCK position while the rear
view camera is enable to delete the notification.

7. The basic screen will be displayed on the monitor. 4

The machine will automatically check if preheating is
required or not. When preheating is required, preheat
indicator (6) is lit for automatically.

f NOTE: In case, preheat indicator (6) does not come ON,

preheating is not required. Follow the "Starting the Engine in MDAA-01-213EN
Ordinary Temperature" section.
5
8. As soon as preheat indicator (6) goes OFF, turn key
switch (2) to START position to rotate the starter.
IMPORTANT: Never operate the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If engine fails to start, return key
switch to OFF. Wait for more than 30 seconds, then
try again. Failure to do so may cause damage to the
starter and/or discharging the batteries.

9. Release key switch (2) immediately after the engine has

started. Key switch (2) will automatically return to ON
position.

f NOTE: The engine speed will be kept to slow idle speed for MDAA-01-040
about 3 to 40 seconds right after the engine starts. When the
coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature is low, the
6
time will be longer. The engine speed will be kept to slow idle
speed even if the engine control dial (3) is not set in the slow
idle position.
f NOTE: For a while after the engine starts, the muffler filter
regeneration function operates so that even though engine
control dial (3) is set in the slow idle position, the engine speed
may not reduce to slow idle speed.

dWARNING: Do not attempt to operate the machine for

40 seconds after starting the engine. The engine speed
may change after the slow idle period and operation
speed of work device may suddenly increase, may Basic Screen MDAA-01-042EN
cause serious accident.

f NOTE: White smoke may occur for several minutes after the
engine start, this is not a malfunction.

3-6
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Check Instruments After Starting

Checking instruments through monitor functions
After starting the engine, check the following points
through the monitor functions. 1

1. Check that discharge warning indicator (1) is OFF. In case

discharge warning indicator (1) stays ON, immediately 2
stop the engine. Inspect the alternator and battery
system for any abnormality.
2. Check that low engine oil pressure indicator (2) is OFF
and the alarm buzzer does not sound.
In case low engine oil pressure indicator (2) stays ON and
the buzzer sounds, immediately stop the engine. Inspect
the engine oil pressure system and the oil level.
MDAA-01-041EN
IMPORTANT: In case any abnormality is found on the
monitor unit, immediately stop the engine. Inspect the
cause of the trouble.

Check engine noise and exhaust gas color:

Check that the engine noise and exhaust gas color is
normal.
f NOTE: Check the exhaust gas color as follows. (After warm-
up operation, run the engine with no loads.)
Clear : Normal (Perfect combustion)
Black : Abnormal (Imperfect combustion,
abnormal muffler filter, abnormal fuel
system)
White : Abnormal (Oil is leaking into the
combustion chamber, abnormal muffler
filter, abnormal fuel system)

f NOTE: White smoke may occur for several minutes after the
engine start, this is not a malfunction.

3-7
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Using Booster Batteries

IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a 24 volt
negative (-) ground. Use only 24 volt booster batteries
with sufficient capacity.

d WARNING:
— An explosive gas is produced while batteries are in
use or being charged. Keep open flames and sparks
away from the battery area. Do not continue to use
or charge the battery when electrolyte level is lower
than specified. Explosion of the battery may result.
SA-032
— Park the machine and a machine with the booster
batteries on a dry or concrete surface, not on steel
plates. If the machine is parked on steel plates,
dangerous sparks may be unexpectedly created on
the machine.
— Never connect a positive terminal to a negative
terminal, as a dangerous short circuit will occur.

When the machine batteries are exhausted, start the engine

using booster batteries as shown below.

Connecting the booster batteries 1 Connect First

1. Stop the engine of the machine on which booster
batteries are mounted. (Red)
2. Connect one end of red cable (1) to the positive (+)
terminal of the machine batteries, and the other end to
the positive (+) terminal of the booster batteries.
3. Connect one end of black cable (2) to the negative (–)
terminal of the booster batteries, and then make ground
connection to the frame of the machine to be started
Booster Batteries Machine Batteries
with the other end of black (–) cable (2). In the last
connection to frame, sparks may fly. Be sure to connect (Black)
the cable end as far away from the machine batteries as To Upperstructure Frame of the Machine
possible. 2
Connecting the booster batteries M104-03-002
4. After securely connecting the booster cables, start the
engine of the machine on which booster batteries are
mounted.
5. Start the engine of the troubling machine.
6. After the engine starts, disconnect cables (2) and (1),
following the procedure below.

3-8
 OPERATING THE ENGINE
Disconnecting the booster cables 1

1. Disconnect black negative (-) cable (2) from the machine

frame first. (Red)

2. Disconnect the other end of black negative (-) cable (2)

from the booster batteries.
3. Disconnect red positive (+) cable (1) from the booster
batteries.
4. Disconnect red positive (+) cable (1) from the machine
batteries. Booster Batteries Machine Batteries

(Black)
To Upperstructure Frame of the Machine
2 Disconnect Booster
Cable from Frame First M104-03-002
Disconnecting the booster cables

3-9
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Stopping the Engine

Engine stop procedure
1. Except for special cases, before stopping the engine,
lower the bucket to the ground.
2. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (3) to LOCK position.
3. Turn engine control dial (1) to the slow idle position and
run the engine for 5 minutes to cool the engine. SA-390
3

IMPORTANT: If the engine equipped with a turbocharger

is stopped without first performing the cool down
operation, the lubricant on the turbocharger bearing
surfaces may desiccate due to the intense heat present
inside the turbocharger, possibly causing damage to
the turbocharger.

4. Turn key switch (2) OFF to stop the engine.

If the engine does not stop, even if the key switch is MDAA-01-295
turned to the OFF position. (Emergency Stop)
In case the engine does not stop even if key switch (2) is
turned OFF due to failure of the machine, move engine stop
switch (4) downward to stop the engine. The engine will 1
stop. Return engine stop switch (4) to its original position
(upward). Slow Idle

d CAUTION: Do not use engine stop switch (4) unless

absolutely necessary. When the machine stops due
to the machine failure, do not start the machine until
repair is completed.
M1U1-01-033
2

MDAA-01-313

4 MDAA-01-290

3-10
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Engine Auto-Stop in Extremely Low Temperature

dWARNING: This function automatically stops

the engine. Take extra care on the work and work
environment when using this function.

IMPORTANT: If the machine is left without operation

under -20 °C or lower environment for long period of
time, exhaust gas component may accumulate in the
muffler filter, damage to the muffler filter may result.

Under -20 °C or lower environment, the engine will

automatically stop 60 minutes after the pilot control shut-off
lever is pulled to the LOCK position. 30 seconds before the
engine stop, the monitor displays a message that engine
will be stopped (1) and the indicator starts flashing. Also the
buzzer sounds. The buzzer sounds once at 30 seconds before,
continuously sounds from 15 seconds. The engine speed 1
decreases to the idling speed, and then stops after 15 seconds.
When the control shut-off lever is pushed down before
stopping the engine, the auto shut-down is disabled and the
engine will not stop.
MDAA-01-146EN
IMPORTANT: When the engine stops, turn the key switch
to ACC or OFF once and then turn it to START to restart
the engine. In the case the engine stops automatically,
turn the key switch OFF before leaving the machine for
long period of time. Do not leave the machine after
auto shut-down. Failure to do so may discharge the
batteries.

fNOTE: The engine can stop automatically when related

conditions are met regardless of the auto shut-down function
ON or OFF.

3-11
 OPERATING THE ENGINE

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

3-12
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Drive the Machine Carefully
IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, park machine on
a hard surface to prevent tracks from freezing to the
ground. Clean debris from tracks and track frame.
If tracks are frozen to the ground, raise tracks using
boom, move machine carefully to prevent damage to
drive train and tracks.

Select a route that is as flat as possible. Steer machine

as straight as possible making small, gradual changes in
direction.

When driving over rough terrain, reduce the engine speed to

lessen possibility of undercarriage damage.

f NOTE: An arrow-mark seal is stuck on the inside surface of

Arrow-mark
the side frame to indicate the machine front direction. M178-03-001

4-1
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Steering the Machine Using Pedals

didlers
WARNING: In the standard travel position, the front
are positioned at the front of the machine and Cab
Front Idler

the travel motors at the rear. If the travel motors are

positioned at the front of the machine, the control
actions of the travel pedals will be reversed. Be sure
to confirm the position of the travel motors before
traveling.

– FORWARD TRAVEL
Push down on front (A) of both pedals. Travel Motor
– REVERSE TRAVEL M104-01-038
Push down on rear (B) of both pedals.
– NEUTRAL POSITION (C)
When the travel pedals are placed in neutral, travel brakes
automatically will stop and/or hold the machine.
– RIGHT TURN
Push down on front of left pedal.
– LEFT TURN
A
Push down on front of right pedal. D
– SHORT TURN (Spin turn)
Push down the front of one pedal and the rear of the A C
other. B
D
C
f NOTE: For long-term traveling, push down on pedal tabs (D) B
and rest feet on the footrests. M104-04-009 M104-04-003
Forward and Reverse

M104-04-010 M104-04-005
Pivot Turn

M104-04-011 M104-04-007
Spin Turn

4-2
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Steering the Machine Using Levers

didlers
WARNING: In the standard travel position, the front
are positioned at the front of the machine and Cab
Front Idler

the travel motors at the rear. If the travel motors are

positioned at the front of the machine, the control
actions of the travel levers will be reversed. Be sure
to confirm the position of the travel motors before
traveling.

– FORWARD TRAVEL
Push both levers forward (A). Travel Motor
– REVERSE TRAVEL M104-01-038
Pull both levers rearward (B). A
– NEUTRAL POSITION (C) A
When the travel levers are placed in neutral, travel brakes C
automatically will stop and/or hold the machine.
– RIGHT TURN C
B
Push left lever forward. B
– LEFT TURN
Push right lever forward. D
– SHORT TURN (Spin turn)
Push one lever forward and pull the other rearward.
D
f NOTE: For long-term traveling, push down on pedal tabs (D)
and rest feet on the footrests.
M104-04-009 M104-04-003
Forward and Reverse

M104-04-010 M104-04-005
Pivot Turn

M104-04-011 M104-04-007
Spin Turn

4-3
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Travel Mode Switch

dpersonal
WARNING: Tipping-over accidents can cause serious
injury. Do not change travel mode switch (1)
while traveling; especially, changing to fast mode (2)
when descending slopes will create a very dangerous
situation. Always stop the machine before changing
the travel speed mode.

Turn travel mode switch (1) on the switch panel to the 3

specified position to select the travel mode (Fast/Slow). 2
1
— Fast Mode: Turn travel mode switch (1) to mark (2)
position.
— Slow Mode: Turn travel mode switch (1) to mark (3) MDAA-01-040
position.
Mark (Fast Speed Mode)
Mark (Slow Speed Mode)

Travel Alarm (Optional)

During travel operation, the travel alarm sounds to warn the
people near the machine that the machine is traveling.

Deactivating Travel Alarm

More than 12 seconds after starting to travel the machine,
raise the armrest and push the travel alarm deactivation Optional Switch
switch (4) to stop the travel alarm. (Within 12 seconds, the
travel alarm deactivation switch is inoperable.)
Once the machine stops traveling and when restarting to
travel, the travel alarm will sound again. If desired to stop MJAA-01-008

the alarm, operate the deactivation switch (4) once more.

4
f NOTE: The optional switch locations differ depending on
what kinds of optional devices are equipped. Before using
the switches, make sure what kinds of optional devices are
equipped.

M1U1-01-035

4-4
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

Operating on Soft Ground

– Avoid traveling on very soft ground that does not have
sufficient strength to firmly support the machine.
– If the machine is operated on very soft ground or
becomes stuck, it may be necessary to clean the track
frame area.
– Swing the upperstructure 90 ° and lower the bucket
to raise one track off the ground. Make sure to keep
the angle between the boom and arm 90 to 110 ° and
position the bucket’s round side on the ground.
– Rotate the raised track back and forth to remove mud and
dirt.
– After lowering the track to the ground, select slow travel
speed. Carefully move the machine to firm ground.
– Utilize the boom and arm functions to pull the machine M104-05-012
toward firm ground.
– Tow the machine if the machine becomes stuck but only
if the engine is still operating. Be sure to attach a tow line
correctly. (Refer to the “Towing Machine a Short Distance”
section on page 4-7.)

4-5
 DRIVING THE MACHINE
Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm

d90WARNING: Keep the angle between boom and arm

to 110 ° and position the bucket’s round side on the 90 to 110 ˚
ground.

Swing the upperstructure 90 ° and lower the bucket to raise

track off ground. Do not dig bucket teeth into the ground
when using the hoe bucket reversed.

Place blocks under machine frame to support the machine. 90 to 110 ˚

IMPORTANT: When the machine is modified as a face

shovel by installing the hoe bucket in reverse, avoid
raising the machine above the ground using the front M104-05-013
attachment with the bucket cylinder fully extended.
Excessive loads will be applied to the pins around the WRONG
bucket and the bucket cylinder, resulting in breakage
of the pins.
(The hoe bucket can not be installed in reverse
depending on the machine specification.)

SA-817

4-6
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

Towing Machine a Short Distance

Soft Protector RIGHT
dserious
CAUTION: Cables, straps, or ropes can break causing
injury. Do not tow machine with damaged
chains, frayed cables, slings, straps, or wire ropes.
Always wear gloves when handling cable, straps or
wire ropes.

When your machine becomes struck but the engine is still

operational, attach wire ropes to the machine as illustrated Wire Rope
at right, and slowly tow your machine to firm ground using
another machine. M104-05-010
Be sure to attach the wire ropes around the track frames of
both machines as illustrated. Shackle hole WRONG
for towing
To prevent the wire ropes from being damaged, place some lightweight
protective material between the track frame and the wire objects.
ropes.

d CAUTION: Wire Rope

— Check that the travel mode switch is in position.
— Turn the auto-idle switch OFF. Shackle

— Select the slow travel mode. Slowly drive the

machine when towing. M104-05-011
— Never apply impact loads to the towing cables.
— Never allow any person to enter between machines
when towing.

IMPORTANT:
— Use a shackle for towing the machine. Keep the tow
line horizontal, straight, and parallel to the tracks. To
prevent the wire ropes from being damaged, place
some protective material between the track frame
and the wire ropes.
— Do not use the shackle holes on the track frame for
towing the machine. A center shackle hole on the
track frame is provided to pull only lightweight
object depending on the machine specification.

Maximum tractive effort

ZX470-5 class 329 kN (32500 kgf)
ZX670-5 class 460 kN (48960 kgf)
ZX870-5 class 560 kN (57120 kgf)

4-7
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

Operating in Water or Mud

The machine can be operated in water up to the upper edge of
the upper rollers only if worksite footing has sufficient strength
to prevent the machine from sinking past the upper edge of
the upper roller, and only if the water is flowing slowly.

When operating in such conditions, check the machine’s

position often. Reposition the machine if necessary. A

Avoid submerging the swing bearing, swing gears and center

M104-05-009
joint.

If the swing bearing, swing gears and center joint are

Model A
submerged, remove the drain plug to drain mud and water.
Clean swing area. Install plug. Lubricate swing internal gear ZX470-5 Class 1050 mm (41 in)
and swing bearing. ZX670-5 Class 1350 mm (53 in)
ZX870-5 Class 1500 mm (59 in)
Swing Internal Gear Capacity: 16 to 18 L (4.2 to 4.8 US gal)

Lubricate swing bearing. (See Maintenance Guide, 500 hours)

4-8
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

Parking the Machine on Slopes

dmachine
WARNING: Avoid parking machine on slopes. The
may tip over, possibly resulting in personal
injury.

If parking the machine on a slope is unavoidable:

– Thrust the bucket teeth into the ground.
– Return the control levers to neutral and pull pilot control
shut-off lever (2) to the LOCK position. M104-05-014
– Block both tracks.

Parking the Machine

1. Park the machine on a level surface. 1
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
Slow Idle
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.

IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if the

engine is not properly shut down.
M1U1-01-033
4. Turn engine control dial (1) counterclockwise to the stop
(the slow idle position). Run the engine approximately 5
minutes to cool the engine.
5. Turn the key switch to OFF. Remove the key from the key
switch. 2
6. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (2) to the LOCK position.

IMPORTANT: Protect cab electrical components from bad

weather. Always close windows, roof vent and cab door
when parking the machine.

7. Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.

8. Lock all access doors and compartments. Lock Position
M1U1-01-025

4-9
 DRIVING THE MACHINE

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

4-10
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Control Lever (ISO Pattern)

d WARNING:
— Never place any part of body beyond window frame.
It could be crushed by the boom if boom control 1 5
lever is accidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.
Never remove the window sash bar.
4 3 7 8
— Make sure you know the location and function of
each control before operating.
Do not change the control lever operation pattern. 2 6
Failure to do so may result in operation mistake of
the machine.

A label showing the control patterns of the levers and pedals is

attached on the right side in the cab.

When a lever is released, it will automatically return to neutral,

and that machine function will stop.

1- Arm Roll-Out
MDAA-01-288
2- Arm Roll-In
3- Swing Right
4- Swing Left
5- Boom Lower
3
1
6- Boom Raise
7- Bucket Roll-In 4

8- Bucket Roll-Out 2

M104-05-001

7 5
8

M104-05-002

5-1
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Control Lever (HITACHI Pattern) (Optional)

d WARNING:
— Never place any part of body beyond window frame.
It could be crushed by the boom if boom control 1 5
lever is accidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.
Never remove the window sash bar. 4 3 7 8
— Make sure you know the location and function of
each control before operating.
2 6
A label showing the control patterns of the levers and pedals is
attached on the right side in the cab.

When a lever is released, it will automatically return to neutral,

and that machine function will stop.

1- Swing Right
2- Swing Left
3- Arm Roll-In
4- Arm Roll-Out
MDAA-01-288
5- Boom Lower
6- Boom Raise
7- Bucket Roll-In 4
1

8- Bucket Roll-Out
2

M104-05-001

7 5
8

M104-05-002

5-2
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Breaker) (Optional) 1

The breaker can be operated using attachment pedal (1)

located on the right front of the seat, as illustrated.

dpedal
CAUTION: Be sure to lock attachment pedal (1) with
lock (2) when the attachment pedal is not in
use. Do not allow your foot to rest on the pedal when
the attachment pedal (1) is not in use. When changing
pedal lock (2) position, pull the pilot control shut-off
lever up to the LOCK position.

MDAA-05-001
IMPORTANT: Turn boom mode switch (5) OFF when
operating a breaker attachment. The chisel's strength
will weaken if the switch is left ON, becoming unable 5
to apply adequate impact.

1. Select the hydraulic breaker icon on monitor work mode

selection screen (3). Refer to the descriptions about M1J1-01-020
the work mode on page 5-15 for work mode setting
procedures.
3
2. Move pedal lock (2) forward to the UNLOCK position.
3. Push down on attachment pedal (1) to operate the
breaker.
Loosen stopper bolt (4) until stopper bolt (4) comes in
contact with the bracket in attachment pedal (1) neutral
to prevent attachment pedal (1) from being stepped
backward.
4. Remove foot from attachment pedal (1) to stop the
breaker. MJAA-01-009EN
5. Always keep attachment pedal (1) locked with pedal lock
(2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.
Unlocked Attachment Pedal

Locked Attachment Pedal 1

MJAA-05-004

5-3
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Crusher) (Optional)

1
The crusher can be operated using attachment pedal (1)
located on the right front of the seat, as illustrated.

dpedal
CAUTION: Be sure to lock attachment pedal (1) with
lock (2) when the attachment pedal is not in
use. Do not allow your foot to rest on the pedal when
the attachment pedal (1) is not in use. When changing
pedal lock (2) position, pull the pilot control shut-off
lever up to the LOCK position.

1. Select the proper hydraulic breaker mode on work mode MDAA-05-001

screen (3) depending on the necessary oil flow rate of
hydraulic crusher employed.
2. Move pedal lock (2) forward to the UNLOCK position.
3. Push down on attachment pedal (1) either forward or 3
backward to open or close the crusher.
4. Remove foot from attachment pedal (1) to stop the
crusher.
5. Always keep attachment pedal (1) locked with pedal lock
(2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.

f NOTE: Up to 11 attachment modes can be registered.

Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer for adding or changing
the designation of the attachment modes.
MJAA-01-009EN

Unlocked Attachment pedal (Crusher)

Locked Attachment pedal (Crusher)

1
2

Fully Tighten the

Stopper Bolt

MJAA-05-005

5-4
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever 1

Pilot control shut-off lever (1) functions to prevent

misoperation of the machine from occurring if the control
levers are accidentally moved when leaving the operator's seat
or when entering the cab.
d WARNING: Always pull pilot control shut-off lever
(1) into the full LOCK position. Unless front control
lever lock (1) is fully moved to the LOCK position, the
front control lever is not locked, possibly creating
a hazardous situation. When leaving the machine,
always stop the engine. Then, pull the pilot control
shut-off lever up to the LOCK position. Always check to
be sure that the pilot control shut-off lever is pulled up
to the LOCK position before transporting the machine LOCK position MDAA-01-295
or leaving the machine at the end of the shift.

Before Leaving the Machine

1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface. Lower the
bucket to the ground. Return all control levers to neutral.
Properly shut down the engine.
2. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) up into the full LOCK
position.
1

Before Starting Operation:

Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is pulled up to
the LOCK position before starting the engine. The engine UNLOCK Position
MDAA-01-296
will not start in other than the LOCK position.
Slowly push down control shut-off lever (1) to UNLOCK
position before starting operation.
Confirm that all control levers and pedals are in neutral and
that no part of the machine is in motion.
d WARNING: If any part of the machine (any actuator)
moves when pilot control shut-off lever (1) is
lowered to the UNLOCK position despite the fact
that all controls are placed in neutral, the machine is
malfunctioning. Immediately pull pilot control shut-
off lever (1) back to the LOCK position, and stop the
engine. Then, see your authorized dealer.

5-5
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Warming Up Operation
In cold weather, warm up the machine until coolant and
hydraulic oil temperature increases to the appropriate
operating temperature. 1
Slow Idle
IMPORTANT: The appropriate hydraulic oil operating
temperature on this machine is 50 to 80 °C. Hydraulic
components may be seriously damaged if the machine
is operated with low temperature hydraulic oil. In case
warming up the machine by relieving the hydraulic
system, continuously relieve the relief valve for 10 to M1U1-01-033
15 seconds while taking a pause for 5 to 10 seconds.

1. Even after engine starts, leaves an engine control dial (1)

a slow idle position.
(Do not operate the machine until the needle of coolant
temperature gauge (2) starts swinging.)
2. After the needle of coolant temperature gauge (2) starts 2
swinging, turn engine control dial (1) to approx. medium
position.
3. Operate the boom, arm and bucket cylinders slowly to
each stroke end several times. If the machine equipped
with various attachments, operate the attachment
MDAA-01-001EN
function slowly to allow hydraulic oil to circulate through
the system.
4. Operate the travel and swing functions slowly to allow
hydraulic oil to circulate through the systems.
5. Warming up operation ends after the above operation is
completed.

fNOTE: The engine speed will be kept to slow idle speed for
about 3 to 40 seconds right after the engine starts. When the
coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature is low, the
time will be longer. The engine speed will be kept to slow idle
speed even if the engine control dial (1) is not set in the slow M1U1-03-006
idle position.

fNOTE: The warm-up system automatically operates

after keeping slow idle speed, and the engine speed will
temporarily increase even if engine control dial is in the slow
idle position.

dWARNING: Do not attempt to operate the machine for

40 seconds after starting the engine. The engine speed
may change after the slow idle period and operation
speed of work device may suddenly increase, may
cause serious accident.

5-6
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Engine Speed Control

Increase and decrease the engine speed using engine control
dial (1) located on the switch panel, as illustrated.

— Turn engine control dial (1) clockwise to increase the engine

speed. Turn engine control dial (1) counterclockwise to 1
decrease the engine speed.

— Note that the auto-idle function will be deactivated if

engine control dial (1) is operated while the engine is
running at the auto-idle setting.
MDAA-01-040
— Before stopping the engine, always turn engine control dial
(1) counterclockwise to the stop (to the slow idle setting).
Run the engine five minutes to cool the engine. Then, turn Fast Idle
the key switch to OFF position to stop the engine.

fNOTE: The engine speed will be kept to slow idle speed for 1
about 3 to 40 seconds right after the engine starts. When the
coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature is low, the Slow Idle
time will be longer. The engine speed will be kept to slow idle
speed even if the engine control dial (1) is not set in the slow
idle position.

fNOTE: The warm-up system automatically operates M1U1-01-033

after keeping slow idle speed, and the engine speed will
temporarily increase even if engine control dial is in the slow
idle position.

dWARNING: Do not attempt to operate the machine for

40 seconds after starting the engine. The engine speed
may change after the slow idle period and operation
speed of work device may suddenly increase, may
cause serious accident.

5-7
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Auto-Idle
Auto-Idle Function 1

With auto-idle selector (3) turned to the A/I ON position,

approximately 4 seconds after all control levers are returned
to neutral, the engine speed decreases to the auto-idle
setting to save fuel consumption.
The engine speed will immediately increase to the speed
set by engine control dial (2) when any control lever is
operated.

IMPORTANT:
— Always check if auto-idle indicator (1) is turned ON or MDAA-01-314EN
OFF before starting operation. If the indicator is ON,
the auto-idle function will be activated.
— Always be aware of engine control dial (2) setting
when auto-idle selector (3) is turned to the A/I ON
position. If the engine speed is set high with engine
control dial (2), and if the operator is not aware of
the high engine speed setting, the engine speed
will unexpectedly increase when any control lever is 2
operated, causing unexpected machine movement,
thus possibly resulting in serious personal injury. 3

dmovement.
WARNING: Prevent the machine from unexpected
Be sure to turn auto-idle selector (3) to the MDAA-01-040
A/I OFF position when unexpected machine movement
is undesirable, especially when loading/unloading the
machine for transportation.

fNOTE: Auto-idle control may not work completely until the

end of the warm-up.

5-8
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Auto-Idle ON/OFF
Note that auto-idle function can be turned ON or OFF by
1
using auto-idle selector (3) only when the key switch is in
ON position.
Always check if the auto-idle function is turned ON or OFF
with auto-idle indicator (1).

Auto-Idle Indicator (1) ON : Auto-Idle Function ON

Auto-Idle Indicator (1) OFF : Auto-Idle Function OFF

— When auto-idle selector (3) is turned OFF with auto-idle

indicator (1) ON, indicator (1) will go OFF and the auto-idle
system is deactivated. MDAA-01-314EN

— Even if the engine is stopped by turning the key switch

with auto-idle selector (3) in the A/I ON position [indicator
(1) ON], the auto-idle system is not deactivated. When the
engine is restarted, the auto-idle system remains activated,
allowing auto-idle indicator (1) to flash for 10 seconds and
stay ON later.

MDAA-01-040

5-9
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Auto Shut-Down

dthe
WARNING: This function automatically stops
engine. Take extra care on the work and work
environment when using this function.

When the auto shut-down function is turned ON, the engine 2

automatically stops after the preset time at the state in which
the control shut-off lever is pulled. 30 seconds before the
engine stop, monitor (2) displays a message that engine
will be stopped and indicator (1) starts flashing. Also the
buzzer sounds. The buzzer sounds once at 30 seconds before,
continuously sounds from 15 seconds. The engine speed
MDAA-01-146EN
decreases to the idling speed, and then stops after 15 seconds.
When the control shut-off lever is pushed before stopping the
engine, the auto shut-down is disabled and the engine will not
stop.

IMPORTANT: Ensure that the ON or OFF status of auto

1
shut-down indicator (1). If the indicator is ON, the auto
shut-down function will be activated.

Operating condition
– The engine is running.
– The pilot control shut-off lever is in the LOCK position.
– Coolant and hydraulic oil temperature are not high.
– The muffler filter is not in regenerating process.

IMPORTANT:
— When the engine stops by the auto shut-down MDAA-01-286EN
function, turn the key switch to ACC or OFF once and
then turn it to START to restart the engine. Do not
leave the machine after auto shut-down. Failure to
do so may discharge the batteries.
— When the key switch is turned to OFF position while
the auto shut-down function is ON, the setting will
be reset. When it is required to keep the setting,
consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

5-10
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
IMPORTANT:
— Even if the auto shut-down function is ON, the
engine will not stop during the regeneration of the 1
muffler filter.
— When the auto shut-down activates, the air
conditioner will also stop.

Setting the auto shut-down function

Auto Shut-Down: ON/OFF
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1) MDAA-01-001EN
to display Main Menu screen (3).
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Setting Menu (4).
2
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Setting Menu screen
(5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Auto Shut-Down (6).

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-114EN

MDAA-01-147EN

5-11
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
5. Press selector knob (2) to display Auto Shut-Down screen
(7). 2

MDAA-01-040

6. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight ON (8).

7. Press selector knob (2) to display Auto Shut-Down screen 7
(7). Press selector knob (2) again to turn the auto shut- 8
down function OFF.

f NOTE: When the auto shut-down function is ON, the mark

"ў" is displayed in green. When the auto shut-down function
is OFF, the mark "ў" is displayed in gray.

Acting Time Setting

MDAA-01-148EN
1. On the Auto Shut-Down screen, rotate selector knob (2)
to highlight Time (9).
2. Push selector knob (2). Rotate selector knob (2) to adjust
the auto shut-down acting time.
3. Press selector knob (2) to make the change.
9

f NOTE: 30 seconds before the engine stop, the monitor will

display "Engine Shut-Down Soon." message (10).

MDAA-01-150EN

10

MDAA-01-146EN

5-12
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Muffler Filter Manual Regeneration

Manual Regeneration Procedure
When the manual regeneration is needed, screen (1) as
shown in the right will be displayed. When this screen is
displayed, you need to perform the manual regeneration.
Before starting the manual regeneration, be sure to check 1
the following.
If the rear view camera is equipped on the machine and
the camera is enabled, screen (1) is displayed only when
the pilot control shut-off lever is in LOCK position. (Refer to
1-24)
MDAA-01-005EN
– No person is present around the machine
– Keep flammable objects away from the muffler.
– Remaining fuel alarm does not light.

1. Park the machine in a safe place. Lower the front

attachment onto the ground.
2. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
3. Set the engine control dial to slow idle. 2
4. Push the muffler filter regeneration switch (2).
5. When pushing the muffler filter regeneration switch (2),
screen (3) as shown in the right will be displayed and
the manual regeneration starts. Bar graph on the screen MDAA-01-330
indicates progress of the regeneration process.

dthe
CAUTION: The regeneration does not start unless
pilot control shut-off lever is in the LOCK position 2
and the engine control dial is in slow idle. When
touching the pilot shut-off lever or the engine control
dial during regeneration, the regeneration process is
aborted. When the process is aborted, start over again.

MDAA-05-002

MDAA-01-006EN

5-13
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
6. When the regeneration is finished, "Regeneration Has
Completed." message will be displayed. If "Regeneration
Has Failed." message is displayed, start over the
regeneration process again. Failure of regeneration
process may happen in the conditions other than
above (such as malfunction of a sensor that affects
regeneration at low ambient temperature).

f NOTE:
– The engine sound may change and the engine speed may
increase when the manual regeneration starts, but it is not
a malfunction.
MDAA-01-083EN
– Regeneration time varies depending on the ambient
temperature.
– White smoke may temporarily be generated from the tail
pipe during the regeneration process due to the burning of
particle matter (PM), but it is not a malfunction.
– Manual regeneration process completes earlier right after
the engine has been running than when it is cold.
– Coolant temperature may increase during the manual
regeneration.

IMPORTANT: If regeneration must be interrupted, push

the muffler regeneration switch again. The message
"Regeneration Has Failed." will be displayed on the
MDAA-01-084EN
monitor, but the machine becomes operable. In this
case, regeneration should be performed again. Restart
the manual regeneration as soon as possible.

5-14
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Work Mode
1
Select Work Mode in the main menu, and choose the 2
appropriate hydraulic circuit and pump flow rate for the front
attachment at Work Mode screen.

When the engine is started, the digging mode is automatically

set. Following four work modes can be selected from the Work
Mode screen.

– Digging Mode
– Breaker 1 Mode
– Breaker 2 Mode
– Breaker 3 Mode MDAA-01-001EN

5-15
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
The selected work mode is indicated by attachment mode
indicator (2) of basic screen (1).
Select the work mode corresponding to the work in which the
machine is engaged while referring to the table below.
Work Mode Description

Digging Mode Select this mode when using bucket.

Breaker 1 to 3 mode (ZX470LC-5B)

Select this mode when using breaker.
Breaker 1 to 4 mode (ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B)

f NOTE: Up to 11 attachment modes other than the digging

1
mode can be designated. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer
for adding or changing the designation of the attachment 2
modes.

MDAA-01-001EN

5-16
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Attachment selection
1. Press selector knob (2) while displaying Basic Screen (1)
to display Main Menu screen (3). 1
2. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight Work Mode (4).
3. Press selector knob (2) to display Work Mode screen (5).
4. Rotate selector knob (2) to highlight the desired front
attachment.
(In the example on the right, "Bucket (6)" is highlighted.)
5. Press selector knob (2) to make the changes.

MDAA-01-001EN

MDAA-01-040

MDAA-01-100EN

MJAA-01-009EN

5-17
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Power Boost Switch

Power boost switch (4) is located on the top of the right
control lever.

When power boost switch (4) is pushed, increased front

attachment power will be supplied for about 8 seconds. 4

MDAA-01-292

5-18
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Mode Switch
One of three engine speed modes, ECO, PWR or H/P mode, can
be selected using mode switch (1).

ECO (Economy) Mode

This mode slightly reduces the engine speed according to
the operating condition. Digging power is same as the PWR
mode. Although production is slightly reduced more than
in the PWR mode, the fuel consumption and noise levels are
reduced, allowing the machine to operate efficiently.

PWR (Power) Mode

Operate the machine in this mode when performing normal
work.
This mode increases the engine speed at boom raise or
arm roll-in operation when the engine control dial is in H
1
position.
d WARNING: To ensure safety, be sure to turn mode
switch (1) to the ECO mode position before starting
such works as loading the machine on or off a trailer
or lifting a load with the front attachment, which may
result in personal accidents if the engine speed is
suddenly changed.
MDAA-01-310

f NOTE: In the PWR mode, the engine speed changes

depending on load applied to the machine.

H/P (High Power) Mode

Select H/P mode in order to increase workload. The
maximum power of the machine can be utilized in this
mode, increasing work efficiency when more power is
required than in the PWR mode.
H/P mode consumes a lot of fuel.

5-19
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Operating Backhoe
– Use the appropriate arm and bucket for the work.
(Refer to the "Bucket Types and Applications" in the
Specifications section.)
– Pull the bucket toward the machine using the arm as the
main digging force.
– When soil sticks to the bucket, remove it by moving the
arm and/or bucket rapidly back and forth.
– Place the bucket teeth on the ground with the bottom of
the bucket at a 45 degree angle to the ground. M107-05-037
– When trenching a straight line, position the tracks parallel
to the trench. After digging to the desired depth, move
the machine as required to continue the trench.
– When operating the arm, avoid bottoming the cylinder to
prevent cylinder damage.

IMPORTANT:
— When digging at an angle, avoid striking the tracks
with the bucket teeth.
— When lowering the boom, avoid sudden stops that
may cause shock load damage to the machine.
— When digging a deep excavation, avoid striking the
MJAA-05-008
boom or bucket cylinder hoses against the ground.

MJAA-05-007

Precaution for Arm Roll-In/Bucket Roll-In

Combined Operation

dthe
WARNING: The bucket teeth will hit the boom if
bucket is rolled in with the arm fully rolled in, as
illustrated. When performing combined operation of
arm roll-in/bucket roll-in or when rolling in the bucket
with the arm fully retracted, be careful not to hit the
boom with the bucket teeth.

M111-05-002

5-20
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Grading Operation
Operate the boom, arm, and the bucket in such a way so that
the bucket teeth move horizontally, constantly keeping them
perpendicular to the ground at the grading operation.

IMPORTANT: Do not pull or push dirt with the bucket

when traveling. Excess force will be applied on each
part, and the machine may be damaged.

1. Operate arm roll-in function while slowly raising the

boom. Once the arm moves past the vertical position,
slowly lower the boom to allow the bucket to maintain a M104-05-017
smooth surface.
2. Arm roll-out operation is performed in the reverse way of
step 1.
3. Do the slope finishing work in the same procedure as
described in steps 1 and 2.

5-21
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Do Not Strike the Ground with Bucket Teeth

dground
WARNING: Forcibly striking the bucket teeth on the
may result in personal injury by the flying
debris. Also, this operation will shorten the service life
of each part on the front attachment.

If the bucket teeth are forcibly struck on the ground, it

shortens the service life of the front attachment parts
(especially the bucket).
When digging a hard gravel stratum, use dig up force of the
bucket. Operate the boom, arm and the bucket simultaneously
so that the bucket teeth efficiently bite into the ground.
Flying debris may result in personal injury.

Avoid Hammer Work

WRONG

dhammer
WARNING: As the bucket body has the curved surface,
work or piling work is very dangerous. Doing
so may damage the bucket and front attachment.

Do not attempt to use the bucket for hammer work and piling
work.
Doing so may damage the bucket and front attachment,
causing personal injury.

M104-05-019

5-22
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Avoid Abusive Operation

WRONG
Do not use travel and do not raise rear of the machine to use
the machine's weight as additional digging force. Severe
machine damage may result.

WRONG

WRONG

M104-05-018

Avoid Side Load the Bucket

WRONG
Do not side load the bucket. For example, do not swing the
bucket to level material or do not strike objects from the side
with the bucket.
Doing so may damage the front attachment and the swing
system.

M161-05-006

5-23
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Do Not Use Wide Track Shoes on Rough Ground.

Never use wide track shoes on rough ground such as rocks,
sand or gravel. Wide track shoes are designed for soft ground.

Failure to do so may result in shoe bending and/or shoe bolt

loosening, and may damage other undercarriage components
such as track link and rollers.
(Refer to the "Shoe Types and Applications" in the
Specifications section.)

5-24
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Object Handling --- If Equipped

dWARNING: When using machine for object handling

operation, be sure to comply with EN 474-5, which
prescribes that the machine must be equipped with
the rated lifting-load table, lifting hook, overload
alarm device, and hose rupture safety valve when
applied to object handling.
— Lifting hook, cables, straps, or ropes can break,
causing serious injury. Do not use damaged chains,
lifting hook, frayed cables, slings, straps, or ropes to
crane.
— Never move the load suddenly. Never move load
over a person’s head. Do not allow any persons near
load.
— Keep all persons away from raised load until blocks SA-014
are supporting it or load is sitting on the ground.
Rated lifting load table
— Position upperstructure so that the travel motors are
at the rear.
— Do not attach sling/chain to the bucket teeth.
— Be sure that the maximum lifting load does not
exceed the rated load as shown in the lifting load
table plate or operator’s manual.
— The overload alarm device warns the operator with
a buzzer sound when the lifting load exceeds the
lifting capacity. If the buzzer sounds, immediately
move the load into the safety range, or lower the
load on the ground. —
— Be sure to turn the overload alarm device switch ON M1U1-05-004
while the machine is used for object handling.
— When the machine specifications are modified from
the original specifications of the machine delivered,
for example, changing the front attachment or track
shoes, changing or new installing the overload
alarm device may be require. Be sure to consult your
authorized Hitachi dealer.
— Check that the specifications of the front and
machine to be used meet the specifications shown
on the rated lifting load table. If any discrepancies
between them are found, replace the rated lifting
load table so that no discrepancy is found.

MJAA-01-008 M1U1-01-010

5-25
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
1. Secure sling/chain tightly to the load being lifted. Wear
gloves when securing sling/chain.
2. Fasten sling/chain to bucket loop, with the bucket curled
and arm retracted.
3. Coordinate hand signals with your signal man before
starting.
4. Be aware of the location of all persons in the working
area.
5. Attach a hand line to load and make sure person holding
it is well away from load.
6. Before lifting, test your load.
Park your machine close to load.
Attach load to the machine.
Raise load 50 mm above the ground.
Swing the load all the way to one side.
While keeping load close to the ground, move it away
from machine.
If there is any indication of reduced stability of your
machine, lower load to the ground.
7. Lift load only as high as necessary.

5-26
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Hydraulic Breaker and Hydraulic Crusher

Selecting a breaker or crusher
Select a breaker or crusher with the correct size and weight
for your machine, considering the stability of the machine,
hydraulic oil pressure and flow rate of the breaker, crusher
or quick coupler. See your authorized dealer for correct
breaker information.

Carefully study the operation manuals of the breaker and

crusher.
To avoid damaging the machine, hydraulic breaker or
crusher, follow the precautions given below.

Precautions for connecting breaker or crusher piping

– Do not allow impurities to enter into the system when CLOSE OPEN
connecting/disconnecting the hoses of the breaker or
crusher with the arm end piping.
– Before attaching the hydraulic breaker or crusher, be sure Valve
to loosen the plug of air breather (3) located on the top of 1
cap assembly (2) to release internal pressure and to drain 2
the trapped hydraulic oil. Then, remove cap assembly (2).
Install the breather fitting and the rubber hose before 3
opening valve (1).
– When the breaker or crusher is not used, apply the cover
to the pipe opening on the arm top and install the plug
or cap into the hose end of the breaker or the crusher to
prevent impurities from entering the system.
Be sure to provide spare covers and plugs in the tool box M1J1-13-001
so that they will be available when needed.
– After connecting, check the connecting seal fitting for oil
leakage, and pipe clamp bolts for looseness.

5-27
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Stop Valve Operation (ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B) Stop Valve 2

f NOTE: The required stop valve is selected by selecting {Work

Mode} on the monitor screen (refer to 5-15) for ZX470LC-5B
machines. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

The stop valves are connected to pipes routed on the boom. 2nd RELIEF VALVE
View A
Stop valves 2 illustrated in the right are provided in only the
kit including the secondary relief valve.
– When using a hydraulic breaker, turn the stop valves to
the positions as illustrated in the right.
– When using a hydraulic crusher, turn the stop valves to
the positions as illustrated in the right.
After using the hydraulic crusher, be sure to turn the stop Stop Valve 2
valves back to the breaker operation positions. Stop Valve 1

M1J1-13-009

Stop Valve 1 Stop Valve 2

Relief
ACCUMULATOR

Breaker Oil Tank

Relief
Accumulator

Oil Tank
Crusher

M16J-12-004

5-28
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Three-Way-Valve Operation (Machines equipped with Boom
the piping common to hydraulic breaker and crusher
operation) (ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B)

f NOTE: The required stop valve is selected by selecting {Work

Breaker
Mode} on the monitor screen (refer to 5-15) for ZX470LC-5B
machines. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

– Turn the three-way-valve to the position as shown in the Line Filter

upper right illustration when using a hydraulic breaker to
allow the return oil to flow back to the line filter.
– Turn the three-way-valve to the position as shown in the Boom
lower right illustration when using a hydraulic crusher.
After using a hydraulic crusher, be sure to turn the three-
way-valve back to the hydraulic breaker position (as
shown in the upper right illustration). C/V Crusher

M16J-12-005

Three-Way-
Valve
M16J-12-006

Flow Combining Valve Operation (machines equipped

with the piping common to hydraulic breaker and
crusher operation) (ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B)

f NOTE: The required stop valve is selected by selecting {Work

Mode} on the monitor screen (refer to 5-15) for ZX470LC-5B
machines. Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
Hydraulic Breaker/Crusher 2 Pumps Combined Position
The flow combining valve is located under the front outside M1J1-13-010
of the pump chamber.
– Turn the flow combining valve to the position as shown in
the left- right illustration when using a hydraulic breaker
or crusher so that the oil flows from the 2 pumps are not
combined.
– Turn the flow combining valve to the position as shown in
the right-right illustration when combining the oil flows
from the 2 pumps for increasing the flow rate. When the
oil flows from the 2 pumps are not combined, be sure
to turn the flow combining valve back to the hydraulic
breaker/crusher position (as shown in the left- right
illustration).

Flow Combining Valve M1J1-13-007

5-29
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Precautions for Breaker Operation

dbreaker
WARNING: Machine stability is reduced as the
is much heavier than the bucket. When using
a breaker, the machine is more apt to tip over. Also,
flying objects may hit the cab or other part of the
machine. Observe the following precautions and take
any other precautions necessary to prevent accidents
and machine damage from occurring.

WRONG
Avoid hitting objects with breaker.
The breaker is heavier than the bucket, causing the breaker
to lower faster.
Take care not to hit any objects with breaker. Doing so will
result in damage to the breaker, the front attachment, and/
or the upperstructure. Always move (lower) the breaker
slowly to position the tip of the chisel on the object to be
broken before starting breaker operation.
M104-05-055

Avoid moving objects with breaker.

WRONG
Do not use the breaker and/or the bracket to move objects.
Damage to the boom, arm, and/or breaker may result.
Do not use the breaker and/or the swing function to move
objects. Damage to the boom, arm, and/or breaker may
result.

M104-05-056

Avoid operating breaker at cylinder stroke end. WRONG

Always operate the breaker by positioning the cylinder rods
100 mm or longer before the stroke end position.
When operating the breaker with cylinders fully retracted
or extended, hydraulic cylinders, arm or boom may be
damaged.

M104-05-057

5-30
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Stop operation if breaker hydraulic hoses jump Hose jumping
abnormally. abnormally
Accumulator
Change in breaker accumulator pressure or a damaged
accumulator will cause abnormal hose jumping and may
cause breaker and/or machine damage.
Immediately stop the machine operation. Failure to do
so may result in serious failure in the hydraulic system
including pumps. Hose jumping
abnormally
Contact your nearest HITACHI dealer.
M104-05-058

Do not operate the breaker in water. Do not operate the WRONG

breaker in water.
Doing so will cause rust and seal damage, resulting in
damage to the hydraulic system components.
Rust, dust and water may enter into the hydraulic oil Rod
through the broken seal, damage to the hydraulic system
may result.

M104-05-059

Do not use breaker for lifting operation. WRONG

The machine tipping over and/or breaker damage may
result.

M104-05-060

Do not operate the breaker to the side of the machine. WRONG

The machine may become unstable and undercarriage
component life may shorten as a result from operating the
breaker to the side of the machine.
RIGHT OK OK RIGHT

WRONG
M104-05-061

5-31
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Operate the hydraulic excavator carefully to avoid
WRONG
hitting the boom.
When the arm rolled in with the breaker equipped, the
chisel may come in contact with the boom.

Watch Out!
Take care not to hit the
boom with the crusher

M104-05-062

Do not operate breaker with the arm positioned

vertically. WRONG

Excessive vibration to the arm cylinder will occur, causing oil

leakage.

M147-05-013

RIGHT WRONG
Press the breaker so that the chisel (the axis) is
positioned and thrusted perpendicular to the object.
Failure to do so may damage the chisel or may cause seized
piston.

M147-05-014
Do not operate the breaker continuously longer than
one minute.
Continuously operating the breaker causes oil pressure to
rise abnormally high or damages the accumulator.
If an object could not be broken within one minute, apply
the chisel to other locations, less than one minute for each
location.

M116-05-011

M116-05-012

5-32
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Avoid blank strokes of the chisel.
After depressing a material with the hydraulic breaker
weight, start hitting.
Blank strokes of the chisel may cause overheating of oil and
damage to the accumulator.

M116-05-013

Do not wedge the breaker chisel into material.

If the breaker chisel is used to wedge material, wear and
damage to the chisel and wear bushing may result.

M116-05-014

Hit perpendicularly to the material surface.

Unless the material surface is hit perpendicularly with the
chisel, the bolts and chisel may be broken.

M116-05-015

5-33
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Raising the front part of the undercarriage by pressing
down the breaker may cause damage to the front
attachment.
Never raise the front edge of the undercarriage higher than
150 mm (6 in) by pressing the breaker down.
Pressing Raising
Down 100 to 150 mm

M147-05-016

5-34
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Change Hydraulic Oil and Replace Full-Flow Filter
Element
Hydraulic breaker operation subjects the hydraulic system
to become contaminated faster and to quickly deteriorate
the hydraulic oil.
Failure to adhere to proper maintenance intervals may
result in damage to the base machine and the breaker.
In order to extend the service life particularly of the
hydraulic pump, change the hydraulic oil and the full-flow
filter element at the specified frequency given below. (Refer
to the "Hydraulic System" in the "MAINTENANCE" Section.)

Replacement Intervals (Hours) of Hydraulic Oil and Full Flow

Filter Element
*Hydraulic Full Flow Filter Element
Attachment Availability
Oil Return Filter for the Breaker
2000
Bucket 100% 1000
4000
Hydraulic Breaker 100% 600 100
к : Replacement intervals differ depending on the brand of hydraulic oil used. Refer to the "MAINTENANCE"
Section.

Replacement Intervals (Hours) of Hydraulic Oil and Full Flow Filter Element
100

90
Average Breaker Operating Availability (%)

Element Replacement Intervals

80

70

60 Changing Interval when using 2000-hour

life time hydraulic oil
50

40 Changing Interval when using

4000-hour life time hydraulic oil
30

20

10

0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000

Excavator Operating Hours MJAC-07-045

Breaker and Bucket are Used by Rotation

Change the hydraulic oil and replace the full-flow filter
element as well as the return filter for the breaker according
to the breaker’s frequency of use, referring to the figure
above. Be sure to replace elements when breaker has been
operated for 100 hours continuously.

5-35
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Replacement of Return Filter for Breaker 10

dduring
WARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work.

1. Park the machine on a solid level surface. Lower the

M1J1-07-006
breaker to the ground. Stop the engine.
2. Push pressure release button (10) on the air breather.
Front
3. Loosen drain plug (9) to drain hydraulic oil from filter
case (7).
4. Remove bolts (1) to remove cover assembly (4).
5. Remove element (6). A
Inspect element (6) for metal debris to help in early
Cab
detection of failures.
6. Install a new element (6).
7. Inspect O-rings (2), (3), (5) and (8) for any damage.
Replace damaged O-rings.
8. Confirm that O-rings (2) and (3) are securely in the
grooves.
Install cover assembly (4) so that arrows (A) on the cover
point as shown in the figure.
M111-05-009
9. Tighten drain plug (9).
Tightening Torque:44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m) 1
10. Tighten bolt (1).
Tightening Torque: 127 to 147 N·m (13 to 15 kgf·m)
2 (A810135)
3 (A810095)
4

6 (4357445)

8 (954493)

M111-05-010

5-36
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Precautions for Crusher Operation

Prevent machine tipping over and damage to the front
attachment. Observe the following precautions for crusher
operation.

disWARNING: Machine stability is reduced as crusher

much heavier than bucket. When operating with a
crusher, the machine is more apt to tip over. Falling
or flying objects may hit the cab or other part of the
machine. Observe the following precautions and take
any other precautions necessary to prevent accidents
and machine damage from occurring.

– Do not allow the machine's weight to be supported by

the crusher or bucket cylinder with the bucket cylinder WRONG
fully extended or retracted. Failure to do so may result
in damage to the front attachment. In particular, avoid
doing so with the bucket cylinder fully extended, as the
front attachment will be easily damaged.
Take care to prevent this from happening when
dismantling foundation structures using the crusher.

– Using the front attachment, do not raise the base

machine off the ground with the arm cylinder fully
M107-05-046
extended. Failure to do so may result in damage to the
arm cylinder.
WRONG
– When a heavyweight attachment such as a crusher is
installed, avoid quickly starting or stopping the front
attachment. Failure to do so may result in damage to the
front attachment.

– Do not attempt to perform crushing on either side of the

machine. Always perform crushing operations to the fore
or rear, parallel with the tracks. Otherwise, tipping over
may occur. M107-05-047

5-37
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
– When the arm rolled in with the crusher equipped, the
crusher may come in contact with the boom or cab. WRONG

Watch Out!
Take care not to hit
the boom or cab
with the crusher

M1G6-05-009

– When operating the crusher up high with the boom fully

raised, be careful of falling objects. WRONG

M107-05-048

WRONG
– When operating the crusher on a floor in a building, first
confirm that the floor has sufficient strength to support
the load caused by crushing, in addition to the machine
weight.
The load equivalent or higher than the machine weight
may be applied on floor depending on the operation
method.

M107-05-049

5-38
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
– Always operate the crusher on a stable, level surface, not
on a slope or on crushed scraps.
– Do not use the crusher to haul or load crushed scraps.
– If a multiple number of attachments, such as crusher
and bucket, or crusher and breaker, are used, replacing
them with each other at intervals, impurities are more
apt to enter the hydraulic system and the hydraulic oil
deteriorates quickly. For this reason, replace the hydraulic
oil tank filter and change the hydraulic oil at the intervals
specified in the breaker time sharing diagram in the
previous section.
– Always remove the crusher from the excavator before
transporting the machine. Do not fully extend the bucket
cylinder when transporting, as this may damage the front
attachment, when vibrations arise during transportation.

5-39
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Attachment
Attachment
Example commercial attachment models (breakers) for
excavators are shown in the following table.

When an attachment other than the standard bucket

is installed on the machine, the machine stability will
be different. If a heavy attachment is used, not only will
controllability be affected but also machine stability will be
reduced, possibly causing safety hazard. Thoroughly read
and understand the base machine operator's manual and
the attachment manual to prevent accidents.

Breaker (ZX470LC-5B)
Maker NPK Furukawa Konan Electric
Model GH18 F-30 F-35 F-45 F-70 MKB2100V MKB2500V MKB3000V
Weight kg 2865 1200 1210 1590 2250 2000 2300 3300
Flow Rate L/min 220 to 290 160 to 210 175 to 220 200 to 250 250 to 340 135 to 180 150 to 225 170 to 260
Operating
15 to 17 14.5 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 14.7 to 17.7 14.7 to 17.7 14.7 to 17.7
Pressure
2 (153 to 173) (148 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (150 to 180) (150 to 180) (150 to 180)
MPa (kgf/cm )

Breaker (ZX470LC-5B)
Maker Jacty Toukuu
Model NJB233 NJB240 TNB-150 TNB-160 TNB-190 TNB-220 TNB-230 TNB-310
Weight kg 2865 1200 1210 1590 2250 2000 2300 3300
Flow Rate L/min 200 to 250 220 to 290 160 to 200 150 to 200 160 to 210 180 to 220 180 to 230 240 to 300
Operating
13.7 to 15.7 14.7 to 16.7 13.7 to 17.7 12.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7 12.7 to 17.7 12.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7
Pressure
(140 to 160) (150 to 170) (140 to 180) (130 to 180) (140 to 180) (130 to 180) (130 to 180) (140 to 180)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

Breaker (ZX470LC-5B)
Maker Okada Atlas Copco Krupp RUMMER
Model TOP300 HM1500S HM2300S HM2600S G88CITY G90CITY/PRO G110CITY/PRO G100CITY
Weight kg 2480 2200 3000 4200 2370 3150 3800 3800
Flow Rate L/min 160 to 215 140 to 180 210 to 270 250 to 320 160 to 230 210 to 310 220 to 320 220 to 350
Operating
14 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 14 to 15 14 to 15 14 to 15.5 15.5 to 16.5
Pressure
(143 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (143 to 153) (143 to 153) (143 to 158) (158 to 168)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

Breaker (ZX470LC-5B)
Maker Montabert EURO RAM
Model V45 SHD V55 SHD RM145 RM150 RM160 RM180 RM195
Weight kg 2547 3480 2255 2475 2750 3645 4615
Flow Rate L/min 180 to 265 240 to 320 165 to 200 175 to 220 185 to 260 245 to 310 295 to 360
Operating
16.5 16.5 13.5 to 15.8 14 to 15.8 14 to 15.8 14 to 15.8 15 to 16.3
Pressure
(168) (168) (138 to 161) (143 to 161) (143 to 161) (143 to 131) (153 to 166)
MPa (kgf/cm )
2

5-40
 OPERATING THE MACHINE
Breaker (ZX670LC-5B)
Maker Konan Electric Okada Jacty Toukuu
Model MKB3000V MKB4000V TOP300 TOP400 NJB240 TNB-230 TNB-310 TNB-400
Weight kg 3300 4200 2480 3250 3300 2453 3046 4326
Flow Rate L/min 170 to 260 220 to 300 160 to 215 280 to 350 220 to 290 180 to 230 240 to 300 280 to 390
Operating
14.7 to 17.7 14.7 to 17.7 14 to 18 14 to 18 14.7 to 16.7 12.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7
Pressure
(150 to 180) (150 to 180) (143 to 184) (143 to 184) (150 to 170) (130 to 180) (140 to 180) (140 to 180)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

Breaker (ZX670LC-5B)
Maker NPK Furukawa Atlas Copco Krupp RUMMER
Model GH30 F-70 HM3000S HM4000S G90CITY/PRO G110CITY/PRO G100CITY G130CITY
Weight kg 5470 2250 5800 7000 3150 3800 3800 7000
Flow Rate L/min 280 to 350 250 to 340 310 to 390 360 to 450 210 to 310 220 to 320 220 to 350 300 to 400
Operating
16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 14 to 15 14 to 15.5 15.5 to 16.5 15 to 17
Pressure
(163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (143 to 153) (143 to 158) (158 to 168) (153 to 173)
MPa (kgf/cm )
2

Breaker (ZX670LC-5B)
Maker Montabert EURO RAM
Model V55 SHD V65 SHD RM160 RM180 RM195 RM215
Weight kg 3480 5655 2750 3645 4615 7425
Flow Rate L/min 240 to 320 380 to 420 185 to 260 245 to 310 295 to 360 330 to 425
Operating
16.5 16.5 14 to 15.8 14 to 15.8 15 to 16.3 15 to 16.3
Pressure
(168) (168) (143 to 161) (143 to 161) (153 to 166) (153 to 166)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

Breaker (ZX870LC-5B)
Maker NPK Furukawa Konan Electric Okada Toukuu
Model GH30 GH40 F-70 MKB6000V MKB7000V TOP800 TNB-310 TNB-400
Weight kg 5470 7750 2250 5900 6500 5600 3046 4326
Flow Rate L/min 280 to 350 300 to 400 250 to 340 220 to 330 270 to 380 280 to 380 240 to 300 280 to 390
Operating
16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 14.7 to 17.7 14.7 to 17.7 15 to 18 13.7 to 17.7 13.7 to 17.7
Pressure
(163 to 184) (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (150 to 180) (150 to 180) (153 to 184) (140 to 180) (140 to 180)
MPa (kgf/cm2)

Breaker (ZX870LC-5B)
Maker Atlas Copco Krupp Montabert RUMMER EURO RAM
Model HM3000S HM4000S V65 SHD G110CITY/PRO G100CITY G130CITY RM195 RM215
Weight kg 5800 7000 5655 3800 3800 7000 4615 7425
Flow Rate L/min 310 to 390 360 to 450 380 to 420 220 to 320 220 to 350 300 to 400 295 to 360 330 to 425
Operating
16 to 18 16 to 18 16.5 14 to 15.5 15.5 to 16.5 15 to 17 15 to 16.3 15 to 16.3
Pressure
2 (163 to 184) (163 to 184) (168) (143 to 158) (158 to 168) (153 to 173) (153 to 166) (153 to 166)
MPa (kgf/cm )

5-41
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

How to Lower Boom In Case of Emergency and

2
When Engine Stops

dWARNING: Prevent personal injury. Confirm that no

one is under the front attachment before starting the 1
procedure below.

In case the engine suddenly stops and the engine cannot

restart, lower the boom in the following procedures.

IMPORTANT: Never loosen screw (2) more than 4 turns.

Screw (2) may come off.
1. Loosen lock nut (1) in the control valve at the right. MJAA-05-003
Loosen screw (2) two turns. The boom lowering speed
can be somewhat adjusted by loosening screw (2) more. Emergency Valve 2 1

IMPORTANT: Excessive leakage may result if the screw

and the lock nut are tightened insufficiently. Be sure to
retighten the screw and the lock nut to specifications.
2. After the boom is lowered, tighten screw (2) and tighten
lock nut (1) to the specifications below.
Hexagonal
Tightening
Bolt Size Hole Width
torque
Across Flats
Locknut (1) M6 15 N·m 10
Bolt (2) M6 6 N·m 3

MJAA-05-002

5-42
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

Precautions for After Operations

– After finishing the day's operation, drive the machine to
a firm, level ground where no possibility of falling stones,
ground collapse, or floods are present.
(Refer to the group for “Parking the Machine” in the
DRIVING MACHINE section.)
– Fully refill the fuel in the fuel tank.
– Clean the machine.
– If anti-freeze or long life coolant is not used in cold
weather, be sure to drain coolant from the radiator and
the engine jacket. Also, be sure to put a tag in a visible
place if the coolant has been drained.

M1J5-05-004

5-43
 OPERATING THE MACHINE

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

5-44
 TRANSPORTING

Transporting by Road
When transporting the machine on public roads, be sure to
first understand and follow all local regulations.

IMPORTANT: When transporting, disassembling or

assembling the machine other than transporting the
machine on public roads, consult your nearest Hitachi
dealer.

– When transporting the machine using a trailer, check the

width, height, length and weight of the trailer with the
machine loaded. Note that transporting the weight and
dimensions may vary depending on the type of shoe or
front attachments installed.
– Investigate beforehand the conditions of the route to be
traveled, such as dimensional limits, weight limits, and
traffic regulations.
– When transporting a machine with the side frame, be sure
to retract the side frame before loading the machine onto
trailer bed for transportation. The overall width of the
machine varies depending on the shoe width.

In some cases, getting the permission from the local authority

concerned or disassembling the machine to bring it within
dimensional limits or weight limits of local regulations may
become necessary.
Notify the nearest dealer that you are transporting the unit.

6-1
 TRANSPORTING

Loading/Unloading on a Trailer

d WARNING:
— Be sure to use a loading dock or a ramp for
loading/unloading.
— Always load and unload the machine on a firm,
level surface.

Ramp/Loading Dock:
1. Before loading, thoroughly clean the ramps, loading
dock and flatbed. Dirty ramps, loading docks, and
flatbeds with oil, mud, or ice on them are slippery
and dangerous.
2. Place blocks against the truck and trailer wheels
while using a ramp or loading dock.
3. Ramps must be sufficient in width, length, and
strength. Be sure that the incline of the ramp is less
than 15 degrees.
4. Loading docks must be sufficient in width and
strength to support the machine and have an incline
of less than 15 degrees.

6-2
 TRANSPORTING
Loading/Unloading

d WARNING:
— Always turn the auto-idle switch [A/I OFF] and turn
the mode switch to ECO position when loading or
unloading the machine. In the auto-idle mode, speed
may automatically increase.
— The engine speed may unexpectedly change while
performing the muffler filter regeneration. Turn
the muffler filter regeneration switch to inhibited
position.
— Always select the slow speed mode with the travel
mode switch.
— Run the engine at slow idle to ensure the machine
travels at a slow pace.
— Never steer while driving up or down a ramp as it is
extremely dangerous and may cause the machine to
turnover. NEVER attempt to change directions whilst
positioned on the ramp. If repositioning is necessary,
first move back to the ground or flatbed, modify
traveling direction, and begin to drive again.
— The top end of the ramp where it meets the flatbed
is a sudden bump. Take care when traveling over it
as the balance may be lost. If the front attachment is
not fitted, reverse onto the trailer.
— Extreme care must be taken when swinging the
upper structure when the machine is on the trailer
flatbed.

Loading
If the front attachment is not fitted, reverse onto the trailer.

1. Load the machine so that the centerline of the machine

aligns with the centerline of the trailer flatbed. 15 or less

2. Drive the machine onto the ramp slowly.

3. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key switch. M107-06-018

4. Place the pilot control shut-off lever in the LOCK

position.
5. Close cab windows, roof vent and door, and cover the
exhaust opening, to prevent entry of wind and water.
Place a cover over the exhaust outlet. Also, replace the
exhaust pipe with that for transport if necessary. (Refer
to 6-6) Lock all doors, covers and caps if they have a lock.
6. Put all mirrors and the radio antenna away correctly.

dCAUTION: In cold weather, be sure to warm up the

machine before loading or unloading it.

6-3
 TRANSPORTING

Fastening Machine for Transporting

dframe.
WARNING: Fasten chains or cables to the machine
Do not place chains or cables over or against
the hydraulic lines or hoses.

1. Place cog stoppers or blocks in front of and behind the

tracks to help secure the unit.
MJAA-06-002
2. Fasten each corner of the machine and front attachment
to the trailer with appropriate strength of chains or
cables.

Unloading

dthe
WARNING: The rear end of the flatbed where it meets
ramp is a sudden bump. Take care when traveling
over it.

MJAA-06-003

6-4
 TRANSPORTING

Transportation Exhaust Pipe

dpipe
CAUTION: Immediately after operation, the exhaust
is very hot. Ensure the exhaust pipe has cooled
1

down sufficiently before starting operation.

IMPORTANT:
— Check and follow the local regulations on
transportation height on a public road. 2
— Install transportation exhaust pipe (2) only when
transporting the machine. If the machine is operated
with transportation exhaust pipe (2), there is a risk of
damaging the machine.
MJAA-06-005
The machine with standard exhaust pipe (1) may exceed the
required transportation height by the law. Replace the exhaust
pipe with transportation exhaust pipe (2) before transporting
the machine if necessary. 1
Consult your authorized Hitachi dealer before replacing the
exhaust pipe.

MJAA-06-006

MJAA-06-007

6-5
 TRANSPORTING
Transportation Exhaust Pipe Removal/Installation
1. Remove bolts (3) (4 used). Remove standard exhaust 1
pipe (1).
Wrench Size: 19 mm
Tightening Torque: 90 N·m (9 kgf/cm2)

2. Install transportation exhaust pipe (2) into exhaust outlet

(4) of the muffler (muffler filter). Secure transportation
exhaust pipe (2) with bolt (5) and nut (6).
Wrench Size: 17 mm 3
MJAA-06-006
IMPORTANT: Adjust the angle of the outlet of the
transportation exhaust pipe to prevent rain or
4
foreign matter from entering into the pipe while
transporting the machine. Cover the exhaust pipe
while transporting the machine.
If rain or foreign matter enters the muffler (muffler
filter), the muffler (muffler filter) may be damaged.

3. To replace exhaust pipe with the standard type, reverse

the above procedure.

MJAA-06-008

MJAA-06-007

6 MJAA-06-009

6-6
 MAINTENANCE

Correct Maintenance and Inspection Procedures

Learn how to service your machine correctly. Follow the
correct maintenance and inspection procedures shown in this
manual.

Inspect machine daily before starting.

– Check controls and instruments.
– Check coolant, fuel and oil levels.
– Check for leaks, kinked, frayed or damaged hoses and
lines.
– Walk around machine checking general appearance,
noise, heat, etc.
– Check for loose or missing parts. SA-005

If there is any problem with your machine, repair it before

operating or contact your authorized dealer.

IMPORTANT:
— Use only recommended fuel and lubricants.
— Be sure to use only genuine Hitachi parts. Failure to
do so may result in serious injury or death and/or
machine breakdown.
— Failure to use recommended fuel, lubricants, and
genuine Hitachi parts will result in loss of Hitachi
product warranty.
— Never adjust engine governor or hydraulic system
relief valve.
— Protect electrical parts from water and steam.
— Never disassemble electrical components such as
main controller, sensors, etc.
— Never adjust parts of engine fuel system or hydraulic
equipment.
— Using bad quality fuel, drainage agent, fuel
additives, gasoline, kerosene or alcohol refueled
or mixed with specified fuel may deteriorate
performance of fuel filters and cause sliding problem
at lubricated contacts in the injector. It also affects
the engine and muffler filter parts, leading to
malfunction.
— Use Hitachi genuine high performance filter.

7-1
 MAINTENANCE
– Body Information Controller
This machine provides a body information controller that stores machine operation information for preventive
maintenance.
When maintaining the machine, our authorized service man may down load the stored information.
Consult with your nearest Hitachi dealer for detailed function of this device.
– Communication Terminal Operation
It is not necessary to check or operate the communication terminal however if any abnormality is found, consult your
nearest Hitachi dealer.
Before installing any covering attachment such as a head guard, consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.
Never spray water on the communication terminal and the wirings.
– Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of oil, fuel, coolant, filters, batteries and other waste from your local
environmental or recycling center, or from your authorized dealer.

7-2
 MAINTENANCE

Check the Hour Meter Regularly

Refer to the List of Check and Maintenance for information
about lubricants, check and adjustment intervals. The
maintenance guide table is affixed in the back of the tool box
cover. Refer to the page 7-7.

This manual recommends grouping the intervals into three

categories as follows:
Daily Check : To be conducted daily before operation
Monthly check : To be regularly conducted once per month
Annual check : To be regularly conducted once per year

Check and maintenance intervals shown in this manual

are those for the machines to be operated under normal
conditions. In case the machine is operated under more severe
conditions, shorten the intervals.

Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants

IMPORTANT: Always use recommended fuels and
lubricants.
Failure to do so will result in machine damage and loss
of Hitachi product warranty.

7-3
 MAINTENANCE

Layout
ZX470LC-5B

34

33 1

32
2

31 3
4
28 5
27 6
7
29 8
9
30 26

10

25 11
24 12
23
22 13
21 20 14
19 15
18 17 TJAA-01-02-001
16
1- Arm Cylinder 11- Shoe, Track Link 21- Swing Bearing 31- Link A
2- Boom 12- Engine 22- Lower Roller 32- Link B
3- Washer Tank 13- Muffler (Muffler Filter) 23- Hydraulic Oil Tank 33- Bucket Cylinder
4- Swing Reduction Gear 14- Engine Oil Filter 24- Track Adjuster 34- Arm
5- Fuel Tank 15- Main Pump 25- Front Idler
6- Reserve Tank 16- Travel Reduction Gear 26- Cab
7- Control Valve 17- Fan Pump 27- Boom Cylinder
8- Air Cleaner 18- Pilot Filter 28- Side Cutter
9- Radiator, Oil Cooler 19- Drain Filter 29- Tooth
10- Counterweight 20- Upper Roller 30- Bucket

7-4
 MAINTENANCE

ZX670LC-5B

35

34 31
3
4
30 5
29 6
28 7
33 8
9
27
10
32
26

11
25
24 12
23 13
22 14
21 15
20 19 16
TJBA-01-02-001
18 17

1- Arm Cylinder 11- Shoe, Track Link 21- Hydraulic Oil Tank 31- Arm
2- Boom 12- Engine 22- Upper Roller 32- Bucket
3- Tool Box, Electric Grease Gun, 13- Muffler (Muffler Filter) 23- Battery 33- Link A
Auto-Lubrication Device 14- Engine Oil Filter 24- Track Adjuster 34- Link B
4- Swing Device 15- Main Pump 25- Swing Bearing 35- Bucket Cylinder
5- Fuel Tank 16- Travel Reduction Gear 26- Front Idler
6- Reserve Tank 17- Fan Pump 27- Cab
7- Oil Cooler, Fuel Cooler 18- Pilot Filter 28- Boom Cylinder
8- Air Cleaner 19- Drain Filter 29- Tooth
9- Radiator, Inter Cooler 20- Lower Roller 30- Side Cutter
10- Counterweight

7-5
 MAINTENANCE

ZX870LC-5B

1
38
2
37
3
4
5
6
36 7
8
9
32 31
10
35
11
33 30 12

34 29
13
28
14
27
26

25
24 15
23 16
22 17
21 18
20 19 TJBC-01-02-001

1- Arm Cylinder 11- Reserve Tank 21- Fuel Filter 31- Boom Cylinder
2- Boom 12- Radiator, Inter Cooler 22- Pilot Filter 32- Side Cutter
3- Washer Tank 13- Engine 23- Track Frame 33- Tooth
4- Swing Bearing 14- Counterweight 24- Pump Drain Filter 34- Bucket
5- Tool Box, Electric Grease Gun, 15- Muffler (Muffler Filter) 25- Hydraulic Oil Tank 35- Link A
Auto-Lubrication Device 16- Main Pump 26- Track Adjuster 36- Link B
6- Fuel Tank 17- Fan Pump 27- Upper Roller 37- Bucket Cylinder
7- Swing Device 18- Shoe, Track Link 28- Front Idler 38- Arm
8- Control Valve 19- Travel Reduction Gear 29- Battery
9- Air Cleaner 20- Lower Roller 30- Cab
10- Oil Cooler, Fuel Cooler

7-6
 MAINTENANCE

Maintenance Guide Table

The maintenance guide table is affixed to the reverse side
of the tool box cover. Lubricate and/or service the parts at
the intervals as instructed in the table so that all necessary
maintenance can be performed regularly.

— Symbol Marks
The following marks are used in the maintenance guide
table.

Grease Hydraulic oil filters

(Front Joint Pin, Swing Bearing, Swing (Pilot Filter, Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter,
Gear) Suction Filter)

Gear Oil
(Pump Transmission, Travel Reduction Air Cleaner Element
Device, Swing Reduction Device)

Coolant
Engine Oil
(Long-Life Coolant)

Fuel Filter
Engine Oil Filter
(Fuel Main Filter, Pre-Filter)

Hydraulic Oil

7-7
 MAINTENANCE
— Maintenance Guide Table

12 13 14 10

10
11

6 1

15 3
4
5
6

MJAA-07-041
Lubrication Interval (hours) 10 9 8 7

fNOTE: The illustration shows ZX870LC-5B.

Item Page Item Page
1 Hydraulic Oil 7-38 9 Grease 7-27
2 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Full Flow) 7-48 Grease 7-25
3 Gear Oil (Pump Transmission) (ZX670LC-5B, 7-32 10 Grease (Every 10 Hours for the First 100 Hours 7-25
870LC-5B) Every 50 Hours After That)
4 Engine Oil Filter 7-30 11 Coolant (Long-Life Coolant) 7-79
5 Fuel Filter (Main/Pre) 7-68 12 Engine Oil 7-29
6 Gear Oil (Travel Device) 7-36 13 Air Cleaner Element 7-76
Hydraulic Oil Filter (Pilot) 7-50 14 Gear Oil (Swing Reduction Gear) 7-34
7
Hydraulic Oil Filter (Pump Drain Filter) 7-49 15 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Air Breather) 7-52
8 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Suction) 7-47

7-8
 MAINTENANCE

Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance

Except in special cases, park the machine by following the
procedure before servicing the machine.

1. Park the machine on a level surface.

2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
M104-07-021
3. Turn the auto-idle switch OFF.
4. Turn engine control dial (1) to the slow idle position and
run the engine for 5 minutes to cool the engine.
5. Turn the key switch OFF to stop the engine. Remove the
key. Be sure to place pilot control shut-off lever (1) to the
LOCK position.
6. After putting a tag (2) for "Under Serving" on the easy-to- 1
see cab door or control lever, begin the work.
2
dWARNING: Never attempt to maintain the machine
when the engine is running in order to prevent the
accident. If maintenance work while engine running is
unavoidable, strictly comply with the following items.
— One person should take the operator’s seat
to be ready to stop the engine any time while
communicating with other workers.
MDAA-07-028
— When working around moving parts is unavoidable,
pay special attention to ensure that hands, feet, and
clothing do not become entangled.
— If parts or tools are dropped or inserted into the fan
or the belt, they may fly off or be cut off. Do not drop
or insert parts and tools into the moving parts.
— Move pilot control shut-off lever (1) to LOCK position
so that the front attachment will not move.
— Never touch the control levers and pedals.
If operating the control levers or pedals is
unavoidable, signal co-workers to evacuate to safer
place.
SA-2294

SA-026

7-9
 MAINTENANCE

Hood and Access Covers 1

ZX470LC-5B

d WARNING: 2
— Do not keep the hood and access covers open when
the machine is parked on a slope, or while the wind
is blowing hard. The hood or access covers may close 3
accidentally, possibly resulting in personal injury.
— When opening or closing the hood and access covers,
take extra care not to catch fingers between the base
machine and the hood or access covers. MJAA-07-002
Engine Cover, Air Cleaner Cover
— Holding the handle on the engine cover, raise the cover
until the lock is secured with lock groove (1). 2

— After opening the air cleaner cover, be sure to insert rod (2)
into cover lock hole (3) to hold the cover.

— After opening the right, rear left and/or front left access 3
covers, be sure to insert rod (2) into cover lock hole (3) to
hold the cover.

— When opening the front left cover, open the rear left cover
first. Then, pull to open the front left cover as illustrated.

Right Cover MJAA-07-003

3
2

MJAA-07-004
Rear Left Cover

Front Left Cover MJAA-07-005

7-10
 MAINTENANCE
ZX670LC-5B
1
d WARNING:
— Do not keep the hood and access covers open when
the machine is parked on a slope, or while the wind
is blowing hard. The hood or access covers may close
accidentally, possibly resulting in personal injury.
— When opening or closing the hood and access covers,
take extra care not to catch fingers between the base
machine and the hood or access covers.

— Holding the handle on the engine cover, raise the cover Engine Cover MJAA-07-006
until the lock is secured with lock groove (1).

— After opening the air cleaner cover, be sure to insert rod (2)
into cover lock hole (3) to hold the cover. 2

— When opening the front and/or rear right covers, be sure to

secure rod (3) with lock groove (2). 3

MJAA-07-007
Air Cleaner Cover

Front Right Cover MJAA-07-008

(Oil Cooler Cover)

MJAA-07-010 Rear Right Cover MJAA-07-009

Left Cover (Radiator Cover)

7-11
 MAINTENANCE
ZX870LC-5B
2
d WARNING:
— Do not keep the hood and access covers open when
1
the machine is parked on a slope, or while the wind is
blowing hard.
The hood or access covers may close accidentally,
possibly resulting in personal injury. 3

— When opening or closing the hood and access covers,

take extra care not to catch fingers between the base 4
machine and the hood or access covers.
Engine Cover, Front Door MJAA-07-012
— When opening the engine cover and/or air cleaner cover,
unlock the catches (2 places), hold the handle on the cover,
and raise the cover until the lock is secured with lock groove 1
(2).
2
— After opening the engine front door or left access cover
(front and rear), be sure to insert rod (3) into cover lock hole
(4) to hold the cover.
— After opening the right access cover (front and rear), be sure
to insert rod (3) into cover lock hole (2) to hold the cover.

Air Cleaner Cover MJAA-07-074

4 3

Front and Rear Left Cover

3 MJAA-07-014

2 3

Rear Right Cover Front Right Cover

MJAA-07-016 MJAA-07-015

7-12
 MAINTENANCE

Daily Check
Check Item Reference Page
1. Level of engine oil and coolant 7-29, 79
2. Starting easiness, exhaust gas color, and noise
3. Oil and water leaks, damage to hoses and pipe lines 7-53, 75, 80
Engine 4. Clogging and damage to radiator, oil cooler and intercooler 7-83
5. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 7-111 to 151
6. Drain Fuel Filter 7-61
7. Clean around engine, muffler filter 7-153
1. Fuel level, leaks, contamination and drainage of fuel in tank 7-60 to 61
2. Hydraulic oil level, leaks and contamination of hydraulic oil tank 7-41 to 42
3. Movement, play and operating force of all control levers
4. Operation of all hydraulic components, oil leaks and damage to pipe lines 7-53
Upperstructure
and hoses
5. Deformation, break and abnormal noise of upper structure
6. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 7-111 to 151
7. Washer Fluid 7-105
1. Sag, wear and break of crawler 7-100, 119, 132, 146
2. Oil leaks and wear on upper/lower rollers and front idlers
Undercarriage
3. Oil leaks from travel devices 7-36
4. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 7-111 to 151
1. Check cylinders, pipe lines and hoses for oil leaks and damages 7-52
2. Wear and damage of the bucket
3. Check bucket teeth for looseness, wear and missing 7-97
Working Device 4. Lubrication state of the working device 7-25, 26
5. Check for pin anti-extraction pins, stoppers, rings and bolts for damage 7-121, 134, 148
6. Looseness and missing of mounting bolts and nuts 7-111 to 151
7. Grease leaks and damage of auto-lubrication piping and hoses
1. Operation of instruments, switches, lights and buzzer/horn 1-6 to 103
2. Function of parking brake
Others 3. Deformation and break of head guard
4. Abnormal outside appearance of machine
5. Wear and damage of the seat belt 7-104
— Conduct daily check before the machine is operated.

7-13
 MAINTENANCE

Maintenance Guide
A. Greasing

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
Boom Foot, Boom Cylinder Bottom 4 к 7-25
1. Front Joint Pins Bucket and Link Pins Backhoe 9 кк 7-25
Others Backhoe 7 к 7-26
2. Swing Bearing 3 7-27
3. Swing Internal Gear 1 ккк 7-28
к : Grease at an interval of every 10 hours for the first 100 hours.
кк : In case excavations are performed in water, grease the pin after operation is complete.
ккк : Add grease if necessary during maintenance.
f NOTE: When the auto-lubrication system is operating, grease the bucket, link pins and the swing bearing by using a grease
gun.

B. Engine

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Engine Oil Check Oil Level 1 7-29
ZX470LC-5B 41 L
2. Engine Oil Change ZX670LC-5B 57 L 7-30
ZX870LC-5B 57 L
3. Engine Oil Filter Replace 1 7-30

7-14
 MAINTENANCE
C. Transmission
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
Pump Transmission Check Oil Level 1 7-32
1.
(ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B) Change 6.2 L 7-33
Check Oil Level 2 7-34
ZX470LC-5B 6.5 L 2
2. Swing Device
Change ZX670LC-5B 10.5 L 2 7-35
ZX870LC-5B 15.7 L 2
Check Oil Level 2 7-36
ZX470LC-5B 11 L 2
3. Travel Reduction Gear
Change ZX670LC-5B 16 L 2 7-37
ZX870LC-5B 19 L 2

D. Hydraulic System
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 4000
1. Check Hydraulic Oil Level 1 7-41
2. Water drain from hydraulic oil tank 1 7-42
ZX470LC-5B 510 L
3. Change Hydraulic Oil ZX670LC-5B 750 L к к 7-43
ZX870LC-5B 1042 L
4. Suction Filter Cleaning 1 Each time when hydraulic oil is changed 7-47
5. Replace Full-Flow Filter 1 к 7-48
6. Replace Pump Drain Filter 1 7-49
7. Replace Pilot Oil Filter 1 7-50
8. Replace Air Breather Element 1 7-52
for leaks, loose 7-53
9. Check Hoses and Lines
for cracks, bend, etc. − 7-53
к : Changing interval differs according to the brand of hydraulic oil used, kind of filter element or average attachment
operating availability.
Refer to the “changing intervals of hydraulic oil and full flow filter element”. See recommended oil chart.

7-15
 MAINTENANCE
E. Fuel System
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Drain Fuel Tank Sump 1 7-60
2. Drain Fuel Filter 4 7-61
3. Replace Fuel Main Filter Element 2 7-68
4. Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element 2 7-70
5. Clean Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer 1 7-72
6. Check Water Separator (Optional) 1 7-73
for leaks, loose − 7-75
7. Check Fuel Hoses
for cracks, bend, etc. − 7-75

F. Air Cleaner
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
(Or when indicator
Clean 1 7-76
lit)
1. Air Cleaner Outer Element
Replace 1 After cleaning 6 times or 1 year 7-76

2. Air cleaner Inner element Replace 1 When outer element is replaced 7-76

7-16
 MAINTENANCE
G. Cooling System
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Check Coolant Level 1 7-80
ZX470LC-5B 52 L
2. Change Coolant ZX670LC-5B 70 L Twice a year * 7-81
ZX870LC-5B 112 L
3. Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler Core and Inter Outside 1 7-83
Cooler Core Inside 1 Once a year 7-83
4. Clean Oil Cooler, Radiator and Inter Cooler Front Screen 1 к 7-83
5. Clean Air Conditioner Condenser 1 к 7-83
6. Clean Fuel Oil Cooler 1 7-83
к : Shorten the maintenance interval when the machine is operated in dusty areas.
кк : Maintenance required only during first time check
* : When genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant is used, change every two years or 4000 operating hours, whichever
comes first.
IMPORTANT:
— Use fresh water or normal tap water as a coolant. Do not use strong acid or alkaline water. Use the coolant
with genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant (LLC) mixed by 30 to 60 %. If a coolant mixed with less than 30%
of Hitachi Long-Life Coolant is used, service life of the cooling parts may be shortened due to damage by
freezing or corrosion of coolant system parts.
— If mineral-rich water is used for coolant, water stain or scale may build up inside the engine or radiator,
causing overheat due to deterioration of coolant performance.

7-17
 MAINTENANCE
H. Air Conditioner
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
Clean 1 7-84
Circulating Air Filter When the filters are severely clogged or
Replace 1 7-84
1. after cleaning 6 times
Clean 1 7-84
Fresh Air Filter
Replace 1 7-84
2. Check Air Conditioner 1 7-86
3. Adjust Compressor Belt Tension 1 7-87
4. Check Looseness at Each of Fastened Areas − 7-87
5. Check at Preseason and Off-Season − Twice a year 7-88

I. Electrical System
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
Check Electrolyte Level 2 Every month 7-92
1. Battery
Check Electrolyte Specific Gravity 2 Every month 7-94
2. Replacing Fuses Replace − As required 7-95

7-18
 MAINTENANCE
J. Miscellaneous
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 4000 4500
1. Check and Replace Bucket Teeth − 7-97
2. Change Bucket − As required 7-100
3. Adjust Bucket Linkage 1 As required 7-103
4. Remove Travel Levers 2 As required 7-104
5. Check and Replace Seat Belt 1 Every 3 years 7-104
6. Check Windshield Fluid Level 1 As required 7-105
7. Check Track Sag 2 7-106
8. Clean Cab Floor − As required 7-109
9. Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt − *As required 7-110
10. Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance − * 7-110
11. Check of Fuel Injection Timing − *As required 7-110
12. Measure Engine Compression Pressure − * 7-110
13. Check Starter and Alternator − * 7-110
14. Check Water Pump − * 7-110
15. Check and Replace EGR Device − * 7-110
16. Check Gas Damper − *As required 7-111
17. Check Handrails (ZX470LC-5B) Every 2 years or 4000 hours, whichever comes first 7-111
Tightening and Retightening Torque of Bolts
18. − кк 7-111
and Nuts
19. Check O-rings in Bucket − 7-152
20. Clean EGR Cooler − * 7-153
21. Check Turbocharger − * 7-153
22. Check and Clean Injection Nozzle − * 7-153
кк : Maintenance required only during first time check.

fNOTE: * Contact your nearest Hitachi dealer for maintenance. Instruction plate for the recommended grease and
lubricants is affixed inside the tool box cover.

K. Muffler Filter
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity Page
10 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 4500
1. Check and Clean Filter Element of Muffler Filter 1 * 7-154
2. Check and Clean Muffler Filter − As required 7-154

fNOTE: * Contact your nearest Hitachi dealer for maintenance.

7-19
 MAINTENANCE

Periodic Replacement of Parts

To ensure safe operation, be sure to conduct periodic
inspection of the machine. In addition, the parts listed below,
if defective, may pose serious safety/fire hazards.
These parts may cause serious safety/fire hazards due to
deterioration, wear, or fatigue being attributed to material
aging or repeated operation. It is very difficult to gauge the
extent of deterioration, fatigue, or weakening of the parts
listed below simply by visual inspection alone. For this reason,
replace these parts at the intervals shown in the table below.
Consult your authorized dealer for correct replacement.

Periodic Replacement Parts Replacement Intervals

Fuel hose (Fuel tank, Filter to Engine) Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Fuel hose (Engine, Fuel cooler to Fuel tank) Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Engine

Oil filter hose (Engine to oil filter) Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Heater hose (Heater to engine) Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Differential pressure hose (Differential sensor to

Every 4500 hours
differential pipe)

Pump suction hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Base Machine

Pump delivery hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Swing hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Hydraulic System

Travel high pressure hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Boom cylinder line hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first
Working Device

Arm cylinder line hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Bucket cylinder line hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Pilot Hose Every 2 years or 6000 hours whichever comes first

Seat Belt Every 3 years

fNOTE: Be sure to replace seals, such as O-rings and gaskets,

when replacing hoses.

7-20
 MAINTENANCE

Brand Names of Recommended Grease

Where to be Bucket, Arm and Boom, Swing Gear,
applied Swing Bearing, etc.
Manufacturer –20 to 45 °C (–4 to 113 °F)
Hitachi Grease SEP2
Hitachi
Hitachi Grease EP-2
Nippon Koyu SEP2
Daphne Eponex Grease EP No.2
Idemitsu Kosan
Daphne Eponex Grease No.2
JX Nippon Oil & EPINOC GREASE AP(N)2
Energy Corporation LISONIX GREASE EP2
Alvania Grease EP2 (Shell Gadus S2
Shell
V220 2)
ExxonMobil Mobilux EP2
BP Energrease LS-EP2
Castrol Spheerol EPL2
Chevron Multifax EP2

Recommended Engine Oil

IMPORTANT: Use only genuine Hitachi engine oil

as shown below or engine oil equivalent to DH-2
specified in JASO. Failure to do so may deteriorate the
engine and muffler filter performance and/or shorten
their service life. Please be noted that all engine
failures caused by using engine oil other than specified
are excluded from Hitachi Warranty Policy. Consult
your nearest Hitachi dealer for the unclear points.

Brand Names of Recommended Engine Oil

Kind of Oil Engine Oil
Application Engine Crank Case
Air Temp. -20 to 30 ˚C -15 to 40 ˚C
(-4 to 86 ˚F) (5 to 104 ˚F)
Manufacturer JASO
Super wide Super wide
Hitachi DH-2
DH-2 10W30 DH-2 15W40

7-21
 MAINTENANCE
Brand Names of Recommended Gear Oil
Application Swing and Travel Reduction Gear
Kind of Oil Gear oil
Air Temp.
Manufacturer –20 to 45 °C (–4 to 113 °F)
Hitachi Hitachi Gear Oil GL-4 90
Idemitsu Kosan Apolloil Gear Oil HE90
JX Nippon Oil & HYPOID GEAR 90
Energy GEAR4 90
Shell Spirax S2 G 90
ExxonMobil Mobilube GX80W-90
BP Energear EP 80W-90
Castrol Manual GL-4 80W-90
Chevron Thuban SAE 90
Remarks API GL4 Class

Brand Names of Recommended Pump Transmission Oil

Application Pump Transmission
Kind of Oil Engine Oil or Gear Oil
Air Temp.
Manufacturer –20 to 45 °C (–4 to 113 °F)
Super wide DH-1 15W40
Hitachi
Super wide DH-2 15W40
Apolloil Super wide 15W-40
Idemitsu Kosan
Apolloil diesel motive S-330CF
JX Nippon Oil & DIESEL CF/DH-1 15W-40
Energy DIESEL CF4/DH-1 15W-40H
Shell Rimula D Multi 15W-40
ExxonMobil Delvac Super DH-2 15W-40
BP Vanellus C3 Multigrade 15W-30
Castrol
Chevron DELO 400 Multigrade 15W-30
Remarks API CD Class, JASO DH-1, JASO DH-2

7-22
 MAINTENANCE
Brand Names of Recommended Hydraulic Oil
Kind of Lubricant Hydraulic Oil
Where to be applied Hydraulic System
Change Interval 4000 hours 2000 hours
Environmental
–20 to 45 °C
Temp.
(–4 to 113 °F)
Manufacturer
Hitachi Super EX 46HN
Idemitsu Kosan Super Hydro 46 X
JX Nippon Oil &
SUPER HYRANDO WP46 HYDLUX 46H
Energy Corporation
Shell Tellus S3V
ExxonMobil Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46
BP Bartran HV 46
Castrol HYSPIN HVI 46
Chevron RANDO Asshless 46HD
Others JCMAS HK VG46W qualified product

fNOTE: Consult your authorized Hitachi dealer for the conditions of use and hydraulic oil other than those described above.
Refer to Japan Lubricating Oil Society (JALOS) home page for JCMAS HK qualified product.

7-23
 MAINTENANCE
Recommended Oil Viscosity

Air Temperature (degrees Celsius)

Where to be Applied Kind of Oil
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 45
Super Wide DH-2 10W30
Engine Oil Pan Engine Oil
Super Wide DH-2 15W40
Pump Transmission Engine Oil Idemitsu Kosan S-330
Swing Device
Gear Oil Hitachi Gear Oil GL-4_90
Travel Device
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Oil Super EX46HN
(Hydraulic Oil Tank)
ASTM Grade No.2-DS15
ASTM Grade No.2-DS500
Fuel Tank Diesel Fuel
ASTM Grade No.1-DS15
ASTM Grade No.1-DS500
Lithium
Grease fitting SEP Grease
Grease
Genuine Hitachi LLC
Radiator Coolant
(Long-Life Coolant)

7-24
 MAINTENANCE

A. Greasing
Front Joint Pins
Bucket --- every 10 hours
Others --- every 10 hours for the first 100 hours
every 50 hours after that
You can also lubricate the machine by using grease fittings
provided on each section of the machine without using the
auto-lubrication system. Follow the instructions below to
lubricate the machine. MJAA-07-011
Perpendicular to the Ground

f NOTE: When lubricating the machine with the backhoe

front attachment, fully extend the arm cylinder, control the
bucket cylinder in such a way so that the bucket bottom plate
is kept perpendicular to the ground, and lower the boom to
the ground by using boom cylinder as shown in figure right.
Setting the machine in this position allows you to access all
lubricating spots.

Lubricate all fittings shown in the figure.

The fast-filling device is provided to easily lubricate high
lubrication spots.
— Boom Foot

M162-07-005
— Boom Cylinder Bottom Side

M162-07-034
— Bucket and Link Pins
Lubricate the bucket every 10 hours.

M1J1-07-058

7-25
 MAINTENANCE
— Boom and Arm Joint Pin, Arm Cylinder Rod Pin and Bucket
Cylinder Bottom Pin

M162-07-006

— Boom Cylinder Rod Pins and Arm Cylinder Bottom Pin

M162-07-005

7-26
 MAINTENANCE
Swing Bearing
--- every 500 hours

dbucket
CAUTION: Before lubricating the machine, lower the
on the ground, stop the engine and pull the
pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.

Three grease fittings are provided.

Greasing Method
1. Lower the bucket on the ground, stop the engine and
pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
Then, lubricate the swing bearing.
2. Raise the bucket several inches off the ground and rotate M111-07-010
the upperstructure 45 ° (1/8 turn).
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 three times.
4. Apply grease to the swing bearing until grease can be
seen escaping from the swing bearing seals.
Take care not to supply excessive grease.

7-27
 MAINTENANCE
Swing Internal Gear
--- every 500 hours

dbucket
CAUTION: Before lubricating the machine, lower the
on the ground, stop the engine and pull the
pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.

1. Remove cover (1) located at the front side of the

upperstructure frame.
2. Ensure the grease is evenly and nicely applied on top
surface of all internal gear teeth of the swing bearing 1
without contamination. Add approximately 0.5 kg of M1J1-07-024
grease, if required.
3. If the grease is contaminated, remove grease by opening
cover (2) at the undercarriage side and replace with
clean grease.
Grease Capacity (L)
Model Capacity
ZX470LC-5B 17 L
ZX670LC-5B 20 L
ZX870LC-5B 22 L

2 M116-07-042
f NOTE: If excessive grease is filled in the swing gear, grease
may enter the gear case of the swing device while swinging
the upperstructure. Be sure to fill the same amount of grease 2
as you removed.
4
Check the direction of cover (2). If the cover is installed on the
wrong direction, water may enter into the unit. Correct Incorrect
Replace packing (4) if it deteriorates.
MDAA-07-029

7-28
 MAINTENANCE

B. Engine 2

Engine Oil Level

--- check daily
IMPORTANT: An incorrect engine oil level may cause
trouble on the engine (The oil level should be between
the upper and lower marks on oil level gauge (1)). 1
Even if the engine oil level exceeds the upper limit,
control the oil level to the proper quantity before
starting the engine.

Check oil level before starting the engine. ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-029

Open the engine cover and pull out oil level gauge (1). Wipe oil
level gauge (1) with cloth, re-insert it into the pipe to the end, 2
and then pull it out again.
The oil level should be between the upper and lower marks on
dipstick (1).
If oil level is below the lower limit mark, add the recommended 1
engine oil via oil filler (2).
If oil level exceeds the upper limit mark, remove cap (4) of
drain valve (3) at the bottom of the engine oil pan, and then
open drain valve (3) by turning drainer (5) to drain oil.

dCAUTION: Do not spill oil while adding oil. Spilled

fuel and oil, and trash, grease, debris, accumulated
coal dust, and other flammables may cause fires. ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-017

IMPORTANT: Install drainer (5) to the drain valve (3)

slowly. Oil may exhaust in large quantity when 2
tightened at once.

1
3, 4

2
ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-059

M1U1-07-045
5
1

Max.
Min.
M1U1-07-046
M178-07-011

7-29
 MAINTENANCE

2
Change Engine Oil, Replace Engine Oil Filter
--- every 500 hours

d CAUTION:
— Immediately after the machine was operated, all
engine parts are hot. Wait for the engine to cool
before starting any maintenance work.
— Do not spill oil while adding oil. Wipe off any spilled
oil. Spilled fuel and oil, and trash, grease, debris,
accumulated coal dust, and other flammables may
cause fires. MJAA-07-029

1. Arrange a container to receive the drain oil.

ZX470LC-5B : Approx. 50 L 3, 4
ZX670LC-5B : Approx. 60 L
ZX870LC-5B : Approx. 60 L

2. Remove oil filler cap (2).

3. Remove cap (4) from oil pan drain valve (3). Install
drainer (5) to drain valve (3). Screw drainer (5) into drain
valve (3). Drain valve (3) will be opened to drain oil.
IMPORTANT: Install drainer (5) to the drain valve slowly.
Oil may exhaust in large quantities when suddenly
tightened. M1U1-07-045

4. After all oil has been drained, inspect the cloth for any
debris such as small pieces of metal. 5
5. Remove drainer (5). Install cap (4) to drain valve (3).

M1U1-07-046

Oil Oil

Oil Pan Oil Pan

3

Clean Cloth

Container
Screw
5

Oil
M104-07-010 M1U1-07-002

7-30
 MAINTENANCE
6. Cartridge element (6) of the engine oil filter is located
next to the pump device.
7. Remove the filter cartridges of engine oil filter (6) by
turning it counterclockwise with the filter wrench.
8. Pour clean oil in the new cartridge, not letting it
overflow. Apply a thin film of clean oil on the gasket
(O-ring) of the new filter. Install new filter. Turn the filter
cartridge clockwise by hand until the gasket touches the
contact area.
9. Tighten the filter 3/4 to 1 turn more using the filter
6
wrench. Be careful not to overly tighten the cartridge
element. Deformation of the cartridge may result. ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-034

10. Fill the engine with recommended oil through the oil
filler.
11. Check that the oil level is between the minimum and
maximum level scales on the dipstick. Then, start the
engine.
12. After starting the engine, check no oil is leaking from the
sealing surface.
13. After running the engine at slow idle speed for
approximately 5 minutes, stop the engine. Then,
recheck the oil level 15 minutes later and add or drain
oil to maintain proper oil level. (The oil level should be
between the upper and lower limit marks on the oil level 6
gauge.) (Refer to 7-33) ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-018

IMPORTANT:
— When filling new oil, take care not to allow foreign
matter to enter the engine.
— Do not re-use cartridge element (6).
— An incorrect engine oil level may cause trouble
on the engine. Even if the engine oil level exceeds
the upper limit, control the oil level to the proper
quantity before starting the engine.

6
MJAA-07-060
ZX870LC-5B

7-31
 MAINTENANCE

C. Transmission 2 1

Pump Transmission (ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B)

Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours

1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 “Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance”.
2. When the oil level is correct, it can be seen between
marks on level gauge (1).
3. If necessary, remove filler plug (2) and add oil.
4. Recheck oil level after adding the oil. MJAC-07-047

7-32
 MAINTENANCE
Change Gear Oil --- every 1000 hours 5
Clean Air Breather--- every 1000 hours 1 4

dfor
WARNING: Oil may be hot just after operation. Wait
the engine to cool before starting any maintenance
work.
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 “Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance”.
2. Remove filler plug (1).
3. Remove drain plug (2) located at left rear of the frame.
Open drain cock (3) to drain oil. Drain oil into 10 liter
capacity container covered by clean cloth. After all oil
has been drained, inspect the cloth for any debris such MJAC-07-047
as small pieces of metal.
4. Close drain cock (3). Install drain plug (2).
5. Refill oil though filler port (1).
6. Refill oil through the oil filler port of filler plug (1) until
oil level is between the upper and lower marks on level 3
gauge (4).
7. Install filler plug (1). 2

8. Remove air breather (5). Clean the air breather.

After cleaning air breather (5), wrap a seal tape around
the air breather.
Tightening torque
M1JB-07-044
Oil Filler Plug 140 N·m (14 kgf·m)
Air Breather 15 N·m (1.5 kgf·m)

Specified Range
4

M16J-07-048

7-33
 MAINTENANCE
1
Swing Reduction Gear

Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours

1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 “Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance”.
2. When the oil level is correct, it can be seen between
marks on level gauge (1). Refill as necessary.

ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-030

ZX670LC-5B M1J7-07-005

ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-099

Specified Range
1

M16J-07-048

7-34
 MAINTENANCE
Change Gear Oil --- every 1000 hours 1

dfor
WARNING: Oil may be hot just after operation. Wait
the engine to cool before starting any maintenance
work.

3
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 “Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance”.
2. Remove drain plug (4) mounted at the tip of the drain
hose under the swing reduction gear. Open drain cock
(3) to drain gear oil.
3 2
3. Close drain cock (3) and reinstall drain plugs (4). Refill oil
MJAA-07-030
through filler port (2). ZX470LC-5B
4. Check oil level with level gauge (1). The oil level should 2
be between the upper and lower marks on level gauge
(1). Refill as necessary.
Model Oil Capacity
ZX470LC-5B 6.5 L×2
ZX670LC-5B 10.5 L×2
ZX870LC-5B 15.7 L×2

1 2 M1J7-07-005
ZX670LC-5B
1

2 MJAA-07-099
ZX870LC-5B

4
4 M1JB-07-002 MJAA-07-032
ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B ZX470LC-5B

7-35
 MAINTENANCE

Travel Reduction Gear

d WARNING:
— Immediately after operation, the parts of the travel
device are very hot. Wait for the engine to cool
before starting any maintenance work.
— There may be pressure accumulated inside of the
travel device. Remove the plug only after releasing
pressure by slowly loosening the air bleed plug two
to three turns.
— Failure to do so may cause the plug to fly off or the
gear oil to gush out, possibly resulting in personal Air Release Plug
(Oil Supply Plug)
injury. Keep body and face away from the air release
plug. Oil Level Check
Plug
Horizontal
Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours Oil Level
1. Park the machine on solid and level ground. Rotate the
travel motor until plug (1) (air release and oil supply) is
Drain Plug
in the top position as shown in figure right. Lower the
bucket on the ground. Stop the engine. MDAA-07-047

2. Slowly loosen plug (1) to release air pressure.

3. Remove plugs (1 and 2). When the oil level is correct, the 1
gear oil will flows out of the tapped hole of plug (2). Refill
as necessary.
4. Clean plugs (1) and (2). Wrap the threads of oil level 2
check plug (2) and air release plug (1) with sealing-type
tape. Reinstall the plugs. Tighten the plug.
Tightening Torque: 70 N·m (7 kgf·m)

M157-07-170

7-36
 MAINTENANCE
Change Gear Oil --- every 2000 hours
1. Park the machine on solid and level ground. Rotate
the travel motor until plug (1) is in the top position as 1
illustrated in the right. Lower the bucket on the ground.
Stop the engine.
2. After gear oil has cooled, slowly loosen air release plug 2
(1) to release pressure, and temporarily retighten plug
(1).
3. Remove drain plug (3) and plug (1), in that order, to drain 3
oil.
4. Clean drain plug (3). Wrap the threads of the drain plug
with sealing-type tape. Install the plug. Tighten the plug. M157-07-170

Tightening Torque: 70 N·m (7 kgf·m)

5. Refill gear oil though the tapped hole for plug (1).
6. Remove plug (2). When the correct gear oil amount is
refilled, gear oil will flow out of the tapped hole for plug
(2).
7. Clean plugs (1) and (2). Wrap the threads of oil level
check plug (2) and air release plug (1) with sealing-type
tape. Reinstall the plugs. Tighten the plug.
Tightening Torque: 70 N·m (7 kgf·m)

7-37
 MAINTENANCE

D. Hydraulic System
Inspection and Maintenance of Hydraulic Equipment
IMPORTANT: Never adjust parts of engine fuel system or
hydraulic equipment.

dhydraulic
CAUTION: When checking and/or servicing the
components, pay special attention to the
following points.
1. Be sure that the machine is parked on a level, firm
surface before servicing hydraulic equipment.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground and stop the engine.
3. Begin servicing hydraulic components only after
components, hydraulic oil and lubricants are completely
cooled, and after releasing residual pressure.
3.1 Before checking and/or servicing the hydraulic system,
be sure to release the residual pressure from the
cylinder circuits of the boom, arm and the bucket,
swing piping and pilot piping. This machine provides
the accumulator in order to deliver pressure oil to
the operation control circuit for a while (approx. 10
seconds) after the engine stops.
3.2 Bleed air from the hydraulic oil tank to release internal
pressure.
3.3 Immediately after operation, all hydraulic components
and hydraulic oil or lubricants are hot and highly
pressurized. Begin inspection and/or maintenance
work only after the machine has cooled down.
Servicing heated and pressurized hydraulic
components may cause plugs, screws and/or oil to fly
off or escape suddenly, possibly resulting in personal
injury. Hydraulic components may be pressurized even
when cooled.
Keep body parts and face away from the front of plugs
or screws when removing them.
3.4 Even after air pressure in the hydraulic oil tank is
released, when the machine is parking on a slope, the
oil pressure in the travel motor and the swing motor
circuits are maintained at high pressure as the reaction
force of the machine weight is constantly applied
to the travel motor. Never check and/or service the
machine parking on a slope.

7-38
 MAINTENANCE
IMPORTANT:
— When connecting hydraulic hoses and pipes, take
special care to keep seal surfaces free from dirt and
to avoid damaging them.
— Wash hoses, pipes, and the tank interior with a
washing liquid and thoroughly wipe it out before
reconnecting them.
— Only use O-rings that are free of damage or defects.
Be careful not to damage them during reassembly.
Do not allow high pressure hoses to twist when
connecting them. The life of twisted hoses will be
shortened considerably.

IMPORTANT:
— Do not use hydraulic oils other than those listed in
the table “Brand names of recommended hydraulic
oil”.
— When adding hydraulic oil, always use the same
brand of oil; do not mix brands of oil. When using
another manufacturer’s hydraulic oil, be sure to
change the full amount.
— The new machine is filled with hydraulic oil of NEW
LANDY HN (change interval: every 4000 hours).
When adding or changing the hydraulic oil, continue
to use the NEW LANDY HN.

IMPORTANT: Never run the engine without oil in the

hydraulic oil tank.

7-39
 MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil and Replace Full-Flow Filter Element
Hydraulic breaker operation subjects the hydraulic system to become contaminated faster and to quickly deteriorate
the hydraulic oil.
Failure to adhere to proper maintenance intervals may result in damage to the base machine and the breaker.
In order to extend the service life particularly of the hydraulic pump, change the hydraulic oil and the full-flow filter
element at the specified frequency given below.
Check machine service hours by using the breaker hour meter.

Replacement Intervals (Hours) of Hydraulic Oil and Full Flow Filter Element
Full Flow Filter Element
Attachment Availability кHydraulic Oil
Breaker Return Filter Element
2000
Bucket 100 % 1000
4000
Hydraulic Breaker 100 % 600 100
к : Replacement intervals differ depending on the brand of hydraulic oil used. Refer to the “Brand Names of
Recommended Hydraulic Oil“ in the MAINTENANCE section.

When using high performance element

100

90
Average Breaker Operating Availability (%)

Element Replacement Intervals

80

70

60 Changing Interval when using 2000-hour

life time hydraulic oil
50

40 Changing Interval when using

4000-hour life time hydraulic oil
30

20

10

0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 MJAC-07-045

Changing Intervals (hours)

7-40
 MAINTENANCE
Check Hydraulic Oil Level
--- daily
1. Park the machine on solid and level ground with the
bucket cylinder fully extended and the arm cylinder fully
retracted. Lower the bucket on the ground as shown to
the right. Stop the engine.
2. Check oil level with level gauge (1) at the side of the M104-07-021
hydraulic oil tank. When the oil level is correct, it can be
seen between marks on level gauge (1).

ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-037

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-020

ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-044

7-41
 MAINTENANCE
Water drain from hydraulic oil tank
--- every 250 hours

dduring
WARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Start work only after oil
temperature cools, or conduct work before operating
the machine in the morning.

1. Park the machine on solid and level ground. Swing

the upperstructure to make a work space under the
hydraulic oil tank. Fully extend the bucket cylinder and M104-07-117
fully retract the arm cylinder. Lower the bucket on the
ground. Stop the engine. 1

2. After leaving the machine without operating to cool

the oil temperature, bleed air pressure from the
hydraulic oil tank.
3. Push air bleed valve (1) to bleed air from the hydraulic oil
tank.
4. Remove plug (2) from drain cock (3) on the bottom of M1J1-07-006
the hydraulic oil tank and slowly open drain valve (3) to
drain water and/or sediment from the hydraulic oil tank.

2
M1J1-07-037

7-42
 MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil
---- every 4000 hours or 2000 hours

dduring
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work.

IMPORTANT: Changing interval differs according to the

brand of hydraulic oil used, kind of filter element or
average attachment operating availability. (Refer to
7-40)

7-43
 MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil
1. Park the machine on solid and level ground. Swing
the upperstructure to make a work space under the
hydraulic oil tank. Fully extend the bucket cylinder and
fully retract the arm cylinder. Lower the bucket on the
ground. Stop the engine.
2. Push air bleed valve (1) to bleed air from the hydraulic oil M104-07-117
tank. 2 1
3. Remove filler port cover (2) from the top of the hydraulic
oil tank.
4. Arrange a container with the hydraulic oil capacity.
Remove oil by using a suction pump.
The hydraulic oil tank capacity is as follows.
ZX470LC-5B 310 L Level Gauge
ZX670LC-5B 380 L
ZX870LC-5B 500 L Specified Range

5. Remove plug (4) from drain cock (3) on the bottom of

the hydraulic oil tank and slowly open drain cock (3) to
drain remaining oil from the hydraulic oil tank. M157-07-016

6. Close drain cock (3). Clean, install and tighten plug (4).
7. Refill hydraulic oil from the filler port on the top of the
hydraulic oil tank.
Refill hydraulic oil while checking oil level with the level 3
gauge.
8. Install filler port cover (2) with bolts (6 used).
Tightening Torque: 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

IMPORTANT: When changing hydraulic oil, take care not

to allow foreign matter like dust, water, or grit to enter
the hydraulic oil tank.
4
M1J1-07-037
9. Be sure to bleed air form the system following the
procedures shown next page.

7-44
 MAINTENANCE
Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System
After changing hydraulic oil, bleed air from the hydraulic 6
system by following the procedures below.

IMPORTANT: If the hydraulic pump is not filled with oil, it 7

will be damaged when the engine is started. Bleed air Engine
from the pump.

ZX470LC-5B
— Bleeding Air from Main Pump
1. Loosen plug (6) on the top of the pump to bleed air
remaining in the pump. Add hydraulic oil in the pump.
2. After hydraulic oil is filled in the pump, provisionally
tighten plug (6). Start to run the engine at slow idle MJAA-07-035
speed.
3. Slightly loosen plug (6). Allow air to bleed from
the pump through the clearance until hydraulic oil
permeates around the plug.
4. Securely tighten plug (6).

— Bleeding Air from Fan Pump

1. Loosen plug (7) on the top of the pump to bleed air
remaining in the pump. Add hydraulic oil in the pump.
2. After hydraulic oil is filled in the pump, provisionally
tighten plug (7). Start to run the engine at slow idle
speed.
3. Slightly loosen plug (7). Allow air to bleed from
the pump through the clearance until hydraulic oil
permeates around the plug.
4. Securely tighten plug (7).

— Bleeding Air from Hydraulic Circuit

1. After filling hydraulic oil, start the engine. While moving
all cylinders and the swing motor evenly, lightly operate
the machine for 10 to 15 minutes.
As the air bleeding device is provided in the pilot circuit,
air will be released by conducting above operation for 5
minutes.
2. Rest the bucket on the ground to resume the hydraulic
oil level check position.
3. Stop the engine. Check the oil level. Add oil as needed.

7-45
 MAINTENANCE
ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B
6
— Bleeding Air from Main Pump
1. Loosen plug (6) on the top of the pump to bleed air
remaining in the pump. Add hydraulic oil in the pump.
2. After hydraulic oil is filled in the pump, provisionally
tighten plug (6). Start to run the engine at slow idle
speed.
3. Slightly loosen plug (6). Allow air to bleed from
the pump through the clearance until hydraulic oil
permeates around the plug.
4. Securely tighten plug (6).

— Bleeding Air from Fan Pump MJAA-07-100

Main Pump
1. Loosen plug (7) on the top of the pump to bleed air
remaining in the pump. Add hydraulic oil in the pump.
2. After hydraulic oil is filled in the pump, provisionally
tighten plug (7). Start to run the engine at slow idle
speed.
7
3. Slightly loosen plug (7). Allow air to bleed from Engine
the pump through the clearance until hydraulic oil
permeates around the plug.
4. Securely tighten plug (7).

— Bleeding Air from Hydraulic Circuit

1. After filling hydraulic oil, start the engine. While moving Fan Pump M1JB-07-046
all cylinders and the swing motor evenly, lightly operate
the machine for 10 to 15 minutes.
As the air bleeding device is provided in the pilot circuit,
air will be released by conducting above operation for 5
minutes.
2. Rest the bucket on the ground to resume the hydraulic
oil level check position.
3. Stop the engine. Check the oil level. Add oil as needed.

7-46
 MAINTENANCE
Suction Filter Cleaning
---each time when hydraulic oil is changed 1

The suction filter is located on the bottom of the hydraulic oil

tank.
Clean the suction filter when changing hydraulic oil. 4 2

1. After removing hydraulic oil from the hydraulic oil tank,

remove cover (1) and rod assembly (2).
3
2. Clean the inside of the hydraulic oil tank and the suction
filter.
3. Before installing the suction filter, check the dimension
of rod assembly (2) shown in figure right. Securely insert
rod assembly (2) into pipe (3).
4. Before securing cover (1) with bolts, ensure the top edge
of the rod assembly (2) is completely inserted into the
hole of support (4). M1J1-07-060
5. Bleed air from the hydraulic system.
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System".) ZX470LC-5B: 945 mm
ZX670LC-5B: 1220 mm
ZX870LC-5B: 1220 mm

20 mm

Rod Assembly M107-07-070

7-47
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Full-Flow Filter
--- every 1000 hours

dduring
WARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work. M104-07-021

Procedures: 8
1. Park the machine on solid and level ground with the
bucket cylinder fully extended and the arm cylinder fully
retracted. Lower the bucket on the ground as shown to
the right. Stop the engine.
2. Push air bleed valve (8) to bleed air from the hydraulic oil
tank.
M1J1-07-006
3. Loosen bolts (1) (6 used) to remove cover (2) and O-ring
(3). 1 2
When removing cover (2), slowly remove the cover while
pressing the cover downward so that spring (4) does not
fly off. 3
4. Remove spring (4), valve (5) and element (6). 4

5. When installing new element (6) into the hydraulic oil 5

tank, replace O-ring (3) with a new one at the same time.
Take extra care never to allow water or dust to enter the 6
filter case.
6. Install cover (2) with bolts (1) (6 used).
Tightening Torque: 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)
7. After replacing the filter element, bleed air from the
hydraulic system and check the oil level in the hydraulic
oil tank.
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System".)
If the machine is operated with air mixed in the hydraulic
circuit, damage to the pump may result.
M111-07-040
8. Replace element (6) at the regular interval to keep
hydraulic oil clean and to extend the service life of the
hydraulic components.

7-48
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Pump Drain Filter
--- every 1000 hours

dduring
WARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work. M104-07-021

1
1. Park the machine on solid and level ground with the
bucket cylinder fully extended and the arm cylinder fully
retracted. Lower the bucket on the ground as shown to
the right. Stop the engine.
2. Push air bleed valve (1) to bleed air from the hydraulic oil
tank.
3. Rotate the hexagonal section on the bottom of the drain M1J1-07-006
filter cartridge type element (2) counterclockwise with a
spanner to remove the filter from the filter head.
4. Apply clean hydraulic oil on the sealing section of new
element (2). Lightly rotate the element clockwise by
hand until the element comes in contact with the filter
head.
5. Tighten the cartridge filter element further approx. 1/2
turns using the filter wrench. Be careful not to overly
tighten the cartridge element. Deformation of the
cartridge may result.
6. Start the engine. Check that no hydraulic oil leaks are
present.
7. Replace the element at the regular interval to keep ZX470LC-5B 2 M1J1-07-010
hydraulic oil clean and to extend the service life of the
hydraulic components.

2 2

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-024
ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-044

7-49
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Pilot Oil Filter
--- every 1000 hours

dduring
WARNING: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool M104-07-021
before starting any maintenance work.
1

1. Park the machine on solid and level ground with the

bucket cylinder fully extended and the arm cylinder fully
retracted. Lower the bucket on the ground as shown to
the right. Stop the engine.
2. Push air bleed valve (1) to bleed air from the hydraulic oil
tank. M1J1-07-006

7-50
 MAINTENANCE
3. Rotate the hexagonal section on the bottom of pilot
filter cartridge element (3) counterclockwise by using
a spanner to remove cartridge element (3) from head
cover (2).
4. Apply clean hydraulic oil on the gasket of new cartridge
element (3). Taking care not to damage element (3) 2
and while rotating the element, completely install the
element on head cover (2).
5. Install cartridge element (3) into head cover (2) while
rotating cartridge element (3) clockwise.
6. After replacing the filter element, bleed air from the
hydraulic system and check the oil level in the hydraulic
oil tank.
3
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System".)
If air is not properly released and the machine is
operated, it may cause abnormal movement of the
machine. M1U1-07-050

7. Replace the element at the recommended regular

intervals to keep the hydraulic oil clean and to extend
the service life of the hydraulic equipment.

ZX470LC-5B M1J1-07-009

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-024
ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-044

7-51
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Air Breather Element
--- every 4000 hours

dduring
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil becomes hot and pressurized
operation. Severe burns may result if
skin comes in contact with escaping hydraulic oil
immediately after operation. Wait for the oil to cool
before starting any maintenance work. M104-07-021

Procedures:
1. Park the machine on solid and level ground with the
bucket cylinder fully extended and the arm cylinder fully
retracted. Lower the bucket on the ground as shown to
the right. Stop the engine.
2. Before replacing element (3), be sure to bleed air
pressure from the hydraulic oil tank by pressing the air
bleed valve on the hydraulic oil tank.
3. Rotate cover (2) clockwise approx. 1/4 turns. Remove cap
(1) by rotating it counterclockwise.
4. Rotate cover (2) counterclockwise and remove it.
Remove element (3). MJAA-07-036

5. Install new element (3). Tighten to install cover (2) until

cover (2) comes in contact with element (3). Then,
further tighten the cover 1/4 turn.
6. Securely tighten cap (1) clockwise by hand. While 1
holding cap (1) by hand so that cap (1) does not rotate,
securely tighten cover (2) by rotating counterclockwise 5
to 10 by hand.
7. Take care never to allow water and/or contaminant to
stay between cover (2) and body (4) (air breathing port). 2

8. Replace element (3) at the regular interval to keep

hydraulic oil clean and to extend the service life of the 3
hydraulic components.

M1G6-07-001

7-52
 MAINTENANCE
Check Hoses and Lines
---daily
--- every 250 hours

d WARNING:
— Hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can lead to fire that
may result in serious injury. Check for missing or
loose clamps, kinked hoses, lines or hoses that rub
against each other, damaged oil cooler, and loose oil
cooler flange bolts, for leaks.
— Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin SA-031
causing serious injury. To avoid this hazard, search
for oil leaks with a piece of cardboard. Take care to
protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with this
type of injury immediately.
— Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose or
damaged clamps, hoses and lines.
— Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines.
— Never install bent or damaged hoses or lines.

According to the check points shown below, check hoses and

SA-292
lines for oil leaks and damage.
If any abnormality is found, replace or retighten as instructed
in the table.

SA-044

Hose
Interval 3 2
Check Points Abnormalities Remedies
(hours)
Daily Check Hose covers Leak (1) Replace
1
Hose ends Leak (2) Replace
2
Fittings Leak (3) Retighten or replace hose
or O-ring 3

M137-07-008

3 2

1
2
3

M115-07-145

7-53
 MAINTENANCE

Interval
Check Points Abnormalities Remedies 4
(hours)
Every 250 Hose covers Damage or leak (4) Replace 5
hours Hose ends Damage or leak (5) Replace
Hose covers Exposed reinforcement (6) Replace
Hose covers Crack or blister (7) Replace
M115-07-146
Hose Bend (8), Collapse (9) Replace
Hose ends and Deformation or corrosion (10) Replace 7
Fittings 6

M115-07-147

M115-07-148

10
Lines M115-07-149
Interval
Check Points Abnormalities Remedies 12
(hours) 13
Daily Check Contact surfaces of flange joints Leak (11) Replace 11
Bolts Loose or leak (11) Retighten or
replace O-ring M137-07-001
Welded surfaces on flange joints Leak (12) Replace
Every 250 Flange joint neck Crack (13) Replace 12
hours 13
Welded surfaces on flange joints Crack (12) Replace
Clamps Missing or deformation Replace or
Loose bolts retighten
M137-07-007

7-54
 MAINTENANCE
Oil Cooler
Interval
Check Points Abnormalities Remedies
(hours)
Every 250 Coupling Leak (14) Retighten or replace
hours Oil Cooler Leak (15) Replace
15

14

ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-061

15

14

14

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-106

14 14

15

14

14
ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-062

7-55
 MAINTENANCE
Service Recommendations for Hydraulic Fittings
Two hydraulic fitting designs are used on this machine.

— Flat Face O-ring Seal Fitting (ORS Fitting)

O-ring (1) is used on the sealing surfaces of adapter (2) to 2 1 4 5
prevent oil leakage.

Precautions for Use

1. Replace O-ring (1) with a new one when assembling
fittings.
2. Check that O-ring (1) is properly fitted in O-ring groove 3 6
M104-07-033
(3). Tighten union (4).
Tightening union (4) with O-ring (1) out of the groove
may damage O-ring (1) and cause oil leak.
3. When assembling fittings, take care not to make a dent
on O-ring groove (3) of adaptor (2) and sealing surface
(6) on hose (5) or valve side. Failure to do so may result in
damage to O-ring (1) leading to oil leak.
4. If oil leaks from a loose connection of union (4), do not
tighten fitting (2). Open the connection, replace O-ring
(1) with new one and check for correct O-ring position
before tightening the connection.

Tightening torque
Tighten fittings to the torque values shown below.
10 %
Wrench size (mm) 27 32 36 41, 46 50
Tightening Nm 95 140 180 210 260
torque (kgf m) (9.5) (14) (18) (21) (26)

7-56
 MAINTENANCE
— Metal Face Seal Fittings
7 9 8 10 5
Tight contact between metal flares on adaptor (7) and metal
connector (8) of hose (5) prevents pressure oil leakage. This
type of fittings is used on smaller diameter joint.

Precautions for Use

Connect or disconnect fittings with care not to damage seat
surfaces (9 and 10).
M202-07-051

Tightening torque
Tighten fittings to the torque values shown below.
Wrench size (mm) 17 19 22 27
Tightening Nm 25 30 40 80
torque (kgf m) (2.5) (3) (4) (8)

7-57
 MAINTENANCE

E. Fuel System

d CAUTION: Beware of fire.

Fuel is flammable. Keep fuel away from fire hazards.

Recommended Fuel
Use only super high quality or high quality DIESEL FUEL (JIS
K-2204) (ASTM D-975). Kerosene must NOT be used.
Besides, using bad quality fuel, drainage agent, fuel
additives, gasoline, kerosene or alcohol refueled or mixed
with specified fuel may deteriorate performance of fuel
filters and cause sliding problem at lubricated contacts
in the injector. It also affects the engine parts, leading to
malfunction. Using fuel other than ultra low-sulfur or low-
sulfur diesel fuel has adverse effects on the engine and the
muffler filter, which may result in malfunction.

7-58
 MAINTENANCE
Refueling
1. Park the machine on a level surface. Lower the bucket to
the ground. Check the fuel level with fuel gauge (1). 1

If the fuel level is low, stop the engine. Refuel by

removing cap (2) on the fuel tank.
2. To avoid condensation, fill the tank at the end of each
day's operation. Tank capacity is as follows.

Model Tank Capacity

ZX470LC-5B 725 L
ZX670LC-5B 900 L
ZX870LC-5B 1110 L MDAA-01-001
Do not fill the tank more than specified. Stop filling when
fuel becomes visible in fuel level gauge (3).
2
3. Immediately after fueling, install and lock filler cap (2) to
prevent vandalism and loss.
IMPORTANT:
— Take care not to allow dirt and/or water to enter the 3
fuel tank.
— Wipe off any spilled fuel.
— Never fail to remove filler cap (2) when refueling with
the automatic fueling device and be sure to stop
fueling when the yellow mark on the float of level
ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-102
gauge (3) becomes visible.
2

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-063

MJAA-07-045
ZX870LC-5B

7-59
 MAINTENANCE
Drain Fuel Tank Sump
--- daily
Before starting operation, open drain valve (4) to drain water
and/or sediment from the fuel tank.

4 MJAA-07-101
ZX470LC-5B

MJAA-07-064

ZX670LC-5B

4 MJAA-07-046
ZX870LC-5B

7-60
 MAINTENANCE
Drain Fuel Filter
--- daily

IMPORTANT: Drain fuel filter daily before starting

operation. The engine may be damaged if you do not
drain fuel filter daily.

Fuel main filter and pre-filter separates that may mixed

with the fuel. Fuel filter contains a float which rises as water Main Filter
accumulates.
Be sure to drain daily the water accumulated in the filter until Pre-Filter
float (4) goes to the bottom of case. ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-005

Draining Procedures (Main Filter)

1. Place 0.5 liters or larger capacity container under drain
hose (3) to drain water.
2. Rotate drain plug (2) on the bottom of the filter about
4-turns counterclockwise. Drain the water accumulated
in the filter until float (4) goes to the bottom of case. If it
is difficult to drain, loosen plug (1) on the top of the main
filter.
3. After draining water, securely tighten drain plug (2) and
plug (1).
Main Filter MJAA-07-064
4. Start the engine. Check drain plug (2) and plug (1) for
fuel leaks. Pre-Filter
ZX670LC-5B
Wrench size: 10 mm

Main Filter

Pre-Filter
ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-012

Main Filter

4
2
3 1
M81U-07-030 M1GR-07-010

7-61
 MAINTENANCE
Draining Procedures (Pre Filter)
1. Place 0.5 liters or larger capacity container under drain
hose (6) to drain water.
2. Rotate drain plug (5) on the bottom of the filter
counterclockwise. Drain the water accumulated in the
filter until float (8) goes to the bottom of case. If it is
difficult to drain, loosen plug (7) on the top of the fuel
pre-filter.
3. After draining water, securely tighten drain plug (5) and Main Filter
plug (7).
Pre-Filter
4. Start the engine. Check drain plug (5) and plug (7) for ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-005
fuel leaks.
IMPORTANT: After draining water mixed in fuel, bleed air
from the fuel supply system.

Wrench size: 14 mm

Main Filter MJAA-07-064

Pre-Filter
ZX670LC-5B

Main Filter

Pre-Filter
ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-012

Pre-Filter

8 7
5

M81U-07-031 M1U1-07-004

7-62
 MAINTENANCE
Bleed Air from the Fuel System
Air in the fuel system may make the engine hard to start or
make it run irregularly.
After draining water and sediment from the fuel filter,
replacing the fuel filter, cleaning the fuel solenoid pump
strainer or running the fuel tank dry, be sure to bleed the air
from the fuel system.

7-63
 MAINTENANCE
Main Points to Bleed Air
This machine is equipped with a fuel solenoid pump.
d WARNING: Fuel leaks may lead to fires.
1. Fully refill the fuel tank (fuel gauge FULL).
2. Check that fuel cock (3) at the vicinity of the fuel pre-
filter is opened.
3. Turn the key switch ON and hold it in that position for
approx. 3 minutes. Thereby, the electrical fuel pump
operates, starting to bleed air.
3
4. While holding the key switch in the ON position, loosen ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-103
air bleed plug (1) of the fuel main filter and reciprocate
fuel main filter priming pump (6). After air is bled from
the main filter, close air bleed plug (1). Return priming
pump (6) to the original position.
Wipe off any spilled fuel.
3
d CAUTION: Bleed air from the main filter one by one.
Wrench size: 10 mm
IMPORTANT: Over tightening air bleed plug (1) causes
damage.

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-065

3 ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-047
6

Main Filter

M81U-07-030

M1GR-07-010

7-64
 MAINTENANCE
5. After the main filter is filled with fuel, hold the key switch
in the ON position for 30 seconds.
6. Start the engine. Check the fuel supply system for fuel
leaks. If the engine does not start, repeat the above
procedures from step 1.
IMPORTANT: Even if air is not thoroughly bled, do not
hold the key switch in the ON position for more than
5 minutes. In case air is not thoroughly bled, first
return the key switch to the OFF position. Then, after
waiting for more than 30 seconds, turn the key switch
ON again. Failure to do so may cause damage to the
electrical pump and/or discharging the batteries.

7-65
 MAINTENANCE
Air Bleeding by Priming Pump
In case air is not bled due to malfunction of the fuel
solenoid pump, operating the priming pump only can bleed
air.
1. Fully refill the fuel tank (fuel gauge FULL).
2. Check that fuel cock (3) at the vicinity of fuel pre-filter is
opened.
3. Loosen air bleed plug (1) on the fuel main filter.
4. Supply fuel by reciprocating priming pump (6).
3
After no air bubbles are spouted through air bleed plug ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-103
(1), tighten air bleed plug (1).
5. After tightening air bleed plug (1), reciprocate priming
pump (6) approx. 150 strokes.
6. Wipe off any spilled fuel.
3
7. Start the engine. Check that no fuel leaks are present. If
the engine does not start, repeat the above procedures
from step 1.
Wrench size: 10 mm

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-065

3 ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-047

M81U-07-030

Main Filter

M1GR-07-010

7-66
 MAINTENANCE
If air mixed after common rail
In case air mixed in the fuel system due to lack of fuel and
the engine is difficult to start, release air by following the
procedure given below.
1. Bleed air until the engine supply pump entrance enough
according to the above-mentioned procedures.
2. Operate starter motor for long cranking within 20
seconds. If engine falls to start, return key switch to OFF.
Wait more than about 60 seconds, then try again.

7-67
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Fuel Main Filter Element
--- every 500 hours or when fuel filter clogging lamp
is lit

IMPORTANT: Be sure to use only genuine Hitachi

elements for the main fuel filter element and the pre-
filter element. Failure to do so may deteriorate the
engine performance and/or shorten the engine service
life. Please be noted that all engine failures caused
Main Filter
by using other manufacturers' elements are excluded
from Hitachi Warranty Policy.
Pre-Filter
ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-005

Main Filter MJAA-07-064

Pre-Filter
ZX670LC-5B

Main Filter

Pre-Filter
ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-012

7-68
 MAINTENANCE
Procedures:
1. Close cock (3) under the fuel pre-filter.
2. Place 1 liter or larger capacity container under drain hose
(6) to collect the drained fuel.
3. Loosen air bleed plug (1) and drain plug (2). Drain fuel
until fuel does not flow out of the filter.
After draining fuel, remove drain plug (2) and replace
O-ring.
4. Remove transparent filter case (7) using the exclusive 3
tool. ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-103
5. When transparent filter case (7) is removed, the element
and O-ring for transparent filter case (7) is exposed.
Remove the element by hand.
6. Install a new element. Replace O-ring and tighten
transparent filter case (7) to 30 +/- 2 N·m using the 3
exclusive tool.
7. Tighten air bleed plug (1) and drain plug (2).
8. Close cock (3) under the fuel pre-filter.
9. Bleed Air from the Fuel System
After replacing the fuel filter element, bleed air from the ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-065
fuel supply system.
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Fuel System".)
Wrench size: 10 mm

3 ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-047

Main Filter
2
1 6

M1GR-07-010 M81U-07-030

7-69
 MAINTENANCE
Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element
---every 500 hours or when fuel filter clogging lamp
is lit

IMPORTANT: Be sure to use only genuine Hitachi

elements for the main fuel filter element and the pre-
filter element. Failure to do so may deteriorate the
engine performance and/or shorten the engine service
life. Please be noted that all engine failures caused
Main Filter
by using other manufacturers' elements are excluded
from Hitachi Warranty Policy.
Pre-Filter
ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-005

Main Filter MJAA-07-064

Pre-Filter
ZX670LC-5B

Main Filter

Pre-Filter
ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-012

7-70
 MAINTENANCE
Procedures:
1. Close cock (3) under the fuel pre-filter.
2. Place 1 liter or larger capacity container under drain hose
(9) to collect the drained fuel.
3. Loosen air bleed plug (4) and drain plug (5). Drain fuel
until fuel does not flow out of the filter.
After draining fuel, remove drain plug (5) and replace
O-ring.
4. Remove transparent filter case (8) using the exclusive 3
tool. ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-103
5. When transparent filter case (8) is removed, the element
and O-ring for transparent filter case (8) is exposed.
Remove the element by hand.
6. Install a new element. Replace O-ring and tighten
transparent filter case (8) to 30 +/- 2 N·m using the 3
exclusive tool.
7. Tighten air bleed plug (4) and drain plug (5).
8. Close cock (3) under the fuel pre-filter.
9. Bleed Air from the Fuel System
After replacing the fuel filter element, bleed air from the ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-065
fuel supply system.
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Fuel System".)
Wrench size: 14 mm

3 ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-047

Pre-Filter

4
8

5
9
M1U1-07-004

M81U-07-031

7-71
 MAINTENANCE
Clean Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer
--- every 500 hours

Cleaning
When the strainer is disassembled, be sure to replace
the gasket. Install the cover and the magnet only after
sufficiently cleaning them. After being assembled, closely
check the air-tightness of the strainer.

3
Disassembling/ Assembling
ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-103
Close the cock (3) under the fuel pre-filter.
To remove cover (1), loosen with a spanner. After cover (1)
is removed, gasket (2), strainer (3), and gasket (4) are easily
removed in order. Wash removed strainer (3) with light oil.
Install the strainer in the reverse order of disassembling. At
that time, install gasket (2) into cover (1) first. Then, securely 3
tighten cover (1) to pump (5) using a spanner.
f NOTE: Wrench size: 17 mm

IMPORTANT:
— Only do the cleaning and replacement of the strainer
as well as the replacement of gaskets (2) and (4) ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-065
while servicing the machine. Never attempt to
disassemble other parts.
— Gasket (4) can get caught with the shaft of pump (5),
making it difficult to remove the gasket, but do not
disassemble the shaft of pump (5). If the gasket is
difficult to remove, do not disassemble other parts
but extend gasket (4) to remove it. Use new gasket
(4) for assembling.

3 ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-047
36 mm 2.7 mm 1 mm

28 mm
3 2 4 Magnet 1 2 3 4 5
φ41

φ24

φ51

φ18
φ40

M1U1-07-006

M1GR-07-004

7-72
 MAINTENANCE
Check Water Separator (Optional)
Drain water --- daily
1
Change Element --- every 2000 hours

Water separator (2) is a device designed to separate water from

the fuel. There is a float inside the case which buoys when
water accumulates. 2
When the float rises to the water draining level, drain water.

Drain Procedures
3
1. Close the cock located at vicinity of the fuel pre-filter to 4
stop feeding fuel.
MDAA-07-009
2. Place 0.5 liters or larger capacity container under drain
hose (4) to drain water.
3. Loosen plug (1) at upper part of water separator (2).
Loosen drain plug (3) at lower part of the case to drain
water.
4. After draining water, securely tighten drain plug (1) and
plug (3).
5. Return the fuel cock to its original position (open).

IMPORTANT: After draining water mixed in fuel, bleed air

from the fuel supply system.

7-73
 MAINTENANCE
Element replacement procedure
1
1. Close cock (1) under the fuel pre-filter.
2. Place 1 liter or larger capacity container under drain hose
(5) to collect the drained fuel.
MDAA-07-007
3. Loosen air bleed plug (2) and drain plug (4). Drain fuel
until fuel does not flow out of the filter.
After draining fuel, remove drain plug (4) and replace 2
O-ring.
4. Remove transparent filter case (3) using the exclusive
tool.
5. When transparent filter case (3) is removed, the element 3
and O-ring for transparent filter case (3) is exposed.
Remove the element by hand.
6. Install a new element. Replace O-ring and tighten 4
transparent filter case (3) to 30 +/- 2 N·m using the
5
exclusive tool.
MDAA-07-009
7. Tighten air bleed plug (2) and drain plug (4).
8. Close cock (1) under the fuel pre-filter.
9. Bleed Air from the Fuel System
After replacing the water separator element, bleed air
from the fuel supply system.
( Refer to "Bleed Air from the Fuel System".)
Wrench size: 10 mm

7-74
 MAINTENANCE
Check Fuel Hoses
---daily
--- every 250 hours

dinCAUTION: Fuel leaks can lead to fires that may result

serious injury.
— Escaping combustible fluid can cause fires. Check for
kinked hoses, hoses that rub against each other, and
any fuel leaks.
— Repair or replace any loose or damaged hoses.
— Never reinstall bent or damaged hoses.

According to the check points shown below, check hoses for

oil leaks and damage.
If any abnormality is found, replace or retighten as instructed
in the table.

Hose
Interval
Check Points Abnormalities Remedies 1
(hours)
2
Daily Check Hose ends Leak (1) Retighten or replace
Hose covers Wear, crack (2) Replace
Every 250 Hose covers Crack (3) Replace 1
hours Hose ends Crack (4) Replace
Hose Bend (5), Collapse (6) Replace M137-07-003
Hose fittings Corrosion (7) Replace
3

M137-07-004

M137-07-005

7
M137-07-006

7-75
 MAINTENANCE

F. Air Cleaner
Clean and Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element
Clean --- every 250 hours or when the restriction 3
indicator comes ON
Replace --- after cleaning 6 times or after one year
2
ZX470LC-5B
Clean and Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element
Stop the engine before servicing the elements (outer (1),
inner (4)). MJAA-07-066
1. Remove clamp (3) on cover (2). Remove outer element
(1). At this time, do not remove inner element (4).

d(less
WARNING: When using compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm )), wear safety glasses or
2
1
goggles.

IMPORTANT: Do not hit or clash outer element (1) against

other object to clean the element.
Do not remove inner element (4). Also, do not reuse
inner element (4).
2. Allow compressed air pressure [less than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/
cm2)] to blow out of the inside of outer element (1) to
clean the element. After cleaning is complete, be sure to
check outer element (1) for any damage. If any damage MJAA-07-067
is found, replace the element with new one.
3. In case the air cleaner restriction indicator lights soon
after cleaning outer element (1) even if the cleaning
times are less than 6 times, replace both outer and inner
elements with new ones. 4
IMPORTANT: Do not install element (1) and/or the cover
forcibly when installing the clamps. Failure to do so
may result in deformation of clamps (3), element, and/
or cover.

MJAA-07-068

7-76
 MAINTENANCE
ZX670LC-5B
Clean and Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element
Stop the engine before servicing the elements (outer (1), 3
inner (4)).
1. Remove mounting nut (3) from cover (2). Remove outer
element (1). At this time, do not remove inner element
(4).

d(less
WARNING: When using compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm )), wear safety glasses or
2

goggles.
2 MJAA-07-069
IMPORTANT: Do not hit or clash outer element (1) against
other object to clean the element.
Do not remove inner element (4). Also, do not reuse
inner element (4).
2. Allow compressed air pressure [less than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/
cm2)] to blow out of the inside of outer element (1) to
1
clean the element. After cleaning is complete, be sure to
check outer element (1) for any damage. If any damage
is found, replace the element with new one.
3. In case the air cleaner restriction indicator lights soon
after cleaning outer element (1) even if the cleaning
times are less than 6 times, replace both outer and inner
elements with new ones.
MJAA-07-070
f NOTE: Install outer element (3) while fitting it with the grove
of body (5). If the groove has not fit when installing, it will
make difficult when removing outer element (3).

MJAA-07-071

7-77
 MAINTENANCE
ZX870LC-5B
Clean and Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element
Stop the engine before servicing the elements (outer (1),
inner (4)).
1. Remove clamp (3) on cover (2). Remove outer element
(1). At this time, do not remove inner element (4).

d(less
WARNING: When using compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm )), wear safety glasses or
2

goggles.

IMPORTANT: Do not hit or clash outer element (1) against MJAA-07-074

other object to clean the element.
Do not remove inner element (4). Also, do not reuse
inner element (4).
2. Allow compressed air pressure [less than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/
cm2)] to blow out of the inside of outer element (1) to
clean the element. After cleaning is complete, be sure to
check outer element (1) for any damage. If any damage
is found, replace the element with new one.
3. In case the air cleaner restriction indicator lights soon
after cleaning outer element (1) even if the cleaning
times are less than 6 times, replace both outer and inner
elements with new ones.
IMPORTANT: Do not install element (1) and/or the cover
1 MJAA-07-072
forcibly when installing the clamps. Failure to do so
may result in deformation of clamps (3), element, and/
or cover.

4
MJAA-07-073

7-78
 MAINTENANCE

G. Cooling System
Coolant
IMPORTANT: Use fresh water or normal tap water as a
coolant. Do not use strong acid or alkaline water. Use
the coolant with genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant
(LLC) mixed by 30 to 60 %.

Antifreeze Mixing Ratio

Air ZX470LC-5B ZX670LC-5B ZX870LC-5B
Mixing Ratio
Temperature Antifreeze Soft water Antifreeze Soft water Antifreeze Soft water
[%]
[ C] [L] [L] [L] [L] [L] [L]
-1 30 15.6 36.4 21.0 49.0 33.6 78.4
-15 35 18.2 33.8 24.5 45.5 39.2 72.8
-20 40 20.8 31.2 28.0 42.0 44.8 67.2
-25 45 23.4 28.6 31.5 38.5 50.4 61.6
-30 50 26.0 26.0 35.0 35.0 56.0 56.0
-50 60 31.2 20.8 42.0 28.0 67.2 44.8

Precautions for handling antifreeze

d CAUTION: Antifreeze is poisonous.

— Antifreeze is poisonous; if ingested, it can cause
serious injury or death. Induce vomiting and get
emergency medical attention immediately.
— If antifreeze is accidentally splashed into eyes, flush
with water for 10 to 15 minutes and get emergency
medical attention.
— When storing antifreeze, be sure to keep it in a
clearly marked container with a tight lid. Always
keep ANTIFREEZE out of the reach of children.
— Use attention to fire hazards. LLC is specified as a
dangerous substance in the fire protection law.
— When disposing of LLC, be sure to comply with
all local regulations. When storing or disposing
of antifreeze, be sure to comply with all local
regulations.

7-79
 MAINTENANCE
Check Coolant Level 1
--- daily
With the engine cold, the coolant level must be between the
FULL and LOW marks on coolant reservoir (2).
If the coolant level is below the low mark, add coolant to
coolant reservoir (2).
d CAUTION: Do not remove cap (1) until the coolant
temperature in the radiator becomes cool. Hot steam
may spout out, possibly causing severe burns. After
the coolant temperature has cooled, slowly loosen cap
(1) to release the inside air pressure before removing
cap (1).
MJAA-07-048
If coolant reservoir (2) is empty, add coolant to the radiator
and then to coolant reservoir (2).

FULL

LOW

ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-075

FULL

LOW

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-076

FULL

LOW

ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-049

7-80
 MAINTENANCE
Change Coolant
--- twice a year (in spring and autumn)

f NOTE: When genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant is used,

change interval is once every two years (in autumn every
other year) or every 4000 hours whichever comes first.

dsystem
CAUTION: Do not loosen the radiator cap until the
has cooled. Hot steam may spout out, possibly
causing severe burns. Loosen the cap slowly to the
stop. Release all pressure before removing the cap.

Procedure:
SA-039
1. Park the machine by following the instructions on page
7-9 “Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance”.
1
2. Remove the under cover. Remove drain cock cover (1) of
the radiator for ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B.
3. Place a suitable container under drain cock (2) of the
radiator and drain cock (3) of the engine water jacket to
receive drain coolant.
4. Remove the radiator cap. Open drain cocks (2) and
(3) to allow the coolant to drain completely. Remove
impurities such as scale at the same time.

M1J7-07-018

M1J7-07-022

M1J1-07-044

7-81
 MAINTENANCE
5. Close drain cocks (2) and (3). Open air bleed cock (4) on
EGR cooler and fill the cooler with tap water and the 4
radiator cleaner.
Coolant Capacity
ZX470LC-5B 52 L
ZX670LC-5B 70 L
ZX870LC-5B 112 L

dcooler
CAUTION: When water is filled without opening EGR
air bleed cock (4), air will not be released and
water will not be filled to sufficient level, resulting in
low coolant level .
ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-077
6. Close EGR cooler air bleed cock (4) after filling water.
7. Start the engine and run at a speed slightly higher than
slow idle; when the needle of the temperature gauge 4
reaches the green zone (5), run the engine for about ten
more minutes.
8. Stop the engine and open radiator drain cock (2). Flush
out the cooling system with tap water, until draining
water is clear. This helps remove rust and sediment.
9. Close radiator drain cocks (2) and (3). Open EGR cooler
air bleed cock (4), and fill the radiator with soft water
containing fewer impurities or tap water up to the
radiator filler port. At this time, mix the antifreeze or anti-
rust agent. When adding coolant, do so slowly to avoid ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B MJAA-07-078
mixing air bubbles in the system.
10. Close EGR cooler air bleed cock (4) after filling water.
11. Run the engine at slow idle for several minutes. Check if
no coolant leaks at drain cocks (2), (3) and air bleed cock
(4). Run the engine with gradually increase its speed for
about ten more minutes, increase coolant temperature
until the needle of the temperature gauge reaches the 5
green zone (5) to sufficiently bleed the air from the
cooling system.
IMPORTANT: After adding coolant, remaining air
circulates inside the engine. Avoid sudden acceleration
or sudden no load operation right after starting the
engine.
MDAA-01-001

12. After adding coolant, operate the engine for several

minutes. Check the coolant level of the reserve tank
again. Add coolant if necessary.

7-82
 MAINTENANCE
Clean Radiator/Oil Cooler/Inter Cooler Core Radiator Inter Cooler

Outside --- every 500 hours

Inside --- once a year

d(Less
WARNING: Use reduced compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm ) for cleaning purposes.
2
Oil
Wear personal protection equipment including eye Cooler
protection.

IMPORTANT: If air with pressure of higher than 0.2 MPa

(2 kgf/cm2) or tap water with high delivery pressure is
used for cleaning, damage to the radiator/oil cooler/
inter cooler fins may result.
Air Conditioner
Fuel Cooler Condenser
The radiator, the oil cooler and the inter cooler are arranged in ZX470LC-5B
MJAA-07-052
tandem.
If dirt or dust is accumulated on them, cooling system
performance decreases. Clean the radiator/oil cooler/inter Radiator Fuel Cooler Oil Cooler
cooler cores with compressed air pressure (lower than 0.2 MPa
(2 kgf/cm2)) or tap water. It will prevent a reduction in cooling
system performance.

Clean Oil Cooler, Radiator and Inter Cooler Front

Screen
--- every 500 hours

IMPORTANT: Check the screen daily and replace it if

necessary when the machine is operated in dusty Inter Cooler Air Conditioner
areas. Condenser
ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-079

Clean Air Conditioner Condenser Inter Cooler Oil Cooler Fuel Cooler
--- every 500 hours

IMPORTANT: Check the screen daily and replace it if

necessary when the machine is operated in dusty
areas.

Clean Fuel Oil Cooler

--- every 500 hours
Radiator Air Conditioner
IMPORTANT: Check the screen daily and replace it if ZX870LC-5B Condenser
MJAA-07-080
necessary when the machine is operated in dusty
areas.

7-83
 MAINTENANCE

H. Air Conditioner
1
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter

Clean Circulating/Fresh Air Filters

Circulating Air Filter --- every 250 hours
Fresh Air Filter --- every 250 hours 2

Replace Circulating/Fresh Air Filters

Circulating Air Filter --- when the filter is severely
clogged
Fresh Air Filter --- every 1000 hours
MDAA-07-040

Removing Fresh Air Filter

1. Insert the key into keyhole (2) on left cab side cover (1).
Then, rotate the key counterclockwise to unlock the key.
Open cover (1).
4
2. While pressing knobs (4) on both sides of fresh air filter
(3) inward, horizontally remove the fresh air filter.

3 M1U1-07-011

5
Removing Recirculation Filter
1. Recirculation filter (5) is located under the rear tray.
2. Holding grips (6), pull them toward you to remove.
6

MDAA-07-039

7-84
 MAINTENANCE

d(less
WARNING: When using compressed air pressure
than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm )), wear safety glasses or
2

goggles.

Cleaning
Clean the circulating and fresh air filters.
Clean both the external and internal filters by blowing
compressed air or washing with water.

Washing procedure with water is as follows:

1. Use tap water.
2. Submerge the filter in water containing a neutral
detergent for about 5 minutes.
3. Clean the filter with water again.
4. Dry the filters.

Installation
Rear Side of Cab
When installing the cleaned circulating/fresh air filter or
new filters, follow the reverse order of the Removing Filter
procedures described on the previous page.

– Fresh Air Filter

Use attention when installing the filter so that the notch
faces the back of the cab and the stamped arrows face
the air conditioner unit.
Operator's Seat
After installing the filter, install the upper cover while Side
aligning it with the duct. M1U1-07-013

– Circulating Air Filter Support

While contacting the attached filter plate onto the duct,
install the filter so that the clips align with the duct
mounting holes.

MDAA-07-039

7-85
 MAINTENANCE
Check Air Conditioner
--- every 250 hours

Check pipe connections for refrigerant gas leakage

If oil seepage is found around pipe connections, it indicates
possible gas leakage.

Check Refrigerant
Start the engine and run at 1500 min-1(rpm).
Turn the air conditioner switch ON. Set the blower switch
to HI and set the temperature control switch to the coolest
position (18 °C on the monitor screen). Operate the air
conditioner 2 to 3 minutes. Check if cool air comes out from
the vent in the cab.

Kind of refrigerant and amount when shipping the

machine

Model Type Amount

ZX470LC-5B
ZX670LC-5B HFC134a 1.05±0.05 kg
ZX870LC-5B

Check the condenser

If the condenser fins become clogged with dirt or insects,
the cooling effect will be decreased.
Be sure to keep it clean at all times. (Refer to "Clean Air
Condenser" in Maintenance Section.)

Check compressor
After operating the air conditioner for 5 to 10 minutes,
touch the high-pressure side and low-pressure side pipes
with your hand.
If normal, the high-pressure side pipe will be hot, and the
low-pressure side cold.

7-86
 MAINTENANCE
Adjust Compressor Belt Tension Air Compressor
--- every 250 hours Pulley Deflection
6 to 10 mm
Check fan belt tension by depressing the midpoint between
Crank Pulley
the crank pulley and the idle pulley with the thumb. Deflection
must be as follows with a depressing force of approximately 98 Push
(about 98N, 10kgf)
N (10 kgf ). Idle Pulley
Deflection: approx. 6 to 10 mm MJAA-07-053
If tension is not within specifications, loosen the bolts for the ZX470LC-5B
idle pulley mounting bracket to adjust belt tension. Visually
check the belt for wear. Replace if necessary. Idle Pulley
Push
(about 98N, 10kgf) Deflection
6 to 10 mm

Crank Pulley

Air Compressor Pulley

ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B M1J1-07-064

Check Looseness at Each of Fastened Areas

--- every 250 hours
Check tightness of compressor or other mounting bolts, hose
connections and fittings.
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then check every
monthly inspection.
Torque Specifications for Hose Connections
Tightening Torque
Wrench size mm
N·m (kgf·m)
19 14.5 to 19.5 (1.5 to 2.0)
24 24.5 to 29.5 (2.5 to 3.0)
M1J1-07-032
27 29.5 to 34 (3.0 to 3.5)

7-87
 MAINTENANCE
Check at Preseason and Off-Season
--- Twice a year

Preseason maintenance
IMPORTANT: Before beginning of the season, consult
your authorized dealer for maintenance of the air
conditioner in order to operate it in good condition
during the season.

This maintenance includes replenishment of refrigerant,

inspection and replacing (if necessary) of circulating and
fresh air filters, line connections, pressure switches and
inspection and cleaning of evaporator.

Off-season maintenance

dinWARNING: Do not attempt to loosen connections

air conditioning circuit when the air conditioner
malfunctions. Doing so may cause high pressure gas to
spout, resulting in serious injury. Keep hands back.

IMPORTANT: Do not remove the air compressor driving

belt during off-season. Consult your authorized dealer
for repairing the air conditioner.

1. Operate the compressor once a week at low speed for

several minutes in order to maintain its parts in well
lubricated condition.
2. Be sure to run the engine at slow idle and place the
temperature control switch in MEDIUM COOL. This
operation also prevents refrigerant leakage caused by
dried up shaft seal.
3. Check for refrigerant leakage. If the refrigerant level is
low during off-season, rust will be formed inside the
circuit.

7-88
 MAINTENANCE

I. Electrical System
IMPORTANT:
— Improper radio communication equipment and
associated parts, and/or improper installation
of radio communication equipment affect the
machine's electronic parts, causing involuntary
movement of the machine.
— Also, improper installation of electrical equipment's
may cause machine failure and/or a fire on the
machine.
— Be sure to consult your authorized dealer when
installing radio communication equipment or
additional electrical parts, or when replacing
electrical parts.
— Never attempt to disassemble or modify the
electrical/electronic components. If replacement
or modification of such components is required,
contact your authorized dealer.

7-89
 MAINTENANCE

Battery

d WARNING:
— Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames
away from batteries.
— Do not leave cover (1) removed. Do not keep tools,
metals or flammables around the battery or inside
the battery room. If a metal tool is placed across the
battery terminal and a vehicle component such as
the engine block, sparks may be created, possibly
resulting in fire and/or explosion.
SA-032
— Do not continue to use or charge the battery when
electrolyte level is lower than specified. Explosion of
the battery may result.
— Charge the batteries in a well ventilated location.
— Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It
is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing,
and cause blindness if splashed into the eyes.
Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.

IMPORTANT:
— If the battery is used with the electrolyte level lower
than the specified lower level, the battery may
deteriorate quickly.
— Do not refill electrolyte more than the specified
upper level. Electrolyte may spill, damaging the
painted surfaces and/or corroding other machine
SA-036
parts.

1
f NOTE: In case electrolyte is refilled more than the specified
upper level line or beyond the bottom end of the sleeve,
remove the excess electrolyte until the electrolyte level
is down to the bottom end of the sleeve using a pipette.
After neutralizing the removed electrolyte with sodium
bicarbonate, flush it with plenty of water, otherwise, consult
the battery manufacturer. Or, consult the battery maker.

MJAC-07-078
Batteries

7-90
 MAINTENANCE
Precautions for Handling Batteries Batteries Location
– If electrolyte spills on your skin and/or clothes,
immediately flush the skin and/or clothes with water and
then wash further with soap.
If splashed in eyes, flush with water for approximately 15
minutes and seek immediate medical attention.
– Avoid using fire hazards such as matches lighters and
tobacco near the batteries. Do not allow sparks to fly.
– Check or service the battery only after stopping the
engine, turning the key OFF and removing the battery
caps.
– Contact of the battery immediately after operation may
cause personal injury.
Wait for the battery to cool. ZX470LC-5B M1J1-07-014
– When the battery is recharged, inflammable hydrogen
gas is created. Remove the battery from the base
machine. Recharge the battery after removing the caps in
a well ventilated area.
– When disconnecting the battery terminals, first
disconnect the ground line [minus (-)] side terminal.
When connecting the battery terminals, connect the
ground line [minus (-)] side terminal last. If a piece of
metal, such as a tool comes in contact with the battery
plus (+) side terminal and the vehicle frame when both
terminals are connected, the electrical system may short-
circuit, possibly creating a dangerous situation.
– If a new battery is used along with an old battery, the
service life of the new battery may be shortened. Replace ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-081
two batteries at one time. Using old battery together with
new battery may shorten the new battery life time.
– Loose terminal may allow sparks to fly. Securely tighten
the terminals.

ZX870LC-5B MJAA-07-054

7-91
 MAINTENANCE
Electrolyte Level Check --- every one month
Check the electrolyte level at least once a month.

1. Park the machine on level ground and stop the engine.

2. Check the electrolyte level.
2.1 When checking the level from the battery side:
Clean around the level check lines with a wet towel.
Do not use a dry towel. Static electricity may be
developed, causing the battery gas to explode. Check U.L (Upper Level)
if the electrolyte level is between U.L (Upper Level) and L.L (Lower Level)
L.L (Lower Level). M146-07-109
Filler Port
In case the electrolyte level is lower than the middle
level between the U.L and L.L, immediately refill with
distilled water or commercial battery fluid.
After refilling, securely tighten the filler plug. Sleeve
U.L (Upper Level)
Be sure to refill with distilled water before recharging L.L (Lower Level)
(operating the machine). Separator Top
M146-07-110
2.2 When impossible to check the level from the battery
side or no level check mark is indicated on the side:
Proper
After removing the filler plug from the top of the
Since the electrolyte surface touches the bottom end of
battery. Check the electrolyte level by viewing through the sleeve, the electrolyte surface is raised due to surface
the filler port. It is difficult to judge the accurate tension so that the electrode ends are seen curved.
electrolyte level in this case. Therefore, when the M146-07-111
electrolyte level is flush with the U.L, the level is judged
to be proper. Then, referring to the right illustrations,
Lower
check the level. When the electrolyte level is lower than
the bottom end of the sleeve, refill with distilled water When the electrolyte surface is lower than the bottom
or commercial battery fluid up to the bottom end of end of the sleeve, the electrode ends are seen straight.
the sleeve. M146-07-112

After refilling, securely tighten the filler plug.

Be sure to refill with distilled water before recharging
(operating the machine).
2.3 When an indicator is available to check the level, follow
the checking results.

7-92
 MAINTENANCE
3. Always keep around the battery terminals clean to
prevent battery discharge. Check terminals for loose
and/or rust.
Check terminals for loose and/or rust. Coat terminals
with grease or petroleum jelly to prevent corrosion build
up.

M409-07-072

7-93
 MAINTENANCE
Check Electrolyte Specific Gravity--- every one month
The electrolyte specific gravity varies depending on the
electrolyte temperature. The specific gravity should be kept
within the range shown below. Charge the battery if the
specific gravity is below the limit.

Recommended range of specific gravity by electrolyte temperature

40 C

20 C
Working Range

Fluid temp. 0 C

-20 C

-40 C
1.21 1.22 1.23 1.24 1.25 1.26 1.27 1.28 1.29 1.30 1.31 1.32 1.33

Specific gravity of battery fluid

M104-07-054
f NOTE: Measure the electrolyte specific gravity when
the electrolyte temperature is equal to the atmospheric
temperature. Do not check the electrolyte specific gravity
immediately after operation as the correct value can not be
obtained.

7-94
 MAINTENANCE
Replacing Fuses
Fuse Box 1 Fuse Box 2
--- as necessary
If any electrical equipment fails to operate, first check the
fuses. Fuse box is located behind the operator's seat.
f NOTE:
– One each spare fuse for respective fuse capacities is
provided in the fuse box.
– A fuse removing jig is provided in the fuse box.

Fuse Box 1
10- CONTROLLER 5A 20- OPT. 3 (BATT) 5A
9- BACKUP 10 A 19- HORN 10 A MDAA-01-297
8- ECU 30 A 18- IDLE STOP 5A Spare Fuses
7- START 5A 17- POWER ON 5A
6- OPT. 2 (ALT) 20 A 16- GLOW RELAY 5A 10 20
9 19
5- OPT. 1 (ALT) 5A 15- AUX. 10 A
8 18
4- SOLENOID 20 A 14- MONITOR 5A
7 17
3- HEATER 20 A 13- LIGHTER 10 A
6 16
2- WIPER 10 A 12- RADIO 5A 5 15
1- LAMP 20 A 11- FUEL PUMP 5A 4 14
3 13
2 12
Fuse Box 2
1 11
30- AUTO LUB. 10 A 40- SPARE
29- LIGHT1 20 A 39- SPARE
28- PCV 15 A 38- SPARE
M1GR-01-003
27- AUX. 3 5A 37- SPARE
26- QUICK HITCH 5A 36- SPARE
25- IMOBI 5A 35- LUBRICATOR 10 A
30 40
24- 12V UNIT 10 A 34- AUX. 2 10 A 39
29
23- CAB LAMP REAR 10 A 33- WARNING LAMP 10 A 28 38
22- CAB LAMP 10 A 32- CAB LAMP 10 A 27 37
FRONT FRONT+2 26 36
21- SEAT HEATER 10 A 31- SEAT COMPR. 10 A 25 35
24 34
23 33
22 32
21 31

M1GR-01-003

7-95
 MAINTENANCE
— Fusible Link (Main Fuse)
In case the starter won't rotate even if the key switch is 21
turned to the START position, fusible link may be the cause
of the trouble. Remove the cover next to the engine coolant
reservoir to check the fuse. Replace it if blown.
21- + Side (Red)
45 A
22- – Side (Black)
65 A
22

Battery MJAA-07-055

ZX470LC-5B

21
22

Battery
ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B MJAA-07-056

7-96
 MAINTENANCE

J. Miscellaneous
Check and Replace Bucket Teeth
--- daily
1 2
Check bucket teeth (1) for wear and looseness.
Replace teeth (1) if tooth wear exceeds the designated service
limit shown below.
Limit of
Model Kind of Bucket New Parts No.
Use
Standard Bucket 254 mm 120 mm 4471407
ZX470LC-5B A M1J1-07-065
Rock Bucket 280 mm 140 mm 4350781
Standard Bucket 280 mm 140 mm 4350781
ZX670LC-5B
Rock Bucket 306 mm 160 mm 4472424
Standard Bucket 306 mm 160 mm 4472424
ZX870LC-5B
Rock Bucket 315 mm 160 mm 4255718
IMPORTANT: When tooth point (1) is used in excess of the
service limit, a hole will be made on the tooth point,
which makes the nose exposed and worn out, and will
eventually break or let the tooth point fall off.

Procedures:

d WARNING:
— Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal.
— Wear goggles or safety glasses, and safety
equipment appropriate to the job.

Removing the tooth point

1. Preparations for removing tooth point.
1
Hit the left and right top ends and the left and right lugs
of tooth point (1) alternately with hammer to knock off
pebbles, soil, etc., stuck in the gap between tooth point
(1) and adapter (2).
2

M1J1-07-066

7-97
 MAINTENANCE
2. Driving out locking pin
Remove pebbles, dirt, etc., completely from the gap
between lock pin (3) and adapter (2). Place pin-removing
jig on the top end of lock pin (3) and hit it with hammer
2
to remove lock pin (3).
1
When driving out the pin, first hit with a shorter jig until
top end of lock pin (3) comes to the upper end position
of the lug of tooth point (1), and then use the longer jig
to remove lock pin (3). 3
M1J1-07-067

3
M1J1-07-068

3. Removing the tooth point

Turn tooth point (1) to the left, twist and pull it toward
you to remove it. 1

IMPORTANT:
— Check if lock pin (3) has cracks. If it has, replace the
lock pin (3) with new one.
— While the pin and plug can withstand several
replacements of the tooth point, be sure to check
whether they are usable or not when replacing tooth
point (1). M1J1-07-066

Mounting the tooth point

1. Mounting the tooth point
Clean the top end of the adapter nose. Also check that
lock pin (3) has no cracks. 1

If pebbles, dirt, etc., are stuck to the adapter nose, tooth

point (1) will not insert properly and the pin cannot be
driven in. 2
Insert tooth point (1) slowly until the tooth point comes
to the end of the adapter nose while twisting and
turning it to the right.
M1J1-07-066

7-98
 MAINTENANCE
Inserting the lock pin 3
Insert lock pin (3) facing toward adapter (2) nose. With tooth
point (1) fully inserted onto adapter (2), tap lock pin (3) into
tooth point (1) with a hammer until the top of lock pin (3)
comes flat with the nose surface. (i.e. until lock pin (3) fits
1
into the grooves of tooth point (1).) 2

Other Precautions
1. Lock pin (3) is a pin integrated with rubber. Since rubber
is susceptible to corrosion, do not use grease, oil and
other oily materials when inserting lock pin (3).
M1J1-07-070
2. In mounting welding-type nose and adapter (2) onto the
bucket, lock pin (3) should be removed from the nose
when preheating and welding. Otherwise the rubber will
be spoiled.
Tap lock pin (3) into tooth
point (1) with a hammer
until the top of lock pin
(3) comes flat with the 3
nose surface.

Nose Surface

M1J1-07-071

Upper Side

Tooth Adapter Side

Side Tap lock pin (3) into
tooth point (1) with a
hammer until the top of
lock pin (3) comes flat
with the nose surface.

Lower Side M1J1-07-077

7-99
 MAINTENANCE
Change Bucket
---As required

dout,
CAUTION: When driving the connecting pins in or
guard against injury from flying pieces of metal
or debris. Wear goggles or safety glasses, hard hat and
face shield.

Before starting converting work, keep bystanders clear of the

machine. Slowly move the front attachment. When using a
signal person, coordinate hand signals before starting.

Removal
2
Separation Type O-ring Removal Method
1
1. Place the bucket in a stable position.
2. Loosen nut (2). Remove separation type O-ring (1).
3. Remove bucket pins A and B to separate the arm and
bucket.
Separation
Section
2

2
1
Separation Type O-Ring M1J1-07-074

Link

Arm B

Bucket

M503-07-056

7-100
 MAINTENANCE
Installation
Separation Type O-ring Installation Method Link
1. Clean the pins and pin bores. Apply sufficient grease to
the pins and pin bores. B

2. Place the new bucket in stable position as shown in the A

figure.
3. Fit the arm and alternate bucket. Be sure the bucket will
not roll. Install bucket pins A and B.
4. Install the locking pins and snap rings on pins A and B.
M503-07-056
5. Install separation type O-ring (1) in the direction as
illustrated to the right so that the separation section of
O-ring (1) does not directly come in contact with soil to
2
protect separation type O-ring (1) from being damaged
quickly by soil or foreign matter. 1
6. Install O-ring (1) with care not to make a gap in the
separation section of O-ring (1).
7. Cut off the bolt so that the extended part from nut (2)
becomes 10 mm to 20 mm to protect the separation
Separation
type O-ring (1) from damaging when soil comes in Section
contact with the bolt. 2
8. Apply grease to each pin.
Cut off the bolt
9. Start the engine and run at slow idle. Slowly operate the extended from the
bucket in both directions to check for any interference in nut. 1
bucket movement. (Length of the
Extended Part: 2 M1J1-07-074
10 mm to 20 mm)

7-101
 MAINTENANCE
Removal O-Ring Shift 3
Solid Type O-ring Removal Method
1. Place the bucket in a stable position.
2. Slide solid type O-rings (3) out of the way, as shown.
3. Remove bucket pins A and B to separate the arm and
bucket.
Bucket Boss

Link

Arm
B
A

Bucket

M104-07-063
Installation
Solid Type O-ring Installation Method
1. Clean the pins and pin bores. Apply sufficient grease to Link
the pins and pin bores.
B
2. Place the new bucket in stable position as shown in the
figure. A

3. Install solid type O-ring (3) onto the bucket boss A and B.
4. Join the arm with the hole A, and the link with the hole B
with pins.
5. Install the locking pins and snap rings on each pin.
M503-07-056
6. Install O-ring (3) (seal ring) to the specified positions.
7. Apply grease to each pin.
O-Ring Shift 3
8. Start the engine and run at slow idle. Slowly operate the
bucket in both directions to check for any interference in
bucket movement.

Bucket Boss

M116-07-090

7-102
 MAINTENANCE

Adjust Bucket Linkage

With a bucket attached to the arm, push the bucket on one

side and adjust the shims so that the clearance between the
bucket and the arm end becomes 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm.
(Two 1 mm shims and two 2 mm shims are shipped together
with the machine)
Model Parts No. Shim Thickness
4264609 1 mm
ZX470LC-5B
4264610 1.6 mm
4379157 1 mm
ZX670LC-5B Shim Adjustment
4379158 2 mm Position
4643721 1 mm
ZX870LC-5B
4643720 2 mm

M104-07-063

Bucket Adjust the shims so that the Pin

clearance is 0.5 to 1.5 mm.

M1JB-07-057
Shims Arm

7-103
 MAINTENANCE

Remove Travel Levers

The travel levers may be removed if desired.

Procedure: 3
4
Remove bolts (1) and (2) to remove travel levers (3) and (4)
from brackets. 2

f NOTE: Wrench size: 17 mm

Tightening Torque:50 N·m (5 kgf·m) 1

M178-07-077

Check and Replace Seat Belt

Check --- daily
Replace --- every 3 years

Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine belt (5), 5

buckle (6) and attaching hardware (7). If any item is damaged
6
or materially worn, replace the seat belt or component before
operating the machine.
We recommend that the seat belt be replaced every three
years regardless of its apparent condition.
7

M1U1-07-008

6 5

M1U1-07-009

7-104
 MAINTENANCE

Check Windshield Fluid Level

1
Check fluid in windshield washer tank (1). If the fluid level is
low, remove the cap and add fluid via the opening.

ZX470LC-5B MJAA-07-082

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-07-083

MJAA-07-084
ZX870LC-5B

7-105
 MAINTENANCE
Check Track Sag
--- every 50 hours

Swing the upperstructure 90 ° and lower the bucket to raise

the track off the ground as shown. Measure distance (A) at the
middle of the track frame from the bottom of the track frame
to the back face of the track shoe.
Each time, be sure to place blocks under the machine frame to
M104-07-067
support the machine.
Model Appropriate sag A (mm)
ZX470LC-5B 390 to 440
ZX670LC-5B 450 to 500
ZX870LC-5B 470 to 530
f NOTE: Check track sag after thoroughly removing soil stuck
on the track area by washing.

Adjust Track Sag

1. If track sag is not within specifications, loosen or tighten
the track following the procedures shown on the next
page. M107-07-068

2. When adjusting track sag, lower the bucket to the

ground to raise one track off the ground. Repeat this
procedure to raise the other track. Each time, be sure to
place blocks under the machine frame to support the
machine.
3. After adjusting both side track sags, rotate the tracks
backward and forward to equalize both side track sags.
4. Recheck the track sag once more. Readjust as necessary.

7-106
 MAINTENANCE
Loosen the Track

dtrack
CAUTION: The pressure inside the cylinder of the
adjuster is high. Do not loosen valve (1) quickly
or loosen it too much as valve (1) may fly out or high-
pressure grease in the adjusting cylinder may spout
out. Slowly loosen valve (1) while keeping body parts
and face away from valve (1). Never loosen grease
fitting (2).

IMPORTANT: When gravel or mud is packed between

sprockets and track links, remove it before loosening.
M107-07-075
1. To loosen the track, slowly turn valve (1)
counterclockwise using long socket 24; grease will
escape from the grease outlet.
2. Between 1 to 1.5 turns of valve (1) is sufficient to loosen
2 1
the track.
Do not loosen the valve over that turns.
3. If grease does not drain smoothly, slowly rotate the
raised track.

dtoCAUTION: To prevent accidents, care should be taken

ensure that hands, feet, and any body parts do not
Grease Outlet

become entangled when working around the tracks.

4. When proper track sag is obtained, turn valve (1)
clockwise to the original condition. M16J-07-083
Tightening Torque: 150 N·m (15 kgf·m)

dnot
CAUTION: Consult your authorized dealer if grease is
sufficiently drained. 2

M16J-07-083

7-107
 MAINTENANCE
Tighten the Track

dadjusted.
CAUTION: It is abnormal if the track can not be
The strong force acts on the spring in track
2

adjuster. Therefore, the grease in cylinder is highly

pressurized. In such cases, NEVER ATTEMPT TO
DISASSEMBLE the track or track adjuster, because
of dangerous high-pressure grease inside the track
adjuster. See your authorized dealer immediately.

To tighten the track, connect a grease gun to grease fitting

(2) and add grease until the sag is within specifications.
M16J-07-083

Replace the Track

Special training and expertise are needed to replace the
track. NEVER ATTEMPT to replace the track yourself. Be sure
to ask your authorized dealer for track replacement.

7-108
 MAINTENANCE
Clean Cab Floor
--- as required

IMPORTANT: When cleaning the cab floor with tap

water, spray the floor only. Take care not to splash
the surrounding area. Do not increase water spray
speed by restricting the hose end, and do not use high
pressure steam for cleaning. Be sure to completely
remove any moisture from the surrounding area.

1. Park the machine on solid and level surface. Lower the

bucket to the ground. Before cleaning, stop the engine. MDAA-07-041
2. Sweep the cab floor clean using a brush, and brush dust
from the cab floor while spraying water.
3. When cleaning the floor mat, sweep dust (water) along
the grooves on the floor mat.
4. When cleaning after removing the floor mat, sweep dust
or water through a cleaning hole.

7-109
 MAINTENANCE
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt
--- as required
See your authorized dealer.

Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance

--- every 1000 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check of Fuel Injection Timing

--- as required
See your authorized dealer.

Measure Engine Compression Pressure

--- every 1000 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check Starter and Alternator

--- every 1000 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check Water Pump

--- every 4000 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check and Replace EGR Device

--- every 4500 hours
See your authorized dealer.

7-110
 MAINTENANCE
Check Gas Damper
--- as required

dhigh-pressure
CAUTION: The gas damper has been charged with
nitrogen gas. Inappropriate handling
may cause explosion, possibly resulting in serious
injury or death.

The gas dampers are used in the engine cover and the cab
overhead window. Contact your nearest HITACHI dealer
immediately at any of the following situations.
– The cover or window can not be opened with normal
operating force.
– The cover or window can not maintain its open position.
– Oil or gas leak is found.

Check Handrails (ZX470LC-5B) 1

--- every 2 years or 4000 hours, whichever comes
first
Cushion rubber (1) is attached to the handrails. If cracks or
damage is found on the cushion rubber, it may result in early
damage of the handrail. Check the condition of the cushion
rubber; if there are cracks and/or damages, replace it.

MJAA-07-108
1

Tightening and Retightening Torque of Nuts and

Bolts
--- every 250 hours (first time after 50 hours)

Tighten or retighten nuts and bolts used on this machine in

accordance with the torque values shown in the following
table. Bolts and nuts should be replaced with those of the
same or higher grade.
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then every 250 hours.
For tightening nuts and bolts other than specified in the table
below, refer to the Tightening Torque Chart at the end of this
section.

7-111
 MAINTENANCE
ZX470LC-5B
Wrench Torque
No. Descriptions Bolt dia. mm Quantity LOCTITE
size N m (kgf m)
Fan side 22 2 32 550 (55)
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Pump side 27 2 41 1050 (105)
2. Engine bracket mounting bolt 12 8 19 ™* 110 (11)
3. Muffler filter bracket mounting bolt 14 4 22 140 (14)
4. Radiator mounting bolt 20 4 30 ™* 550 (55)
5. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt 16 8 24 ™* 270 (27)
6. Fuel tank mounting bolt 16 8 24 ™* 210 (21)
1-3/16-12UNF 36 180 (18)
7. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
1-7/16-12UNF 41 210 (21)
8. Pump transmission mounting bolt 12 12 19 ™* 90 (9)
9. Fan pump mounting bolt 12 2 *10 90 (9)
10. Fan motor mounting nut 12 2 19 110 (11)
11. Control valve mounting bolt 20 4 30 ™* 400 (40)
12. Control valve bracket mounting bolt 20 6 30 ™* 400 (40)
13. Swing device mounting bolt 22 26 32 750 (75)
14. Swing motor mounting bolt 18 24 *14 300 (30)
15. Battery mounting bolt 12 2 19 35 (3.5)
16. Cab mounting nut 16 6 24 210 (21)
17. Cab anchor mounting bolt 22 2 32 550 (55)
Upperstructure side 30 36 46 1950 (195)
18. Swing bearing mounting bolt
Undercarriage side 27 36 41 ™ 1400 (140)
Travel device mounting bolt 22 40 32 750 (75)
19. Travel motor mounting bolt 18 8 27 300 (30)
Sprocket mounting bolt 22 48 32 ™ 750 (75)
20. Upper roller mounting bolt 18 24 27 ™ 400 (40)
21. Lower roller mounting bolt 22 72 32 ™ 750 (75)
22. Track shoe bolt 24 424 32 1370 (137)
23. Track guard mounting bolt LC full-track guard 22 50 32 ™ 750 (75)
24. Track mounting bolt 33 36 50 1750 (175)
11 to 13
Flexible master coupling 8 13
25. Low pressure piping (1.1 to 1.3)
T-bolt clamp 1/4-28 UNF 11 10 (1)
45 2 65 2400 (240)
26. Counterweight mounting bolt
24 4 36 450 (45)
27. Signal control valve mounting bolt 10 4 *8 50 (5)
Front pin-retaining bolt 20 15 30 400 (40)
28.
Front pin-retaining nut 20 7 30 400 (40)
Fan mounting bolt 10 6 *8 ™* 65 (6.5)
29.
Fan drive coupling mounting nut 16 1 24 ™* 100 (10)
30. Pilot pump mounting bolt 10 2 *8 50 (5)
24.5 to 29.4
31. Air compressor mounting bolt 8 4 13
(2.45 to 2.94)
™* : If a loose bolt is found, remove the bolt. Remove the LOCTITE coating remaining in the bolt hole and clean
inside the bolt hole. After applying LOCTITE to the bolt, reinstall the bolt. In case the bolt has been deformed,
replace the bolt with a new one.
Remark : Bolt tightening force is expressed in torque. For example, when you apply 120 N (12 kg) force at the edge of
1 m long wrench, the torque is 120 N·m (12 kgf·m) (1 m Н 120 N). In order to get same torque by using 25 cm
wrench, you need to apply 480 N force because 0.25 m times required force equals 120 N·m, so 120 N/0.25
m=480 N.

7-112
 MAINTENANCE
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Mounting bolt (fan side)
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 550 N·m (55 kgf·m)

Mounting bolt (pump side)

(Engine – Cushion rubber)
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1050 N·m (105 kgf·m)
MJAA-07-085

2. Engine bracket mounting bolt

Mounting Bolt
Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-085

3. Muffler filter bracket mounting bolt

Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 140 N·m (14 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-086

7-113
 MAINTENANCE
4. Radiator mounting bolt
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 550 N·m (55 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-087

5. Hydraulic oil tank

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 270 N·m (27 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-109

6. Fuel tank mounting bolt

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M111-07-069

7. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 180 N·m (18 kgf·m)

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M110-07-048

7-114
 MAINTENANCE
8. Pump transmission mounting bolt
Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-088

9. Fan pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 10 mm Hexagonal socket
wrench
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-089

10. Fan motor mounting nut

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-053

11. Control valve mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-020

7-115
 MAINTENANCE
12. Control valve bracket mounting bolt
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-052

13. Swing device mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-001

14. Swing motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 14 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-001

15. Battery mounting bolt

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 35 N·m (3.5 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-014

7-116
 MAINTENANCE
16. Cab mounting nut
Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M1U1-07-026

17. Cab anchor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 550 N·m (55 kgf·m)

M1U1-07-054

18. Swing bearing mounting bolt

Upperstructure side
Wrench size : 46 mm
Tightening torque : 1950 N·m (195 kgf·m)

M166-07-013

Undercarriage side
Remove cover. Tighten the inside bolt.
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-024

7-117
 MAINTENANCE
19. Travel device mounting bolt
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

Travel motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

Sprocket mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm M1J1-07-048
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M111-07-078

20. Upper roller mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-026
21. Lower roller mounting bolt
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M107-07-092

7-118
 MAINTENANCE
22. Track shoe mounting bolt
Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 1370 N·m (137 kgf·m)

M107-07-093

23. Track guard mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-025

24. Track mounting bolt

Wrench size : 50 mm
Tightening torque : 1750 N·m (175 kgf·m)

M111-07-079

7-119
 MAINTENANCE
25. Flexible master coupling and T-bolt clamp of low
pressure piping
Flexible master coupling of low pressure piping
Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 10.5 to 12.5N·m
(1.05 to 1.25 kgf·m)
M1G6-07-008

T-bolt clamp
Wrench size : 11 mm
Tightening torque : 10 N·m (1 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-037
26. Counterweight mounting bolt
Wrench size : 65 mm
Tightening torque : 2400 N·m (240 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-036

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 450 N·m (45 kgf·m)

M162-07-070

7-120
 MAINTENANCE
27. Signal control valve mounting bolt
Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-030

28. Front pin retaining bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-017

M111-07-083

M111-07-084

7-121
 MAINTENANCE

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M111-07-085

Front pin retaining nut

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M111-07-086

7-122
 MAINTENANCE
29. Fan mounting bolt
Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 65 N·m (6.5 kgf·m)

Fan drive coupling mounting nut

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 100 N·m (10 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-080

30. Pilot pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-090

31. Air compressor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 24.5 to 29.4 N·m
(2.45 to 2.94 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-083

7-123
 MAINTENANCE
ZX670LC-5B
Wrench Torque
No. Descriptions Bolt dia. mm Quantity LOCTITE
size N m (kgf m)
Fan side 27 2 41 1050 (105)
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Pump side 33 2 50 1950 (195)
Fan side 14 8 22 ™* 210 (21)
2. Engine bracket mounting bolt
Pump side 20 12 30 ™* 400 (40)
3. Muffler filter bracket mounting bolt 14 4 22 140 (14)
4. Radiator mounting bolt 24 4 36 950 (95)
5. Oil cooler mounting bolt 24 4 36 950 (95)
6. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt 18 8 27 ™* 400 (40)
7. Fuel tank mounting bolt 18 8 27 ™* 300 (30)
1-3/16-12UNF 36 180 (18)
8. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
1-7/16-12UNF 41 210 (21)
9. Pump transmission mounting bolt 12 14 19 ™* 110 (11)
10. Pump transmission mounting bolt 20 8 *17 400 (40)
11. Fan pump mounting bolt 16 4 *14 210 (21)
Radiator side 12 2 19 110 (11)
12. Fan motor mounting bolt
Oil cooler side 12 2 19 110 (11)
13. Control valve mounting bolt 20 4 30 ™* 400 (40)
14. Control valve bracket mounting bolt 20 8 30 ™* 400 (40)
Swing device mounting bolt 22 26 32 750 (75)
15.
Ring gear housing mounting bolt 18 24 *14 300 (30)
16. Swing motor mounting bolt 12 16 *10 90 (9)
17. Battery mounting bolt 12 2 19 35 (3.5)
18. Cab mounting nut 16 6 24 210 (21)
Undercarriage side 30 40 46 1950 (195)
19. Swing bearing mounting bolt
Upperstructure side 30 40 46 1750 (175)
Travel device mounting bolt 27 48 41 1400 (140)
20. Travel motor mounting bolt 18 8 27 300 (30)
Sprocket mounting bolt 27 48 41 ™ 1400 (140)
21. Upper roller mounting bolt 20 24 30 ™ 550 (55)
22. Lower roller mounting bolt 24 64 36 ™ 950 (95)
23. Track shoe bolt 27 376 41 2000 (200)
24. Track guard mounting bolt LC full-track guard 27 16 41 ™ 1400 (140)
25. Track mounting bolt 36 44 55 2800 (280)
Flexible master coupling 8 13 11 to 13 (1.1 to 1.3)
26. Low pressure piping
T-bolt clamp 1/4-28 UNF 11 10 (1)
Counterweight mounting bolt 45 2 65 2800 (280)
27.
Counterweight retaining bolt 24 4 36 700 (70)
28. Signal control valve mounting bolt 10 4 *8 50 (5)
Front pin-retaining bolt 20 24 30 400 (40)
29.
Front pin-retaining nut 20 7 30 400 (40)
Fan mounting bolt (radiator side) 12 6 *10 ™* 90 (9)
30.
Fan drive coupling mounting bolt (radiator side) 16 1 24 ™* 100 (10)
Fan mounting bolt (oil cooler side) 10 4 17 ™* 50 (5)
31.
Fan drive coupling mounting bolt (oil cooler side) 8 1 13 ™* 10 (1)
32. Pilot pump mounting bolt 10 2 *8 50 (5)
33. Side branch piping bracket mounting bolt 16 4 24 210 (21)
34. Air compressor mounting bolt 8 4 13 25 to 30 (2.5 to 3.0)
™* : If a loose bolt is found, remove the bolt. Remove the LOCTITE coating remaining in the bolt hole and clean
inside the bolt hole. After applying LOCTITE to the bolt, reinstall the bolt. In case the bolt has been deformed,
replace the bolt with a new one.
Remark : Bolt tightening force is expressed in torque. For example, when you apply 120 N (12 kg) force at the edge of
1 m long wrench, the torque is 120 N·m (12 kgf·m) (1 m Н 120 N). In order to get same torque by using 25 cm
wrench, you need to apply 480 N force because 0.25 m times required force equals 120 N·m, so 120 N/0.25
m=480 N.

7-124
 MAINTENANCE
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Mounting bolt (fan side)
(Cushion Rubber - Main Body)
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1050 N·m (105 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-020

Mounting bolt (pump side)

(Engine – Cushion rubber)
Wrench size : 50 mm
Tightening torque : 1950 N·m (195 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-019

2. Engine bracket mounting bolt

Mounting bolt (fan side)
Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-020

Mounting bolt (pump side)

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-019

7-125
 MAINTENANCE
3. Muffler filter bracket mounting bolt
Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 140 N·m (14 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-086

4. Radiator mounting bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-091

5. Oil cooler mounting bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-092

6. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-012

7-126
 MAINTENANCE
7. Fuel tank mounting bolt
Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-021

8. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 180 N·m (18 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-004

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M162-07-067

9. Pump transmission mounting bolt

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-005

7-127
 MAINTENANCE
10. Pump mounting bolt
Wrench size : 17 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-005

11. Fan pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 14 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-093

12. Fan motor mounting nut (radiator side)

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-053

Fan motor mounting nut (oil cooler side)

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-094

7-128
 MAINTENANCE
13. Control valve mounting bolt
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-016

14. Control valve bracket mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-045

15. A: Swing device mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

B: Ring gear housing mounting bolt

Wrench size : 14 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m) B

A M1J7-07-005

16. Swing motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 10 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-005

7-129
 MAINTENANCE
17. Battery mounting bolt
Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 35 N·m (3.5 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-012
18. Cab mounting nut
Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M1U1-07-026

19. Swing bearing mounting bolt

Upperstructure side
Wrench size : 46 mm
Tightening torque : 1950 N·m (195 kgf·m)

M17V-07-009

Undercarriage side
Remove cover. Tighten the inside bolt.
Wrench size : 46 mm
Tightening torque : 1750 N·m (175 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-024

7-130
 MAINTENANCE
20. Travel device mounting bolt
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

Travel motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

Sprocket mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m) M17P-01-001

M17P-07-011

21. Upper roller mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 550 N·m (55 kgf·m)

M17P-07-031

22. Lower roller mounting bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

M17P-07-032

7-131
 MAINTENANCE
23. Track shoe bolt
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 2000 N·m (200 kgf·m)

M17V-07-051

24. Track guard mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

M17P-07-032

25. Track mounting bolt

Wrench size : 55 mm
Tightening torque : 2800 N·m (280 kgf·m)

M17P-07-034

7-132
 MAINTENANCE
26. Flexible master coupling and T-bolt clamp of low
pressure piping
Flexible master coupling of low pressure piping
Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 11 to 13 N·m
(1.1 to 1.3 kgf·m)
M1G6-07-008

T-bolt clamp
Wrench size : 11 mm
Tightening torque : 10 N·m (1 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-037

27. Counterweight mounting bolt

Wrench size : 65 mm
Tightening torque : 2800 N·m (280 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-057

Counterweight retaining bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 700 N·m (70 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-058

7-133
 MAINTENANCE
28. Signal control valve mounting bolt
Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-030

29. Front pin retaining bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M17P-07-039

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-011

M17V-01-005

7-134
 MAINTENANCE
Front pin retaining nut
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

30. Fan mounting bolt (radiator side)

Wrench size : 10 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9 kgf·m)

Fan drive coupling mounting bolt

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 100 N·m (10 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-095

7-135
 MAINTENANCE
31. Fan mounting bolt (oil cooler side)
Wrench size : 17 mm
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

Fan drive coupling mounting bolt (oil cooler side)

Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 10 N·m (1 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-096

32. Pilot pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-107

7-136
 MAINTENANCE
33. Side branch piping bracket mounting bolt
Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-097

34. Air compressor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 25 to 30 N·m
(2.5 to 3.0 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-083

7-137
 MAINTENANCE
ZX870LC-5B
Torque
No. Descriptions Bolt dia. mm Quantity Wrench size LOCTITE
N m (kgf m)
Fan side 27 2 41 1050 (105)
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Pump side 33 2 50 1950 (195)
Fan side 14 8 22 ™* 210 (21)
2. Engine bracket mounting bolt
Pump side 20 12 30 ™* 400 (40)
3. Muffler filter bracket mounting bolt 14 4 22 140 (14)
4. Radiator mounting bolt 27 4 41 1050 (105)
5. Oil cooler mounting bolt 24 4 36 950 (95)
6. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt 20 8 30 ™* 400 (40)
7. Fuel tank mounting bolt 18 8 27 ™* 300 (30)
1-3/16-12UNF 36 180 (18)
8. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping
1-7/16-12UNF 41 210 (21)
9. Pump transmission mounting bolt 12 14 19 ™* 110 (11)
10. Pump transmission mounting bolt 20 4 2 *17 400 (40)
11. Fan pump mounting bolt 16 4 *14 210 (21)
12. Fan motor mounting nut 12 2 19 110 (11)
13. Control valve mounting bolt 20 4 30 ™* 400 (40)
14. Control valve bracket mounting bolt 20 8 30 ™* 400 (40)
Swing device mounting bolt 24 14 2 36 950 (95)
15.
Ring gear housing mounting bolt 20 12 2 17 (socket hole) 440 (44)
16. Swing motor mounting bolt 12 12 2 *12 90 (9)
17. Battery mounting bolt 12 2 19 35 (3.5)
18. Cab mounting nuts 16 6 24 210 (21)
Upperstructure side 33 41 50 2200 (220)
19. Swing bearing mounting bolt
Undercarriage side 30 48 46 1750 (175)
Travel device mounting bolt 27 24 2 41 1400 (140)
20. Travel motor mounting bolt 18 4 2 27 300 (30)
Sprocket mounting bolt 27 24 2 41 ™ 1400 (140)
21. Upper roller mounting bolt 22 24 32 ™ 750 (75)
22. Lower roller mounting bolts 24 72 36 ™ 950 (95)
23. Track shoe mounting bolts 27 408 41 2000 (200)
24. Track guard mounting bolt LC full-track guard 27 36 41 ™ 1400 (140)
25. Track mounting bolt 36 44 55 2800 (280)
Flexible master coupling 8 13 11 to 13 (1.1 to 1.3)
26. Low pressure piping
T-bolt clamp 1/4-28 UNF 11 10 (1)
Counterweight mounting bolt 45 2 65 2800 (280)
27.
Counterweight retaining bolt 24 4 36 700 (70)
28. Signal control valve mounting bolt 10 4 *8 50 (5)
Front pin retaining bolt 20 24 30 400 (40)
29.
Front pin retaining nut 20 7 30 400 (40)
Fan mounting bolt 12 6 *10 ™* 90 (9)
30.
Fan drive coupling mounting nut 16 1 24 ™* 100 (10)
31. Pilot pump mounting bolt 10 2 8 (socket hole) 50 (5)
32. Side branch piping bracket mounting bolt 14 4 22 140 (14)
33. Air compressor mounting bolt 8 4 13 25 to 30 (2.5 to 3.0)
™* : If a loose bolt is found, remove the bolt. Remove the LOCTITE coating remaining in the bolt hole and clean
inside the bolt hole. After applying LOCTITE to the bolt, reinstall the bolt. In case the bolt has been deformed,
replace the bolt with a new one.
Remark : Bolt tightening force is expressed in torque. For example, when you apply 120 N (12 kg) force at the edge of
1 m long wrench, the torque is 120 N·m (12 kgf·m) (1 m Н 120 N). In order to get same torque by using 25 cm
wrench, you need to apply 480 N force because 0.25 m times required force equals 120 N·m, so 120 N/0.25
m=480 N.

7-138
 MAINTENANCE
1. Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt
Mounting bolt (fan side)
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1050 N·m (105 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-020

Mounting bolt (pump side)

(Engine – Cushion rubber)
Wrench size : 50 mm
Tightening torque : 1950 N·m (195 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-019

2. Engine bracket mounting bolt

Mounting bolt (fan side)
Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-020

Mounting bolt (fan side)

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-019

7-139
 MAINTENANCE
3. Muffler filter bracket mounting bolt
Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 140 N·m (14 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-086

4. Radiator mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1050 N·m (105 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-011

5. Oil cooler mounting bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-021
6. Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-025

7-140
 MAINTENANCE
7. Fuel tank mounting bolt
Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-021

8. ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 180 N·m (18 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-004

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M162-07-067

9. Pump transmission mounting bolt

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-005

7-141
 MAINTENANCE
10. Main pump mounting bolt
Wrench size : 17 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-005

11. Fan pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 14 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-098

12. Fan motor mounting nut

Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 110 N·m (11 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-053

13. Control valve mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1J7-07-016

7-142
 MAINTENANCE
14. Control valve bracket mounting bolt
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-045

15. Swing device mounting bolts

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

Ring gear housing mounting bolt

Wrench size : 17 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 440 N·m (44 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-099

16. Swing motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-099

7-143
 MAINTENANCE
17. Battery mounting bolt
Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 35 N·m (3.5 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-012

18. Cab mounting nut

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 210 N·m (21 kgf·m)

M1U1-07-026

19. Swing bearing mounting bolt

Upperstructure side
Wrench size : 50 mm
Tightening torque : 2200 N·m (220 kgf·m)

M17V-07-009

Undercarriage side
Remove cover. Tighten the inside bolt.
Wrench size : 46 mm
Tightening torque : 1750 N·m (175 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-024

7-144
 MAINTENANCE
20. Travel device mounting bolt
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

Travel motor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 27 mm
Tightening torque : 300 N·m (30 kgf·m)

Sprocket mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
M17V-07-048
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

M17V-07-019

21. Upper roller mounting bolt

Wrench size : 32 mm
Tightening torque : 750 N·m (75 kgf·m)

M17V-07-049

22. Lower roller mounting bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 950 N·m (95 kgf·m)

M17V-07-050

7-145
 MAINTENANCE
23. Track shoe mounting bolt
Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 2000 N·m (200 kgf·m)

M17V-07-051

24. Track guard mounting bolt

Wrench size : 41 mm
Tightening torque : 1400 N·m (140 kgf·m)

M17V-07-050

25. Track mounting bolt

Wrench size : 55 mm
Tightening torque : 2800 N·m (280 kgf·m)

M17V-07-052

7-146
 MAINTENANCE
26. Flexible master coupling and T-bolt clamp of low
pressure piping
Flexible master coupling of low pressure piping
Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 11 to 13 N·m
(1.1 to 1.3 kgf·m)
M1G6-07-008

T-bolt clamp
Wrench size : 11 mm
Tightening torque : 10 N·m (1 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-037

27. Counterweight mounting bolt

Wrench size : 65 mm
Tightening torque : 2800 N·m (280 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-057

Counterweight retaining bolt

Wrench size : 36 mm
Tightening torque : 700 N·m (70 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-058

7-147
 MAINTENANCE
28. Signal control valve mounting bolt
Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-030

29. Front pin securing bolt (backhoe)

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M1JB-07-003

Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M17V-07-009

M17V-01-005

7-148
 MAINTENANCE
Front pin retaining nut
Wrench size : 30 mm
Tightening torque : 400 N·m (40 kgf·m)

M162-06-032

30. Fan mounting bolt

Wrench size : 10 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9 kgf·m)

Fan drive coupling mounting nut

Wrench size : 24 mm
Tightening torque : 100 N·m (10 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-080

31. Pilot pump mounting bolt

Wrench size : 8 mm Hexagonal socket wrench
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-107

7-149
 MAINTENANCE
31. Side branch piping bracket mounting bolt
Wrench size : 22 mm
Tightening torque : 140 N·m (14 kgf·m)

MJAA-07-100

32. Air compressor mounting bolt

Wrench size : 13 mm
Tightening torque : 25 to 30 N·m
(2.5 to 3.0 kgf·m)

M1J1-07-083

7-150
 MAINTENANCE
Tightening Torque Chart
Hexagon Wrench Socket Bolt

Bolt Dia.
Wrench size Socket Bolt Wrench size
mm
mm mm
N·m (kgf·m) N·m (kgf·m) N·m (kgf·m) N·m (kgf·m)
3.3 to 4.2 10 5
6
(0.3 to 0.4)
8 30 (3.0) 20 (2.0) 10 (1.0) 13 20 (2.0) 6
10 65 (6.5) 50 (5.0) 20 (2.0) 17 50 (5.0) 8
12 110 (11) 90 (9) 35 (3.5) 19 90 (9) 10
14 180 (18) 140 (14) 55 (5.5) 22 140 (14) 12
16 270 (27) 210 (21) 80 (8.0) 24 210 (21) 14
18 400 (40) 300 (30) 120 (12) 27 300 (30) 14
20 550 (55) 400 (40) 170 (17) 30 400 (40) 17
22 750 (75) 550 (55) 220 (22) 32
24 950 (95) 700 (70) 280 (28) 36
27 1400 (140) 1050 (105) 400 (40) 41
30 1950 (195) 1450 (145) 550 (55) 46
33 2600 (260) 1950 (195) 750 (75) 50
36 3200 (320) 2450 (245) 950 (95) 55

dloosened,
CAUTION: If fixing bolts for counterweight are
consult your nearest authorized dealer.

IMPORTANT:
— Apply lubricant (e. g. white zinc B dissolved into
spindle oil) to bolts and nuts to stabilize their friction
coefficient.
— Remove soil, dust, and/or dirt from the nut and bolt
thread surfaces before tightening.
— Tighten nuts and bolts to specifications. If tightened
with excessively low or high torque, missing or
breakage of nuts and/or bolts may result.

7-151
 MAINTENANCE
Check O-rings in Bucket 1
Check --- daily
O-rings (1) are provided on both ends of the bucket joint
pins as illustrated to the right, to prevent soil from entering
the bucket joints and retain the grease in the bucket joints.
Thereby, wear on the bucket joint parts such as the pins and
the arm tip can be reduced. 1
Check O-rings (1) for cracks or any damage. If any, replace
1
O-ring (1) while referring to the separation type O-ring
installation method described below.

M1JB-07-049

Type A (Separation Type O-ring) Installation Method 1

1. Install O-ring (1) in the direction as illustrated to the right

so that the separation section of O-ring (1) does not
directly come in contact with soil to protect O-ring (1)
from being damaged quickly by soil or foreign matter.
Separation
2. Install O-ring (1) with care not to make a gap in the Section
separation section of O-ring (1).
3. After installing O-ring (1), cut off the bolt extended from
the nut so that O-ring (1) is not damaged by soil which Cut off the bolt
extended from the nut.
may come in contact with the bolt. 1
Type A: Separation Type O-Ring M1J1-07-074

7-152
 MAINTENANCE
Clean EGR Cooler
--- every 4500 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check Turbocharger
--- every 4500 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check and Clean Injection Nozzle

--- every 4500 hours
See your authorized dealer.

7-153
 MAINTENANCE

K. Muffler Filter
Check and Clean Filter Element of Muffler Filter
--- every 4500 hours
See your authorized dealer.

Check and Clean Muffler Filter

--- as required
Muffler Filter

IMPORTANT: Check and clean flammable objects on the

area around the muffler filter. MJAA-07-104
ZX470LC-5B

Do not disassemble the base machine support parts, sensors, Muffler Filter
differential pressure hoses and pipes.
When the machine is operated in dusty areas, refer to "9-1
Maintenance Under Special Environmental Conditions".
Remove the bolt. Open the cover on top of the muffler.
Wrench size : 19 mm
Tightening torque : 90 N·m (9 kgf·m)
Qty. of bolts
ZX470LC-5B : 13
ZX670LC-5B : 10
ZX870LC-5B : 11
Check differential hoses and pipes for disconnection or cracks.
Check the differential sensors and harnesses of exhaust ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B MJAA-07-105
temperature sensors for abnormality.

7-154
 MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

Maintenance Under Special Environmental Conditions

Operating Conditions Precautions for Maintenance

Muddy Soil, Rainy or After Operation : Clean the machine and check for cracks, damaged, loose or missing bolts
Snowy Weather and nuts. Lubricate all necessary parts without delay.
Near the Ocean After Operation : The following salt pollution measures must be taken when the machine is
operated at sea or at coastline.
(1) After completing the work, extend/retract the hydraulic cylinders
several times to form oil film on the rod surface. Store the machine
with cylinders retracted as much as possible.
(2) Thoroughly clean the machine with fresh water to wash off salt.
(3) Perform touch up painting periodically on hose fittings, lubrication
piping and inserting position of cover, where sea water is easily
collected, in order to prevent corrosion.
(4) During storage of the machine, cover the machine by tarps to prevent
sea water from entering into the cab vent. Apply rust prevention oil
(example: ANTIRUST P-1300NP-3 JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation)
onto plated part of the cylinder rods.
Dusty Atmosphere Air Cleaner : Clean the element regularly at shorter service intervals.
Radiator : Clean the oil cooler screen to prevent clogging of the radiator core.
Fuel System : Clean the filter element and strainer regularly at shorter service intervals.
Engine, Muffler : Clean earlier than the normal interval to prevent dust from sticking and
accumulating. Inhibit regeneration according to the machine operating
condition.
Rocky Ground Tracks : Carefully operate while checking for cracks, damage and loose bolts and
nuts. Loosen the tracks a little more than usual.
Front Attachment : Standard attachment may be damaged when digging rocky ground.
Reinforce the bucket before using it, or use a heavy duty bucket.
Falling Stones Cab Head Guard : Provide a cab guard to protect the machine from falling stones. Consult
your nearest Hitachi dealer.
Freezing Weather Fuel/Lubricant : Use high quality and low viscosity fuel and oil.
Engine Coolant : Be sure to use antifreeze.
Battery : Fully charge the batteries at shorter intervals. If not fully charged,
electrolyte may freeze.
Track : Keep the track clean. Park the machine on a hard surface to prevent the
tracks from freezing to the ground.

9-1
 MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

9-2
 STORAGE

Storing the Machine

In case the machine is to be stored for longer than one month, pay attention to the following points to prepare next
operation.

Precautions for Long-Term Storage

Item Remedy
Machine Cleaning Wash the machine. Remove soil or other debris adhered to the machine.
Lubrication/Greasing Check lubricant's level and contamination. Fill up or change if necessary.
Lubricate all grease points.
Coat grease to exposed metal surfaces which are subject to rust.
(i.e. cylinder rods etc.)
Battery Remove the batteries and store them in a dry protected place after charging fully. If not
removed, disconnect the negative battery cable from the (−) terminal.
Coolant Add anti-rusting agent. If storing in extremely cold areas, either add extra anti-freeze or
drain coolant completely to avoid freezing. In this case, place a sign reading "NO COOLANT".
Protection Against Dust Store the machine in a dry storage area using a protective cover.
and Moisture
Tools Inspect and repair, then store.
Lubrication Operation If oil film on the metal surfaces is lost, rust may begin, possibly causing abnormal wear
of the machine when the machine operation is restarted. If the machine is stored for a
long time, operate hydraulic functions for travel, swing and digging two to three times
for lubrication, at least once a month. Be sure to check the coolant level and lubrication
conditions before operating.

f NOTE:
– Lubricating operation is a series of warm-up, travel, swing and digging operation carried out repeatedly for a few cycles
at slow speed.
– Lubricants will deteriorate during long term storage of the machine. Be sure to carefully check the lubricants before
restarting operation of the machine.

Precautions for Disconnecting or Connecting Batteries

In case the batteries are kept disconnected for more than one month or when the batteries are reconnected, contact
your nearest Hitachi dealer. Resetting of the Information Controller may be required.

10-1
 STORAGE

Removing the Machine from Storage

dplace.
CAUTION: Start the engine ONLY in a well-ventilated

1. Remove grease from the cylinder rods if coated.

2. Adjust alternator and fan belt tension.
3. Fill the fuel tank. Bleed air from the fuel system. Check all
fluid levels.
4. Start the engine.
Run the engine at half speed for several minutes before
full load operation.
5. Cycle all hydraulic functions several times.
6. Carefully check all systems before operating the machine
at full load.

fNOTE: When the machine has been stored for a long time,
be sure to perform the following steps as well:
(a) Check condition of all hoses and connections.
(b) Warm up the engine.
(c) Stop the engine.
(d) Install new fuel filters. Replace the engine oil filter and
fill the engine with oil.

IMPORTANT: If the machine has not been used for a long

time, oil films on sliding surfaces may have broken
down. Cycling hydraulic functions for travel, swing and
digging two to three times is necessary to lubricate the
sliding surfaces.

10-2
 TROUBLESHOOTING

Troubleshooting
If any machine trouble has occurred, immediately repair it. Make certain the cause of the trouble and take necessary
measures to prevent the reoccurrence of the same trouble.
In case troubleshooting is difficult, or measures marked with * must be taken, consult the nearest Hitachi dealer. Never
attempt to adjust, disassemble, or repair the hydraulic and/or electrical/electronic parts/components.
IMPORTANT: Never attempt to disassemble or modify the electrical/electronic components.

Engine
Consult the nearest Hitachi dealer for the engine troubleshooting.

Engine Auxiliaries
Problem Cause Solution
Batteries will not be charged. Broken battery separator Replace
Faulty regulator * Adjust and replace
Faulty ground line * Repair
Faulty alternator * Repair or replace
Batteries discharges quickly after being Shorted cable * Repair or replace
charged. Shorted battery separator * Repair or replace
Increased sediment in battery * Replace
Coolant temperature is too high. Low coolant level Refill
Damaged rubber hose * Replace
Faulty thermostat * Replace
Faulty coolant temperature gauge * Replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-1
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Impossible to Start the Engine
Problem Cause Solution
Starter does not rotate or is not Discharged battery Charge or replace battery.
powerful. Disconnected, loose, or corroded battery After repairing the corroded
terminals area, securely tighten the
connectors.
Lowered pilot control shut-off lever Pull pilot control shut-off lever
up.
Disconnected, loose, or corroded starter After repairing the corroded
ground line terminals area, securely tighten the
connectors.
Faulty pilot control shut-off lever electrical * Repair or replace
Engine will not start

system
Faulty Key Switch * Replace
Faulty starter and/or electrical system * Repair, adjust or replace
Starter rotates. No fuel After checking that no fuel is
leaking, refill fuel.
Air in the fuel system Bleed air.
Clogged fuel filter Replace
Poor quality fuel Change fuel.
Blown fuse Replace
Faulty injection pump * Repair, adjust or replace
Faulty engine control system * Repair, adjust or replace
Engine stop switch is ON. Move the switch to OFF
position.
Faulty preheat system * Repair, adjust or replace
Even though the engine is started, the Clogged fuel filter Replace
engine stalls soon. Contaminated injection nozzle * Replace
Clogged feed pump strainer Clean
Blown fuse Replace
Faulty engine control system * Repair, adjust or replace
Clogged air cleaner Clean or replace the element.
Engine runs irregularly. Faulty fuel system * Repair, adjust or replace
Water or air in the fuel system Drain water or bleed air.
Faulty engine control system * Repair, adjust or replace
Clogged muffler filter * Repair and replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-2
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Control Lever
Problem Cause Solution
Lever is heavy to operate. Rusted joint * Lubricate or repair
Worn pusher * Replace
Does not move smoothly. Worn pusher * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Does Not Return to Neutral. Faulty pilot valve * Replace
The lever is tilted in the neutral position Worn joint * Repair or replace
due to increase in play. Faulty pilot valve * Replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-3
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Hydraulic System
When the machine is stored without operation, air mixed in hydraulic oil will become separated and will accumulate
in the cylinder upper sections, causing a delay in the response time of the machine movement or weak power
development.
In case these symptoms appear, repeatedly operate all actuators several times.
Problem Cause Solution
No hydraulic Functions Faulty hydraulic pump * Repair or replace
(Noise from pumps) Lack of hydraulic oil Refill
Broken suction pipe and/or hose * Repair or replace
No hydraulic Functions Faulty pilot pump * Replace
(Hydraulic pump noise remains Faulty pilot shut-off solenoid valve * Replace
unchanged.) Faulty wire harness (pilot shut-off solenoid * Repair or replace
valve) pilot shut-off switch
The pilot control shut-off lever is in the LOCK Turn the pilot shut-off lever to
position. the UNLOCK position.
All actuators have no power. Malfunction due to worn hydraulic pump * Replace
Decreased main relief valve set pressure in the * Adjust
control valve
Lack of hydraulic oil Refill
Clogged suction strainer in the hydraulic oil Clean
tank
Absorption of air from the oil suction side Retighten
Faulty pressure sensor * Replace
Faulty solenoid valve * Replace
Only one side lever is inoperable or has Faulty relief valve in the valve * Repair or replace
no power. Broken pipe and/or hose * Repair or replace
Loose pipe line joint Retighten
Broken O-ring at pipe line joint * Replace
Faulty hydraulic pump * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot solenoid valve * Repair or replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-4
 TROUBLESHOOTING

Problem Cause Solution

Only one actuator is inoperable. Broken control valve spool * Replace
Embedded foreign matter in valve spool * Repair or replace
Broken pipe and/or hose * Repair or replace
Loose pipe line joint Retighten
Broken O-ring at pipe line joint * Replace
Broken actuator * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot solenoid valve * Repair or replace
Only one cylinder is inoperable or has Broken oil seal in cylinder * Repair or replace
no power. Oil leak due to damage to cylinder rod * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot solenoid valve * Repair or replace
Hydraulic oil temperature increases. Stained oil cooler Clean
Oil leak from low pressure hose Loose clamps Retighten
Faulty suction manifold * Repair or replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-5
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Drive Function
Problem Cause Solution
One or both side tracks are inoperable. Damaged center joint * Repair or replace
Incompletely released parking brake * Repair or replace
Broken travel motor * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Does not travel smoothly. Overly tensioned or slackened crawler sag Adjust
Lack of lubricant in front idler and/or roller Refill
Deformed track frame * Repair or replace
Embedded foreign matter such as rock Remove
fragments
Dragged parking brake * Repair
Travel speed does not change. Faulty travel speed switch * Replace
Faulty pressure sensor * Replace
Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness * Repair
Faulty controller (MC) * Replace
Faulty solenoid valve * Repair or replace
Faulty motor * Repair or replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

11-6
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Swing Function
Problem Cause Solution
Upperstructure does not swing. Faulty swing parking brake * Repair or replace
Faulty swing parking brake release valve * Repair or replace
Broken swing motor * Repair or replace
Faulty pilot valve * Replace
Faulty pilot circuit line * Repair or replace
Swing is not smooth. Worn swing gear * Repair or replace
Damaged swing bearing and bearing balls * Repair or replace
Lack of grease Refill
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Immediately after the control valve, swing motor relief valve and/or the swing motor is replaced, a noise may be
emitted and/or operation may not be performed smoothly due to air trapped in the hydraulic line.
Slowly continue to operate the machine for approx. 10 minutes to bleed air.
After repair work is complete, be sure to check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank. Refill hydraulic oil as needed.

11-7
 TROUBLESHOOTING
Engine Speed
Problem Cause Solution
Even if operating the engine control Blown fuse Replace
dial, the engine speed does not Faulty engine control dial * Replace
change. Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness (between EC dial and * Repair
MC, or MC and ECM)
Faulty controller (MC, ECM) * Replace
Performing manual regeneration (Normal control)
Work mode does not change. Faulty mode switch * Replace
Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness (between MC and * Repair
monitor)
Faulty controller (MC) * Replace
Faulty solenoid valve * Repair or replace
Auto-idle is inoperable or not released. Faulty pressure sensor * Replace
Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness * Repair
Faulty controller * Replace
Performing manual regeneration (Normal control)
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Pump Control
Problem Cause Solution
Front attachment and/or travel speed Blown control fuse Replace
is slow. Poor contact in connector * Repair or replace
Damaged wire harness * Repair
Faulty controller * Replace
Faulty pump solenoid valve * Replace
Faulty pressure sensor * Replace
*Mark: Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

Others
The machine may have a noise, excessive vibration, and abnormal smell when any trouble occurs.
Always beware of the machine conditions during operation.

11-8
 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications ZX470LC-5B

A
G C

L
B
F

E
D

K J

I H

MJAA-12-001

Model ZX470LC-5B
Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.4 m (11 ft 2 in) Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 2.1 (1.8: CECE)
Operating Weight kg (lb) 48800 (107600)
Base Machine Weight kg (lb) 38200 (84200)
Engine - 270 kW/2000 min-1(362 PS)
A: Overall Width mm (ft·in) 3820 (12' 6")
B: Cab Height mm (ft·in) 3330 (10' 11")
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm (ft·in) 3660 (12')
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm (ft·in) *737 (29")
E: Counterweight Clearance mm (ft·in) *1360 (4' 6")
F: Engine Cover Height mm (ft·in) 3090 (10' 2")
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm (ft·in) 3480 (11' 5")
H: Undercarriage Length mm (ft·in) 5470 (17' 11")
I: Undercarriage Width
mm (ft·in) 3790/3290 (12' 5"/10' 10")
(Extended/Retracted)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm (ft·in) 4470 (14' 8")
K: Track Shoe Width mm (ft·in) 900 (35") (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm (ft·in) 3870 (12' 8")
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) (psi) 80 (0.82) (11.6)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.5
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 5.5/3.9
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

f NOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-1
 SPECIFICATIONS

Working Ranges ZX470LC-5B

F
A

MJAA-12-002

Backhoe

Model ZX470LC-5B
Boom Type 7.0 m (Standard) 8.2 m
3.4 m
Arm Type 2.9 m 3.9 m 4.9 m 4.9 m
(Standard)
A: Maximum Digging Reach mm (ft·in) 11400 (37' 5") 12060 (39' 7") 12490 (41') 13340 (43' 9") 14510 (47' 7")
B: Maximum Digging Depth mm (ft·in) 7280 (23' 11") 7770 (25' 6") 8270 (27' 2") 9110 (29' 11") 10230 (33' 7")
C: Maximum Cutting Height mm (ft·in) 10250 (33' 8") 11060 (36' 3") 11160 (36' 7") 11730 (38' 6") 12240 (40' 2")
D: Maximum Dumping Height mm (ft·in) 7030 (23' 1") 7650 (25' 1") 7770 (25' 6") 8670 (28' 5") 9220 (30' 3")
E: Overall Height mm (ft·in) *3600 (11' 10") *3480 (11' 5") *3500 (11' 6") *4550 (14' 11") *4430 (14' 6")
F: Overall Length mm (ft·in) *12100 (39' 8") *12010 (39' 5") *12010 (39' 5") *12000 (39' 4") *13230 (43' 5")
G: Minimum Swing Radius mm (ft·in) 5020 (16' 6") 4840 (15' 11") 4810 (15' 9") 4850 (15' 11") 5870 (19' 3")

f NOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-2
 SPECIFICATIONS

Shoe Types and Applications ZX470LC-5B

Grouser Shoe
Shoe Width
900 mm
Application For Weak Footing (Standard)
Operating Weight kg (lb) 48800 (107600)
Base Machine Weight kg (lb) 38200 (84200)
Cab Height mm (ft·in) 3330 (10' 11")
Base Machine Minimum Ground Clearance mm (ft·in) *737 (29")
Specifications Undercarriage Length mm (ft·in) 5470 (17' 11")
Undercarriage Width 3790/3290
mm (ft·in)
(Extended/Retracted) (12' 5"/10' 10")
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) (psi) 55 (0.56) (8.0)

fNOTE: The specifications for the front-end attachment are for 3.4 m arm with (1.9 m3) and (2.1 m3) standard buckets. 900
mm grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground. Operating or digging on gravel ground may cause serious
damage to shoe, shoe bolts and other parts such as rollers.
*The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

Bucket Types and Applications ZX470LC-5B

Bucket Capacity Bucket Width Front-End Attachment
m3 mm (in) ZX470LC-5B
Bucket 7.0 m Boom 8.2 m Boom
Heaped
Flat With Side Cutters 2.9 m 3.4 m 3.9 m 4.9 m 4.9 m
PCSA (CECE)
Arm Arm Arm Arm Arm
1.15 (1.0) 0.9 1210 (48") * * * ћ ћ
1.4 (1.2) 1.0 1410 (56") * * * ћ Н
1.6 (1.4) 1.2 1360 (54") ћ ћ ћ * *
Hoe Bucket
1.9 (1.7) 1.4 1540 (61") ћ ћ ћ * *
2.1 (1.8) 1.5 1630 (64") ћ ћ ™ * *
2.3 (2.0) 1.7 1660 (65") ћ ™ Н * *

f NOTE: ћ : For general excavating (digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.)
™ : For light duty excavating (digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
The bulk density shall be less than 1600 kg/m3 as a standard.)
Н : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

12-3
 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications ZX670LC-5B

A C
G

L
B F

E
D

K J
I H
MJAA-12-005

Model ZX670LC-5B
3.6 m (11 ft 10 in)
Type of Front-End Attachment -
Standard Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 2.9 (2.5: CECE)
Operating Weight kg (lb) 67000 (147700)
Base Machine Weight kg (lb) 51700 (114000)
Engine - ISUZU AL-6WG1XZSA-02 345 kW/1800 min-1 (469 PS/1800 rpm)
A: Overall Width mm (ft·in) 4360 (14' 4")
B: Cab Height mm (ft·in) 3550 (11' 8")
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm (ft·in) 4020 (13' 2")
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm (ft·in) *860 (34")
E: Counterweight Clearance mm (ft·in) *1530 (5')
F: Engine Cover Height mm (ft·in) 3460 (11' 4")
G: Overall Width of
mm (ft·in) 4090 (13' 5")
Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length mm (ft·in) 5840 (19' 2")
I: Undercarriage Width
mm (ft·in) 4200/3730 (13' 9"/12' 3")
(Extended/Retracted)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm (ft·in) 4590 (15' 1")
K: Track Shoe Width mm (ft·in) 900 (35") (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm (ft·in) 4230 (13' 11")
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) (psi) 101 (1.02) (14.6)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.0
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 5.2/3.6
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

f NOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-4
 SPECIFICATIONS

Working Ranges ZX670LC-5B

G

F
A

MJAA-12-006

Backhoe

Model ZX670LC-5B
Boom Type 7.8 m (Standard) 6.8 m (BE) 9.2 m
3.6 m
Arm Type 4.2 m 2.9 m (BE) 5.3 m
(Standard)
A: Maximum Digging mm 13250 13850 11800 16170
Reach (ft·in) (43' 6") (45' 5") (38' 9") (53' 1")
B: Maximum Digging mm 8530 9150 7120 11480
Depth (ft·in) (27' 12") (30' 0") (23' 4") (37' 8")
C: Maximum Cutting mm 11190 12240 11190 13110
Height (ft·in) (38' 9") (40' 2") (36' 9") (43' 0")
D: Maximum Dumping mm 8050 8330 7330 9680
Height (ft·in) (26' 5") (27' 4") (24' 1") (31' 9")
E: Overall Height mm *4460 *4980 *4960 *5400
(ft·in) (14' 8") (16' 4") (16' 3") (17' 9")
F: Overall Length mm *13390 *13390 *12420 *14360
(ft·in) (43' 11") (43' 11") (40' 9") (47' 1")
G: Minimum Swing mm 5780 5760 5240 6990
Radius (ft·in) (19' 0") (18' 11") (17' 2") (22' 11")

f NOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-5
 SPECIFICATIONS

Shoe Types and Applications ZX670LC-5

Grouser Shoe
Shoe Width
900 mm
Application For Weak Footing (Standard)
Operating Weight kg (lb) 68400 (150800)
Base Machine Weight kg (lb) 53100 (117100)
Cab Height mm (ft·in) 3550 (11' 8")
Base Machine Minimum Ground Clearance mm (ft·in) *860 (34")
Specifications Undercarriage Length mm (ft·in) 5840 (19' 2")
Undercarriage Width 4200/3730
mm (ft·in)
(Extended/Retracted) (13' 9"/12' 3")
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) (psi) 74 (0.76) (10.7)

f NOTE: The specification for the front-end attachment is for (3.6 m) arm with (2.9 m3) (2.5 m3: CECE) bucket (heaped). 900
mm grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground. Operating or digging on gravel ground may cause serious
damage to shoe, shoe bolts and other parts such as rollers.
*The dimensions of "Minimum Ground Clearance" do not include the height of the shoe lug.

Bucket Types and Applications ZX670LC-5B

Bucket Front-End Attachment
Bucket Width
Capacity
mm (in) ZX670LC-5B
m3 Weight
Bucket
Heaped kg (lb) 6.8 m BE Boom 7.8 m Standard Boom 9.2 m Long Boom
Without With Side
PCSA 3.6 m 4.2 m Semi-
Side Cutter Cutter 2.9m BE Arm 5.3 m Long Arm
(CECE) Standard Arm long Arm
1540
1.5 (1.3) 1180 (3' 10") 1320 (4' 4") * * * ћ
(3400)
2150
2.5 (2.2) 1480 (4' 10") 1620 (5' 4") * ћ ћ *
(4740)
Hoe Bucket
2310
2.9 (2.5) 1680 (5' 6") 1820 (5' 12") * ћ Н *
(5100)
2980
3.5 (3.1) 1800 (5' 11") 1990 (6' 6") ћ * * *
(6570)

fNOTE: ћ : For general excavating (digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.)
Н : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

12-6
 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications ZX870LC-5B

A C
G

L
B F

E
D

K J
I H MJAA-12-009

Model ZX870LC-5B
Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.7 m (12 ft 2 in) Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 3.5 (3.1: CECE)
Operating Weight kg (lb) 84100 (185400)
Base Machine Weight kg (lb) 64500 (142200)
Engine - 397 kW/1800 min-1 (540 PS/1800 rpm)
A: Overall Width mm (ft·in) 4450 (14' 7")
B: Cab Height mm (ft·in) 3690 (12' 1")
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm (ft·in) 4600 (15' 1")
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm (ft·in) *890 (35")
E: Counterweight Clearance mm (ft·in) *1680 (5' 6")
F: Engine Cover Height mm (ft·in) 3630 (11' 11")
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm (ft·in) 4120 (13' 6")
H: Undercarriage Length mm (ft·in) 6360 (20' 10")
Undercarriage Width (Extended/
I: mm (ft·in) 4350/3730 (14 3"/12' 3")
Retracted)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm (ft·in) 5110 (16' 9")
K: Track Shoe Width mm (ft·in) 900 (35") (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm (ft·in) 4410 (14' 6")
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) (psi) 112 (1.14) (16.2)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 7.8
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 4.7/3.2
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

f NOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-7
 SPECIFICATIONS

Working Ranges ZX870LC-5B

F
A

MJAA-12-010
Backhoe

Model ZX870LC-5B
Boom Type 8.4 m (Standard) 7.1 m (BE)
Arm Type 3.7 m (Standard) 4.4 m 2.95 m (BE)
A: Maximum Digging Reach mm (ft·in) 14100 (46' 3") 14910 (48' 11") 12340 (40' 6")
B: Maximum Digging Depth mm (ft·in) 8870 (29' 1") 9570 (31' 5") 7140 (23' 5")
C: Maximum Cutting Height mm (ft·in) 13030 (42' 9") 13820 (45' 4") 12010 (39' 5")
D: Maximum Dumping Height mm (ft·in) 9080 (29' 10") 9740 (32') 8130 (26' 8")
E: Overall Height mm (ft·in) *4770 (15' 8") *5130 (16' 10") *5200 (17' 1")
F: Overall Length mm (ft·in) *14800 (48' 7") *14800 (48' 7") *13550 (44' 6")
G: Minimum Swing Radius mm (ft·in) 5950 (19' 6") 5950 (19' 6") 5210 (17' 1")

fNOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

12-8
 SPECIFICATIONS

Shoe Types and Applications ZX870LC-5B

Grouser Shoe
Shoe Width
900 mm
Application For Weak Footing (Standard)
Operating Weight kg (lb) 84100 (185400)
Base Machine Weight kg (lb) 64500 (142200)
Cab Height mm (ft·in) 3660 (12')
Base Machine Minimum Ground Clearance mm (ft·in) *890 (35")
Specifications Undercarriage Length mm (ft·in) 6360 (20' 10")
Undercarriage Width 4350/3730
mm (ft·in)
(Extended/ Retracted) (14' 3"/12' 3")
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) (psi) 82 (0.84) (11.9)

f NOTE: The specifications for the front-end attachment are for (3.7 m) arm with (3.5 m3) (3.1 m3 CECE) bucket (heaped). 900
mm grouser shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground. Operating or digging on gravel ground may cause serious
damage to shoe, shoe bolts and other parts such as rollers.
The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

Bucket Types and Applications ZX870LC-5B

Bucket Capacity Bucket Width Front-End Attachment
m3 mm (in) Bucket ZX870LC-5B
Weight
Bucket Heaped Side Cutter Side Shroud Teeth 7.1 m BE Boom 8.4 m Boom
kg (lb)
PCSA Flat (qty.)
None Included 2.95 m BE Arm 3.7 m Arm 4.4 m Arm
(CECE)
2700
2.9 (2.6) 2.2 1590 (5' 3") 1780 (5' 10") 5 * ћ (Standard)ћ
(5950)
2950
Hoe Bucket 3.5 (3.1) 2.6 1850 (6' 1") 2040 (6' 8") 5 * (Standard)ћ Н
(6500)
3970
4.5 (3.9) 3.4 2120 (7' 0") 2190 (7' 2") 5 (Standard)ћ * *
(8750)

f NOTE: ћ : For general excavating (digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.)
Н : Not Applicable (Not Warrantable)
* : Impossible to install

12-9
 SPECIFICATIONS

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

12-10
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

Counterweight Removal/Install Device

IMPORTANT: The hydraulics installed on this machine are
adjusted at the factory. Never attempt to adjust the
hydraulics. Failure to do so may cause serious accident
or damage to the machine.

Counterweight Removal/Install Switch

The switch is located on the optional switch panel in the
cab.
Position pilot shut-off lever to LOCK position and toggle the
counterweight removal/install switch (1) to the ON position.
The counterweight removal/install device becomes usable MDAA-01-327
Pilot Shut-Off Lever
and icon (2) will be displayed on the monitor.
Displayed icon varies depending on the operation and
condition of the machine.

Definition of Icons
Display Description
Counterweight removal/install
operation can be done by
operating the counterweight
1
(Icon lights.) removal/install operation lever.
The icon blinks and the buzzer
sounds intermittently while
MJAA-01-004
operating the counterweight Optional Switch Panel
(Icon blinks and buzzer removal/install operation lever.
sounds intermittently.)
The icon indicates counterweight 1
removal/install warning. (Refer
to the next page for detailed
information.)
(Red background
and buzzer sounds
continuously.)
It is suspected to be a malfunction MJAA-NACW1-004
of device. Consult your authorized
dealer.
(Blinking background 2
red)

MJAA-NACW1-003

13-1
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

Counterweight Removal/Install Device Alarm 2

When oil pressure in the counterweight removal/install
device cylinder increases, an alarm sounds continuously and
background of icon (2) turns red on the monitor.

Icon indicates warning situation.

(Red background)

IMPORTANT: MJAA-NACW1-003
— Do not operate the machine if the buzzer sounds
when the counterweight is fully installed. Failure to
follow direction may cause serious damage to the Lifting Yoke
counterweight removal/install device. If the buzzer
sounds, immediately check and ensure the stop
valve is fully closed and the lifting yoke is in the REST
position by operating the counterweight removal/
install operation lever. Refer to counterweight
removal/install sections for information on
counterweight operation.
— If the buzzer sounds while the counterweight is
removed and the remove and install arm is in the
up position, fully close the stop valve and lower
Lifting Yoke REST Position
the counterweight removal/install device until the
MJAA-NACW1-017
clearance (C) between the device and the machine
C
frame becomes approximately 100 mm by operating
the counterweight removal/install operation lever.
After that, be sure to fully open the stop valve.

MJAA-NACW1-009

Counterweight
Removal/Install
Operation Lever

Stop Valve

Inside Pump Compartment Door

MJAA-NACW1-013

13-2
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

Counterweight Removal
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to remove or install
counterweight with the track gauge in the narrow
(transport) position. Before removing or installing the
counterweight, the track gauge must be widened to
the work position.

IMPORTANT: Remove the counterweight on level and

solid surface. M116-06-019

1. Park the machine on level and solid ground. Position the

machine so that the centerline of the upperstructure is
perpendicular to the track.
2. Lower the bucket onto the ground. 1

IMPORTANT: The turbo charger may be damaged if the

engine is not properly shut down.
3. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
4. Stop the engine.
5. Pull the pilot shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
IMPORTANT: The counterweight removal/install device
does not operate unless the pilot shut-off lever is in MJAA-NACW1-001
2
the LOCK position.

dCAUTION:
— Avoid personal injury from unexpected
counterweight movement.
— Ensure machine is on level and solid surface and
positioned for counterweight operation.
— DO NOT go under the counterweight while removing
or installing the counterweight.
— Clear everyone from the area before removing or
installing the counterweight.
Counterweight Weights:
3 4 5
ZX470LC-5B : 8400 kg
MJAA-NACW1-007
ZX670LC-5B : 9800 kg
ZX870LC-5B : 12400 kg

6. Remove bolts (1) to remove counterweight top cover (2).

7. Remove bottom covers (3), (4) and (5).

13-3
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

IMPORTANT: If the device is not properly lubricated

through the grease fittings, moving parts may bind,
and the counterweight may not go to the top even
though the cylinder operates normally.
8. Lubricate all grease fittings on the counterweight
removal/install device before starting operation.

Grease Fittings MJAA-NACW1-008

9. Open and secure pump compartment door.

Turn handle of stop valve (9) clockwise and ensure that
the valve is completely closed.
9

IMPORTANT: MJAA-NACW1-014

— Ensure pin brackets (7) of the counterweight and A 8

lifting yokes (6) of the removal/install device are 7 6
connected by pins (10). If they are not connected, the
counterweight may drop off.
— Length (A) should not be longer than 90 mm (3.5 in).
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the bolts.
10
10. Ensure length (A) is correct, and lock nuts (8) are not
loose.
Length (A): 70 2 mm
11. Remove lock pins (13) from nuts (12) on bolts (11).
MJAA-NACW1-002

11

12 13

M1J3-NACW1-008

13-4
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

12. Remove cover (16) from the counterweight removal/

15
install operation lever.
13. Disconnect rear view camera connector (15). Bundle
up the cables of the disconnected connectors at the
counterweight side to prevent them from being caught
16
on the machine when removing and installing the
counterweight.

ZX470LC-5B MJAA-NACW1-010

15

16

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-NACW1-011

15

16

ZX870LC-5B MJAA-NACW1-012

13-5
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

14. Run machine with the engine control dial (18) set to the
fully counterclockwise position (slow idle).
Start the engine.
18
Slow Idle

M1U1-01-033

15. Toggle counterweight removal/install switch (19)

ON. Ensure counterweight removal/install icon (20) is 19
displayed on the monitor screen.

MJAA-NACW1-004

20

MJAA-NACW1-003

13-6
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

dCAUTION:
— To ensure good footing and visibility, always stand 21
on the machine service walk when operating
counterweight removal/install operation lever (21).
— To avoid possible personal injury, keep fingers clear
of the movable part of slots (22) and the linkage
when operating cylinder.
fNOTE: When counterweight removal/install operation lever
(21) is operated, the counterweight removal/install icon on
the monitor blinks and the buzzer sounds intermittently.
MJAA-NACW1-013

16. Slowly operate counterweight removal/install operation

lever (21) several times to ensure yokes (6) moves in slots 6
(22).

dCAUTION: Avoid personal injury from sudden

counterweight movement. Move yokes (6) to the
lifting position before bolts (11) and (23) are loosened.

17. Slowly raise the cylinder to hold both lifting yokes (6) in
the lifting position by operating counterweight removal/
install operation lever (21).
18. Alternately loosen each of bolts (11) for 2 or 3 turns.
22 MJAA-NACW1-005
19. Bend the corner of lock plates (24) away from each head
of bolts (23) to release the lock. 6
20. Loosen bolts (23). Lifting
Position

22 MJAA-NACW1-006

23
11

24

M1J3-NACW1-012

13-7
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

21. Slowly move the counterweight removal/install B

operation lever UP until counterweight bottom bosses
25
(26) move away from machine's main frame (25) by
approximately 2 to 5 mm (0.1 to 0.2 in.) (B). This will
ensure the weight of the counterweight is supported by
the lift cylinder.

dCAUTION: If the threads of bolts (11) disengage from

nuts (12), nuts (12) and nut spacer drop to the ground.
Keep people away from under the machine when
26
removing bolts (11).

22. To avoid binding, loosen bolts (11) alternately by turning 11 12

each bolt for one turn at a time.
23. Remove bolts (23), lock plates (24), shims (28) and
spacers (27) from each counterweight boss (26). To avoid
binding, alternately loosen left and right side bolts (23)
by turning them for 2 or 3 turns at a time.
Remove bolts (11) from nuts (12). Remove bolts (11) from
the counterweight.

M1J3-NACW1-013

28 27

23

24

M1J3-NACW1-012

13-8
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

IMPORTANT: Do not operate the counterweight removal/

install operation lever to the full stroke. Operate the 8
cylinder as slow as possible.
6
24. Slowly lower the counterweight to the ground until full
weight is removed from the linkage, and lifting yokes (6)
move freely in slots (22).
25. Remove pins (10) to remove linkage of counterweight
and lifting yokes (6). Attach removed pins (10) to lifting 10
yokes (6).
26. Make sure lock nuts (8) are not loose.
27. Raise the counterweight removal/install device to the
end of its stroke. The buzzer in the cab activates then. MJAA-NACW1-002
22
Lower the counterweight removal/install device until the
clearance between the device and the machine frame (C)
becomes approximately 100 mm.
C
28. Ensure the background of the counterweight removal/
install icon turns white and the buzzer stops.
IMPORTANT: If residual pressure is in the cylinders, the
background of the counterweight removal/install icon
turns red and the buzzer sounds continuously.
In that case, lower the counterweight removal/install
device to position (C) by operating the counterweight
removal/install operation lever until the monitor
display turns white and the buzzer stops.

29. Toggle the counterweight removal/install switch in the

cab to the OFF position.
MJAA-NACW1-009
30. Fully open stop valve (9) by turning the valve handle
counterclockwise.
31. Install top cover to the counterweight and three bottom
covers to the machine mainframe.
32. Install cover (16) over the counterweight removal/install
operation lever. 16

33. Close pump compartment door. 9

dCAUTION: Avoid crushing injury. Do not go into the

movable range of the counterweight removal/install
device.
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Do not
place obstructions in the movable range of the
counterweight removal/install device.

MJAA-NACW1-014

13-9
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

Counterweight Installation
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to remove or install
counterweight with the track gauge in the narrow
(transport) position. Before removing or installing the
counterweight, the track gauge must be widened to
the work position.

IMPORTANT: Install the counterweight on a level and

solid surface. M116-06-029

1. Park the machine on level and solid ground. Position the

machine so that the centerline of the upperstructure is
perpendicular to the track.
1
2. Lower the bucket onto the ground.

IMPORTANT: The turbo charger may be damaged if the

engine is not properly shut down.
3. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for five
minutes.
4. Stop the engine.
5. Pull the pilot shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
IMPORTANT: The counterweight removal/install device
MJAA-NACW1-001
does not operate unless the pilot shut-off lever is in 2
the LOCK position.

dCAUTION:
— Avoid personal injury from unexpected
counterweight movement.
— Ensure machine is on level and solid surface and
positioned for counterweight operation.
— DO NOT go under the counterweight while removing
or installing the counterweight.
— Clear everyone from the area before removing or
installing the counterweight.
Counterweight Weights:
3 4 5
ZX470LC-5B : 8400 kg
ZX670LC-5B : 9800 kg MJAA-NACW1-007
ZX870LC-5B : 12400 kg
6. Remove bolts (1) to remove counterweight top cover (2).
7. Remove bottom covers (3), (4) and (5).

13-10
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

IMPORTANT: If the device is not properly lubricated

through the grease fittings, moving parts may bind,
and the counterweight may not go to the top even
though the cylinder operates normally.
8. Lubricate all grease fittings on the counterweight
removal/install device before starting operation.

Grease Fittings MJAA-NACW1-008

9. Open and secure pump compartment door and remove

cover (16) from the counterweight removal/install
operation lever.
16
10. Turn handle of stop valve (9) clockwise and ensure that
the valve is completely closed. 9

MJAA-NACW1-014

13-11
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

11. Run machine with the engine control dial (18) set to the
fully counterclockwise position (slow idle).
Start the engine.
18
Slow Idle

M1U1-01-033

12. Toggle counterweight removal/install switch (19)

ON. Ensure counterweight removal/install icon (20) is 19
displayed on the monitor screen.

MJAA-NACW1-004

20

MJAA-NACW1-003

13-12
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

dCAUTION: A
— To ensure good footing and visibility, always stand
on the machine service walk when operating
counterweight removal/install operation lever.
6
— To avoid possible personal injury, keep fingers clear
of the movable part of slots (22) and the linkage 10
when operating cylinder.
7
13. Lower the counterweight removal/install device.
14. Install counterweight lifting yokes (6) and link-pins
(10) to the counterweight pin brackets (7). Slide lifting
22 MJAA-NACW1-002
yoke (6) forward to the top position of slots (22) in the
counterweight pin brackets (7).

13-13
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

15. When installing the counterweight for the first time,

check the adjustment of removal/install device 27
according to the procedure given below. When installing A 8
counterweight is not the first time, start from step 16.
15.1 Adjust bolts (27) of lifting yoke (6) to length (A).
6
Length (A): 70 2 mm (2.8 0.08 in)
15.2 Slowly raise the counterweight until counterweight
bosses (26) fit to the mainframe (25) holes. The
clearance between counterweight bosses (26) and
mainframe (25) is 5 to 10 mm. Align the bottom of
counterweight bosses (26) to the bottom of main
frame (25) holes (within 0 to 5 mm).
MJAA-NACW1-002
Check whether bolts (11) can be inserted in the main
frame holes or not. If alignment of the counterweight
bosses (26) to the mainframe (25) holes is out (Bosses
can not be set into holes), lower the counterweight 25
to the ground and adjust length (A) as required. After 11 26
adjusting to correct length (A), tighten lock nuts (8).
Tightening torque: 250 N·m (25 kgf·m, 180 lbf·ft) 0 to 5 mm

IMPORTANT:
— Length (A) should not be longer than 90 mm (3.5 in).
Otherwise, it may cause damage to bolts.
5 to 10 mm
— Stop cylinder operation when bosses are set to the
mainframe holes. Do not raise the cylinder once the
bosses are engaged with the main frame holes.
16. Ensure length (A) is correct and lock nuts (8) are not
loose.

M1J3-13-004

13-14
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

17. Slowly raise the counterweight until the bottom of 11 14 12

the counterweight bosses (26) are aligned to the
holes on main frame (25), and the clearance between
counterweight bosses (26) and main frame (25) becomes
5 to 10 mm.
Ensure bolts (11), spacers (14) and nuts (12) can be
attached to the main frame.
18. Install spacers (14) and nuts (12) from the main frame
pump side. Turn nuts (12) until the end face of bolts (11)
becomes flash with the end face of nut.
19. Install spacers (14) and nuts (12) from the main frame
radiator side. Turn nuts (12) until the end face of bolt (10)
becomes flash with the end face of nut.
20. Tighten bolts (11) until the counterweight is attached M116-06-031
firmly to the main frame.
Tightening torque: 300 N·m (30 kgf·m, 220 lbf·ft) 25
28
21. Attach boss plates (27), shims (28), lock plates (24) 26
and bolts (23) temporarily to each of the lower
23
counterweight boss (26).
11

24

27

M1J3-NACW1-012

13-15
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

22. Slightly lower the lift cylinder until lifting yokes (6) slides
backward to SET position in slots (22).
SET Position
Ensure the counterweight bosses (26) contact with 6
mainframe holes (26).
23. Ensure the background of the counterweight removal/
22
install icon turns white and the buzzer stops.
IMPORTANT: If residual pressure is in the cylinders, the
background of the counterweight removal/install icon
turns red and the buzzer sounds continuously.
In that case, slightly lower the counterweight removal/
install device by operating the counterweight removal/
install operation lever until the monitor display turns MJAA-NACW1-006
white and the buzzer stops.
24. Tighten bolts (11). 11 14 12
Tightening torque: 2400 N·m (245 kgf·m, 1770 lbf·ft)

fNOTE: Tighten or loosen bolts (11) to adjust the position of

lock pins.
25. Install boss plates (27), shims (28), new lock plates (24)
and bolts (23) to each of the lower counterweight boss
(26).
26. Tighten bolts (23).
Tightening torque: 700 N·m (70 kgf·m, 520 lbf·ft)

M116-06-031

25
28
26

23
11

24

27

MJAA-NACW1-015

13-16
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

27. Ensure the yoke attached to the pin brackets of the 13

counterweight is not too tight.
If necessary, slightly move the cylinder up and down
to adjust to the above mentioned condition, and then
check the tightening torque again.
28. Install lock pins (13) into the nuts from the top side of
the machine.
29. Bend upper and lower corners of lock plates (24) to lock
the bolts.
30. Slightly lower the lift cylinder until lifting yoke (6)
slides backward to the REST position by operating the
counterweight removal/install operation lever.
IMPORTANT: If the machine is operated without lifting
yoke (6) being set to REST position, the buzzer may
activate.
24

MJAA-NACW1-016

Lifting Yoke REST Position

MJAA-NACW1-017

13-17
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

31. Toggle the counterweight removal/install switch in the

15
cab to the OFF position.
32. Turn handle of stop valve (9) clockwise and ensure the
valve is completely closed.
33. Install top cover to the counterweight and three bottom 16
covers to the machine's mainframe.
34. Install cover (16) over the counterweight removal/install
operation lever. 9

35. Connect rear view camera connector (15).

36. Close pump compartment door.

ZX470LC-5B MJAA-NACW1-010

15

16

ZX670LC-5B MJAA-NACW1-011

15

16

ZX870LC-5B MJAA-NACW1-012

13-18
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Counterweight Removal/Install Device

Troubleshooting
If any abnormality is found on the machine, immediately take action to solve it. Find out the cause of the abnormality to
prevent the recurrence of malfunction.
If the cause of malfunction is unknown or for inquiry on solution item with mark "*" on the list below, consult your nearest
Hitachi dealer.
IMPORTANT: Do NOT attempt to adjust or disassemble hydraulics, electrical and electronic parts.

Problem Cause Solution

Counterweight removal/install alarm Cylinder's inside pressure increases. Set the lifting yoke to REST position.
activates during operation. Fully close the stop valve.
Sensor or wiring harness * Repair or replace
Hydraulic parts * Repair or replace
Counterweight removal/install The pilot control shut-off lever is NOT Pull the pilot shut-off lever to the LOCK
device does not operate or it moves in the LOCK position. position.
abnormally. Counterweight removal/install switch Turn the switch ON.
is turned OFF.
Stop valve is open. Fully close the stop valve.
Sensor or wiring harness * Repair or replace
Hydraulic parts * Repair or replace
While parking the machine with Stop valve is closed. Fully open the stop valve.
counterweight removed, the cylinder Hydraulic parts * Repair or replace
becomes fully retracted.
* Consult your nearest Hitachi dealer.

13-19
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Automatic Lubrication

Automatic Lubrication
The automatic lubrication device uses grease-tank-attached
electric pump (1) to automatically lubricate the greasing
points on the front attachment at intervals. Turn auto
lubrication switch (2) ON, then confirm that auto lubrication 2
displays (4) display on monitor (3).
Electric pump (1) is set to operate for duration of
approximately 2 minutes at 50 operating minutes intervals.

Electric pump (1) is located in the right front cover.

Electric pump (1) and grease tank (6) are all-in-one designs. M1J1-03-001

The following points are lubricated by the automatic 2

lubrication device.
As for the bucket and link pins, use a grease gun to
lubricate them. (Refer to the heading “Greasing” in the
“MAINTENANCE” section.)

Check Grease Quantity/Add Grease

M1J1-01-018
Check Grease Quantity: 4
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Check remaining grease quantity in grease tank (6)
located in the tool box.
3

IMPORTANT: Check grease tank (6) and add grease as

needed so that the tank does not become empty. If
the electric pump is operated with the grease tank
empty, air will get into lubrication lines, resulting in
insufficient lubrication.
MJAA-01-013

M1J1-07-085

13-20
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Automatic Lubrication

Adding Grease Via Grease Fittings Using Grease Gun:

7
Add grease into grease tank (6) via grease fitting (7) located on
the top of the tank using a electric grease gun.
Note that grease may not be able to added via grease fitting 8
(7) in cold weather as grease becomes hard. Be sure to fill
the tank full before this happens so that adding grease is 6
not required while the weather is cold. If adding grease is
required in cold weather, warm the grease cartridge. (The
capacity of the tank is approximately 2 liters which could cover
approximately 2000 to 2400 operating hours.)

IMPORTANT: 1
— Check grease tank (6) and add grease as needed M1J1-07-085
so that the tank does not become empty. If electric
pump (1) is operated with grease tank (6) empty, air
will get into lubrication lines, resulting in insufficient
lubrication.
— Do not remove grease tank (6) upper cover (8) when
greasing. Sand and garbage may enter into grease
tank (6).
Take special care to keep clean free from dirt when
refilling.
— Be careful not to allow dust to enter grease tank (6).
Electric pump (1) may be damaged if dust becomes
mixed into the auto lubrication system.

fNOTE: Electric pump (1) is equipped with a safety valve. If

the pump delivery pressure exceeds 34 MPa (350 kgf/cm2,
4980 psi), grease will be discharged from the safety valve. If
this happens, contact your authorized dealer for inspection.
Also, contact your authorized dealer for any failure of
equipment or lines, or for any inquiries.

13-21
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Automatic/Manual Lubrication

Automatic/Manual Lubrication
IMPORTANT: The auto-lubrication system is not applied
to the bucket connection pins, swing bearing, swing
gears, and track adjuster. Manually lubricate these 1
systems.

Auto-Lubrication
IMPORTANT:
— The system will not operate unless grease pump
switch (1) is ON. In case the system does not operate,
check if grease pump switch (1) is ON
— Check that lubrication mode switch (3) is in the AUTO
position before shifting lubrication control valve
lever (2) to the AUTO position. In case lubrication M16J-OP9-001
mode switch (3) is in the MANUAL position, auto-
lubrication alarm on the monitor panel comes ON.
In this case, the lubricator will continue to supply
2
grease, possibly resulting in oversupplying of
To Distributor
grease.
— If the follow plate is incorrectly set, the grease pump
may not discharge grease even if a sufficient amount Manual
of grease is present in the grease tank. Correctly set
the follow plate. (Refer to the descriptions on the From Grease
grease container replacement in the lubricator.) Pump

1. Turn grease pump switch (1) ON.

Auto
2. Move lubrication control valve lever (2) in the lubricator To Hose
Reel
box to the AUTO position.
M162-07-061
3. Turn lubrication mode switch (3) on the switch panel
under the left armrest to the AUTO position.

M1J1-03-001

M1J1-01-032

13-22
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Automatic/Manual Lubrication

4. Confirm auto-lubrication displays (5) display. In case 5

auto-lubrication alarm on monitor panel (4) stays ON,
the following problems may be present in the auto-
lubrication line. Check the cause of the problem and take
the corrective action as described below until auto-
lubrication alarm goes OFF.
4

– The grease can is empty.

When auto-lubrication alarm comes ON, open the grease
can and check the grease level. Replace the grease can as
needed.

– The lubrication mode switch is in the MANUAL Position. MJAA-01-013

When auto-lubrication alarm stays ON, check if
lubrication mode switch (3) is in the AUTO position If not, 3
turn lubrication mode switch (3) to the AUTO position.

– The distributor or pipeline is clogged.

Even after the above checking is conducted, in case auto-
lubrication alarm still stays ON, stop auto-lubrication
and manually lubricate. Then, consult your nearest
Hitachi dealer for further tracing to find the cause of the
problem. M1J1-01-032

IMPORTANT: After completing lubrication, release the

remaining pressure to protect the grease pump from
being damaged. 6

5. Loosen check valve (6) or operate the grease gun to

release the remaining pressure from the pump unit and
the hoses in the hose reel (The pressurized grease may
be slightly discharged from check valve (6) drain port at
this time).

M16J-OP9-001

13-23
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Automatic/Manual Lubrication

Manual Lubrication
Perform manual lubrication using a manual lubricator.
Manually lubricate the bucket joint pins swing bearing, 1
swing gears in addition use manual lubrication system
when adjusting the track sag or in case the auto-lubrication
system fails.

IMPORTANT: The system will not operate unless grease

pump switch (1) is ON, Check if grease pump switch (1)
is ON in case the system does not operate.

1. Turn grease pump switch (1) ON.

2. Move lubrication control valve lever (2) in the lubricator M16J-OP9-001
box to the MANUAL position. 2
3. Turn lubrication mode switch (3) on the switch panel
under the left armrest to the MANUAL position. Auto-
lubrication alarm on the monitor panel comes ON at this
time.
Manual

fNOTE: A lit the auto-lubrication alarm does not mean that

the auto-lubrication system has become inoperable. This is a
normal operation at this time. Auto

4. Using the lubricator and grease gun, add grease to the

respective greasing points.
M162-07-064

IMPORTANT: After completing lubrication release the

remaining pressure to protect the grease pump from
being damaged.

M1J1-03-001

M1J1-01-032

13-24
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Automatic/Manual Lubrication

5. Turn lubrication mode switch (3) to the OFF Position.

3
6. Loosen check valve (6) or trigger the grease gun to
release the remaining pressure from the pump unit and
the hoses in the hose reel (The pressurized grease may
be slightly discharged from check valve (6) drain port at
this time.)

M1J1-01-032

M16J-OP9-001

13-25
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Lubricator

Lubricator
Greasing Method 8

1. Turn power switch (8) ON to activate pump (1). Grease is

sucked up and supplied to high-pressure grease gun (3). 1
2
IMPORTANT: When pump (1) begins to suck grease, any
air inside pump (1) will be mixed in, making grease
turn whitish. Open check valve cock (2) to bleed this
air-mixed grease.
Securely close check valve cock (2) when all air-mixed
grease is bled out.
M111-07-011

M111-07-012

13-26
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Lubricator

2. Get high-pressure grease gun (3) and pay out the hose 1
from hose reel (4) to the length required. 8
3. Press hydro-chuck (5) protruding from high-pressure
grease gun (3) into a grease fitting and pull the lever to
discharge grease.
4. Release the lever when greasing is complete; grease
discharge will stop.
5. When detaching hydro-chuck (5) from grease fitting (7),
grease fitting (7) tip may break unless a special care, is
taken, as follows:
6. Tilt nozzle (6) a little so as to release the connecting
pressure applied to hydro-chuck (5). Slowly detach
hydro-chuck (5) from grease fitting (7). 5
7. When all greasing work is complete, turn power
switch (8) OFF, then pull grease gun (3) lever to release 6
remaining pressure from grease gun (3), pump (1), and
the hose so as to ensure long life of the components. A
little grease will be discharged at this time. 3

f NOTE: The hose has a limited service life. Periodically inspect

the hose for cracks, grease leakage, or any other damage. If
any damage is found, replace the hose.
4
M111-07-012

M111-07-013

13-27
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Lubricator

Grease Container Replacement 1

When the grease container becomes empty, follow the
procedure below to replace it.

IMPORTANT: When replacing grease container (4), be

sure that no sand or debris sticks to suction tube (5)
or to follower plate (3). If foreign matter, such as sand,
gets into grease, damage to pump (1) and to parts
7
being lubricated will result.
If follower plate (3) is not correctly positioned inside
the container, pump (1) may not suck grease, even with
grease remaining in the container. Reposition the plate 2
correctly if this happens. 6

3
5
4

M111-07-014

13-28
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Lubricator

1. Loosen wing bolts (2) located on pail cover (7). Remove 1

pail cover (7) and follower plate (3) from empty grease
container (4).
2. Replace grease container (4) with new one.
3. Place follower plate (3) flat on the new grease container
(4). Using both hands, press follower plate (3) down
while moving both hands back and forth along the
periphery of the container inside, as illustrated. Apply 7
grease to the back of follower plate (3) to fill concaved
sections; this will prevent air from mixing into the grease
contents.
2
4. Press the follower plate until grease comes out of seal 6
packing (6) hole.
5. Slowly insert suction tube (5) into the center hole of 3
follower plate (3). 5

IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage seal packing (6) by 4

the end of suction tube (5) when inserting it.

6. Be sure that pail cover (7) correctly settles on the M111-07-014

container. Equally tighten each wing bolt (2) to pail cover
(7) to securely attach the pump assembly onto grease
container (4).
7. After replacing grease container (4), insert the sway lock
bracket attached on pail cover (7) into the bracket in the
lubricator box.
3

M111-07-087

Grease Container

M1JB-07-055

13-29
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Fuel Feed Device

Fuel Feed Device (with Filter) (Optional)

1
Fuel Feeding Operation
1. Stop the engine. Remove cap (1) on the fuel tank.

fNOTE: When fuel is fed with the filler cap being placed, the
pump does not work properly due to increase of the tank
pressure. Also, service life of the pump and filter becomes
shorter.
2. Take out the hose from the tool box, and put the end of
the hose into a fuel drum. MJAA-13-001
Turn the pump switch (2) ON to start fueling.
3. Feed fuel while monitoring float (3) of the level gauge.
Stop feeding by turning the pump switch (4) OFF. 4 2

dCAUTION: Fuel feeding function stops automatically

when fuel is filled up as the level switch in the fuel tank
detects the fuel level. However, double check the fuel
level with the float for safety.
4. Be sure to lock filler cap (1) at the top of the fuel tank
with the key to prevent the cap from being lost as well as
to prevent vandalism.

IMPORTANT: Take care not to allow dirt and/or water to

enter the fuel tank while fueling. Wipe off any spilled MJAA-13-002
fuel.

MJAA-13-003

13-30
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Fuel Feed Device

Filter Element Replacement Procedure

Replace the element when the needle reaches the red zone
(0.1 MPa or higher).

1. Place a container under the drain hose.

2. Open drain cock (1) to drain fuel.
3. Loosen bolts (2) to remove cover (3). When removing
cover (3), slowly remove the cover while pressing the
cover downward so that spring (4) does not fly off. MJAA-13-004

4. Remove spring (4) and element (5).

5. Replace element (5) and O-ring (6). Spring 4 3 2
(DRW No.: 4714360)
6. Install cover (3) with bolts (2).

6 O-ring
(DRW No.: A810190)

5 Element
1 (DRW No.: 4714359)

MJAA-13-005

13-31
 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
Fuel Feed Device

MEMO
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................

13-32
 INDEX
A Beware of Asbestos and Silicon Dust and Other
Acting Time Setting ..................................................................... 1-45 Contamination ......................................................................... S-35
Actual Operation .......................................................................... 1-78 Beware of Exhaust Fumes.......................................................... S-32
Adjust Bucket Linkage ..............................................................7-103 Bleed Air from the Fuel System ............................................... 7-63
Adjust Compressor Belt Tension ............................................. 7-87 Bleed Air from the Hydraulic System .................................... 7-45
Adjust the Operator’s Seat ...........................................................S-6 Boom Mode Switch (6) ............................................................... 1-98
Adjusting Operator’s Seat .......................................................1-131 Breaker Operation ........................................................................ 1-72
Adjusting Procedures................................................................1-133 BREAK-IN.............................................................................................2-1
After the First 100 Hours ...............................................................2-1 Brightness Adjustment ............................................................... 1-58
After the First 50 Hours .................................................................2-1 Bucket Types and Applications ZX470LC-5B ...................... 12-3
Air Cleaner ...................................................................................... 7-76 Bucket Types and Applications ZX670LC-5B ...................... 12-6
Air Conditioner ................................................................... 1-28, 7-84 Bucket Types and Applications ZX870LC-5B ...................... 12-9
Air Conditioner ON/OFF ............................................................. 1-28 C
Alarm Occurrence Screen .......................................................... 1-18
Cab Door Release Lever ...........................................................1-123
AM/FM Radio Operation ..........................................................1-118
Cab Features (Std. Model) ............................................................1-6
AM/FM Selector/Tuning Switch (Radio) ............................... 1-90
Cab Features (with Attachment) ................................................1-7
Armrest Adjustment ..................................................................1-132
Cab Heater Operation ...............................................................1-114
Attachment ..................................................................................... 5-40
Cab Light Switch .........................................................................1-107
Attachment Adjust....................................................................... 1-40
Change Bucket ............................................................................7-100
Attachment Name Input ............................................................ 1-42
Change Coolant ............................................................................ 7-81
Attachment Operation ............................................................... 1-74
Change Engine Oil, Replace Engine Oil Filter ..................... 7-30
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Breaker) (Optional) ...............5-3
Change Hydraulic Oil .................................................................. 7-43
Attachment Pedal (Hydraulic Crusher) (Optional)...............5-4
Check Air Conditioner................................................................. 7-86
Attachment selection ................................................................. 1-30
Check and Clean Filter Element of Muffler Filter.............7-154
Audio Input (Optional) .............................................................1-122
Check and Clean Injection Nozzle ........................................7-153
Auto Air Conditioner .................................................................1-110
Check and Clean Muffler Filter ..............................................7-154
Auto Shut-Down ................................................................ 1-44, 5-10
Check and Replace Bucket Teeth ............................................ 7-97
Auto Shut-Down ON/OFF .......................................................... 1-44
Check and Replace EGR Device .............................................7-110
AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch (Air Conditioner) ............... 1-89
Check and Replace Seat Belt ..................................................7-104
Auto-Idle .............................................................................................5-8
Check at Preseason and Off-Season ...................................... 7-88
Auto-Idle Switch ........................................................................... 1-91
Check Coolant Level .................................................................... 7-80
Auto-Lubrication .............................................................1-48, 13-22
Check Fuel Hoses .......................................................................... 7-75
Auto-Lubrication Selector Switch (Optional) (10) ............ 1-99
Check Gas Damper ....................................................................7-111
Auto-Lubrication Switch (9)...................................................... 1-99
Check Handrails (ZX470LC-5B) ..............................................7-111
Automatic Lubrication ..............................................................13-20
Check Hoses and Lines ............................................................... 7-53
Automatic/Manual Lubrication .............................................13-22
Check Hydraulic Oil Level .......................................................... 7-41
AUX Function Lever 1................................................................1-104
Check Instruments After Starting ..............................................3-7
AUX Function Lever 2................................................................1-105
Check Looseness at Each of Fastened Areas ...................... 7-87
Avoid Abusive Operation .......................................................... 5-23
Check of Fuel Injection Timing ..............................................7-110
Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing
Check O-rings in Bucket ..........................................................7-152
Flammable Fluids .................................................................... S-34
Check Starter and Alternator .................................................7-110
Avoid Hammer Work ................................................................... 5-22
Check the Hour Meter Regularly................................................7-3
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines ....................... S-34
Check Track Sag ..........................................................................7-106
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................................................... S-29
Check Turbocharger ..................................................................7-153
Avoid Injury from Back-Over and Swing Accidents ......... S-17
Check Water Pump.....................................................................7-110
Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents .................................. S-16
Check Water Separator (Optional).......................................... 7-73
Avoid Power Lines ........................................................................ S-21
Check Windshield Fluid Level ................................................7-105
Avoid Side Load the Bucket ...................................................... 5-23
Cigar Lighter.................................................................................1-106
Avoid Tipping................................................................................. S-19
Circulation Air Mode ................................................................... 1-28
Avoid Undercutting ..................................................................... S-19
Clean Air Conditioner Condenser ........................................... 7-83
B Clean and Replace Air Cleaner Outer/Inner Element ...... 7-76
Backrest Adjustment .................................................................1-132 Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter ............................. 7-84
Basic Screen .................................................................................... 1-10 Clean Cab Floor ...........................................................................7-109
Battery .............................................................................................. 7-90 Clean EGR Cooler ........................................................................7-153
Before Starting Engine ..................................................................3-2 Clean Fuel Oil Cooler ................................................................... 7-83
Clean Fuel Solenoid Pump Strainer ....................................... 7-72

14-1
 INDEX
Clean Oil Cooler, Radiator and Inter Cooler Front F
Screen ......................................................................................... 7-83 Fan Reverse Switch (Optional) (7) ........................................... 1-98
Clean Radiator/Oil Cooler/Inter Cooler Core ...................... 7-83 Fan Reverse System (Optional) ..............................................1-100
Clock.................................................................................................. 1-14 Fasten Your Seat Belt ......................................................................S-7
Components Name .......................................................... 1-1, 1-111 Fastening Machine for Transporting ........................................6-4
Confirm Direction of Machine to Be Driven........................ S-13 Features .........................................................................................1-110
Console and Seat Fore-aft Adjustment ..............................1-131 Flow Rate Adjustment ................................................................ 1-40
Console Height Adjustment ...................................................1-133 Follow Safety Instructions ............................................................S-2
Control Lever (HITACHI Pattern) (Optional)............................5-2 For Rapid Cooling .......................................................................1-117
Control Lever (ISO Pattern) ..........................................................5-1 Front Joint Pins .............................................................................. 7-25
Controller Part Name and Function .....................................1-112 Fuel Consumption........................................................................ 1-70
Controls on the radio ................................................................1-118 Fuel Feed Device .........................................................................13-30
Cool Head/Warm Feet Operation .........................................1-116 Fuel Feed Device (with Filter) (Optional) ..........................13-30
Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................... 1-15 Fuel Gauge ...................................................................................... 1-14
Cooling Operation .....................................................................1-115 Fuel System..................................................................................... 7-58
Cooling System ............................................................................. 7-79 Fuse Box .........................................................................................1-109
Correct Maintenance and Inspection Procedures ...............7-1 Fuse Box 1 .....................................................................................1-109
Counterweight Installation .....................................................13-10 Fuse Box 2 .....................................................................................1-109
Counterweight Removal............................................................ 13-3
Counterweight Removal/Install Device ............................... 13-1 G
General Precautions for Cab ........................................................S-5
D GETTING ON/OFF THE MACHINE ...............................................1-2
Daily Check ..................................................................................... 7-13 Grading Operation ....................................................................... 5-21
Date Adjustment .......................................................................... 1-36 Grease Container Replacement ............................................13-28
Date and Time................................................................................ 1-34 Greasing ........................................................................................... 7-25
Default Setting .................................................................................1-9 Greasing Method ........................................................................13-26
Defroster Operation ..................................................................1-116
Dig with Caution ........................................................................... S-20 H
Display Item Selection (Rear View Camera OFF) ............... 1-65 Handle Chemical Products Safely........................................... S-37
Display Mode Setting.................................................................. 1-38 Handle Fluids Safely−Avoid Fires............................................ S-23
Displaying Basic Screen ............................................................. 1-11 Hood and Access Covers ............................................................ 7-10
Dispose of Waste Properly......................................................... S-37 Horn Switch ..................................................................................1-103
Do Not Strike the Ground with Bucket Teeth ..................... 5-22 Hour Meter...................................................................................... 1-14
Do Not Use Wide Track Shoes on Rough Ground. ............ 5-24 How to Lower Boom In Case of Emergency and When
Drain Fuel Filter ............................................................................. 7-61 Engine Stops ............................................................................. 5-42
Drain Fuel Tank Sump ................................................................. 7-60 How to Use Screens ..................................................................... 1-11
Drive Machine Safely................................................................... S-14 Hydraulic Breaker and Hydraulic Crusher ............................ 5-27
DRIVING THE MACHINE .................................................................4-1 Hydraulic System .......................................................................... 7-38
Drive the Machine Carefully ........................................................4-1 I
E Information Menu ........................................................................ 1-69
Electrical Control Main Switch (Optional) (4) ..................... 1-97 Input Password.............................................................................. 1-16
Electrical Control Switch (Optional) .....................................1-104 Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance.....................................7-110
Electrical System ........................................................................... 7-89 Inspect Machine ..............................................................................S-4
Emergency Exit ...........................................................................1-130 Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting ....................................3-1
Engine............................................................................................... 7-29 Inspection and Maintenance of Hydraulic Equipment... 7-38
Engine Auto-Stop in Extremely Low Temperature ........... 3-11 Install OPG Guard ......................................................................... S-12
Engine Control Dial ...................................................................... 1-90 Installation and Adjustment of Mirrors ..............................1-134
Engine Oil Level ............................................................................ 7-29 Installing Fire Extinguisher (Optional) ................................1-107
Engine Speed Control ....................................................................5-7 Investigate Job Site Beforehand ............................................. S-11
Engine Stop Switch ....................................................................1-108 J
Ensure Safety Before Rising from or Leaving Jump Starting ...................................................................................S-9
Operator’s Seat ...........................................................................S-7
Evacuating in Case of Fire.......................................................... S-32 K
Every 10 Hours or Daily .................................................................2-1 Keep Person Clear from Working Area.................................. S-18
Extending Password Duration Time ...................................... 1-17 Keep Riders off Machine ...............................................................S-9
Key Switch .....................................................................................1-103

14-2
 INDEX
L Operating Status Icon Display ................................................. 1-15
Language Settings ....................................................................... 1-60 OPERATING THE ENGINE ...............................................................3-1
Layout ..................................................................................................7-4 OPERATING THE MACHINE ...........................................................5-1
Lists of Display Language .......................................................... 1-62 Operation ........................................................................................ 1-70
Loading/Unloading on a Trailer .................................................6-2 OPERATOR’S STATION ....................................................................1-3
Lubrication Interval Setting ...................................................... 1-48 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES............................ 13-1
Lubricator ......................................................................................13-26 Overload Alarm Switch (Optional) (5) ................................... 1-98
Lubricator ......................................................................................13-26 P
M Park Machine Safely ..................................................................... S-23
MACHINE NUMBERS ...........................................................................1 Parking the Machine ......................................................................4-9
Mail (Optional) ............................................................................... 1-31 Parking the Machine on Slopes..................................................4-9
Main Menu ...................................................................................... 1-27 Password Change (Optional).................................................... 1-50
Main Menu Sequence Change ................................................ 1-67 Periodic Replacement of Parts................................................. 7-20
Maintenance ..........................................................................1-80, 7-1 Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever .......................................... 1-108, 5-5
Maintenance Guide ..................................................................... 7-14 Power Boost Switch ........................................................1-103, 5-18
Maintenance Guide Table.............................................................7-7 Power Switch/Volume Control Knob (Radio) ..................... 1-90
Maintenance Notice .................................................................... 1-80 Practice Safe Maintenance ........................................................ S-25
Maintenance Under Special Environmental Conditions ...9-1 Precaution for Arm Roll-In/Bucket Roll-In Combined
Manual Lubrication....................................................................13-24 Operation................................................................................... 5-20
Manual Regeneration Procedure ............................................ 1-26 Precaution for Communication Terminal Equipment ..... S-39
Measure Engine Compression Pressure .............................7-110 Precautions for After Operations ............................................ 5-43
Miscellaneous ................................................................................ 7-97 Precautions for Breaker Operation ......................................... 5-30
Mode Switch ....................................................................... 1-92, 5-19 Precautions for Communication Terminal ........................... S-38
Monitoring ...................................................................................... 1-86 Precautions for Crusher Operation ........................................ 5-37
Move and Operate Machine Safely ...........................................S-8 Precautions for Handling Accumulator and Gas
Muffler Filter .................................................................1-24, 1-3,-154 Damper ....................................................................................... S-34
Muffler Filter Condition Display .............................................. 1-24 Precautions for Lightning .......................................................... S-21
Muffler Filter Manual Regeneration Request ..................... 1-25 Precautions for Operations ....................................................... S-10
Muffler Filter Manual Regeneration ....................................... 5-13 Precautions for Welding and Grinding ................................. S-33
Muffler Filter Regeneration Inhibited ................................... 1-46 Preparations for Inspection and Maintenance .....................7-9
Multi Function Monitor .................................................................1-8 Prepare for Emergencies...............................................................S-3
Prevent Battery Explosions ....................................................... S-36
N Prevent Burns ................................................................................. S-28
Never Position Bucket Over Anyone ..................................... S-18 Prevent Fires ................................................................................... S-30
Never Ride Attachment .............................................................. S-38 Prevent Parts from Flying .......................................................... S-27
Never Undercut a High Bank .................................................... S-20 Protect Against Flying Debris .................................................. S-22
Notes for Muffler Filter................................................................ S-38 Protect Against Noise ....................................................................S-4
Numeric Keypad ........................................................................... 1-95 Provide Signals for Jobs Involving Multiple Machines.... S-13
O Pump Transmission (ZX670LC-5B, 870LC-5B) ..................... 7-32
Object Handling --- If Equipped .............................................. 5-25 R
Object Handling ........................................................................... S-22 Radio ................................................................................................. 1-29
Observe Engine Operation Closely ...........................................2-1 Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm ....................................4-6
Off-Season Air Conditioner Maintenance .........................1-117 Rear Light Switch (Optional) (3) .............................................. 1-97
Opening Side Windows ............................................................1-127 Rear View Camera Monitor ....................................................... 1-56
Opening/Closing and Removing Cab Inside Rear View Camera ON/OFF ....................................................... 1-56
Window ....................................................................................1-124 Recognize Safety Information ....................................................S-1
Opening/Closing Overhead Window (Clear Hatch: If Remedy ............................................................................................ 1-20
Equipped) ................................................................................1-129 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ........................... S-35
Opening/Closing Overhead Window ..................................1-128 Remove Travel Levers................................................................7-104
Opening/Closing Upper Front Window .............................1-125 Removing and Storing Lower Front Window ...................1-126
Operate Only from Operator’s Seat ..........................................S-8 Removing the Machine from Storage ................................... 10-2
Operate with Caution ................................................................. S-20 Replace Air Breather Element .................................................. 7-52
Operating Backhoe ...................................................................... 5-20 Replace Fuel Main Filter Element ........................................... 7-68
Operating in Water or Mud ..........................................................4-8 Replace Fuel Pre-Filter Element .............................................. 7-70
Operating on Soft Ground ...........................................................4-5 Replace Full-Flow Filter .............................................................. 7-48

14-3
 INDEX
Replace Pilot Oil Filter ................................................................. 7-50 Towing Machine a Short Distance.............................................4-7
Replace Pump Drain Filter ......................................................... 7-49 Transmission .................................................................................. 7-32
Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically........................................ S-29 Transport Safely ............................................................................ S-24
Replacing Fuses ............................................................................ 7-95 Transportation Exhaust Pipe .......................................................6-5
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt ................................................7-110 TRANSPORTING................................................................................6-1
Return to Basic Screen (Monitor) ............................................ 1-89 Transporting by Road ....................................................................6-1
Return to Previous Screen (Monitor) ..................................... 1-89 Travel Alarm (Optional) .................................................................4-4
Travel Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (1) ............... 1-97
S
Travel Mode Switch .............................................................1-91, 4-4
SAFETY ................................................................................................S-1 Travel Operation ........................................................................... 1-76
SAFETY SIGNS ................................................................................ S-41 Travel Reduction Gear ................................................................ 7-36
Seat Belt .........................................................................................1-135 Troubleshooting ...................................................1-84, 11-1, 13-19
Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment ........................................................1-131 Tuning Procedure .......................................................................1-118
Seat Heater Switch (Optional) (2) ........................................... 1-97
Seat Height and Angle Adjustment .....................................1-131 U
Security Functions (Optional) .................................................. 1-16 Understand Signal Words .............................................................S-1
Select/Confirm Switch (Monitor) ............................................ 1-89 Unit Selection ................................................................................ 1-63
Service Air Conditioning System Safely ............................... S-36 Unloading ..........................................................................................6-4
Setting Menu ................................................................................. 1-33 Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants ..............................................7-3
Setting Procedure ........................................................................ 1-46 Use Handrails and Steps ...............................................................S-6
Shoe Types and Applications ZX470LC-5B .......................... 12-3 Using Booster Batteries .................................................................3-8
Shoe Types and Applications ZX670LC-5 ............................ 12-6 Using Cigar Lighter ...................................................................1-106
Shoe Types and Applications ZX870LC-5B .......................... 12-9 Using Cigar Lighter Port as External Power Source........1-106
SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................ 12-1
W
Specifications ZX470LC-5B ....................................................... 12-1
Specifications ZX670LC-5B ....................................................... 12-4 Warming Up Operation .................................................................5-6
Specifications ZX870LC-5B ....................................................... 12-7 Warn Others of Service Work ................................................... S-26
Starting the Engine .........................................................................3-3 Water drain from hydraulic oil tank ....................................... 7-42
Station Auto-Presetting Procedure ......................................1-120 Wear Protective Clothing..............................................................S-3
Station Presetting Procedure .................................................1-119 When Windows Become Clouded ........................................1-117
Stay Clear of Moving Parts ........................................................ S-27 Wiper/Washer Switch .................................................................. 1-94
Steering the Machine Using Levers ..........................................4-3 Work Light Switch ........................................................................ 1-93
Steering the Machine Using Pedals ..........................................4-2 Work Mode .......................................................................... 1-30, 5-15
Stopping the Engine ................................................................... 3-10 Working Ranges ZX470LC-5B .................................................. 12-2
STORAGE.......................................................................................... 10-1 Working Ranges ZX670LC-5B .................................................. 12-5
Store Attachments Safely .......................................................... S-28 Working Ranges ZX870LC-5B .................................................. 12-8
Storing the Machine .................................................................... 10-1
Sub Meter ........................................................................................ 1-54
Suction Filter Cleaning ............................................................... 7-47
Support Machine Properly ........................................................ S-26
Suspension Adjustment ...........................................................1-131
Swing Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional) (8) .............. 1-98
Swing Bearing ................................................................................ 7-27
Swing Internal Gear ..................................................................... 7-28
Swing Reduction Gear ................................................................ 7-34
Switch Panel ................................................................................... 1-88
Switch Panel (for Optional Equipment) ................................ 1-96
T
Temperature Control Switch/Mode Switch
(Air Conditioner) ...................................................................... 1-89
Tightening and Retightening Torque of Nuts and
Bolts ...........................................................................................7-111
Time Adjustment .......................................................................... 1-34
Time Remains and Maintenance Interval ............................ 1-82
Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage .............................1-117
TONE Control ...............................................................................1-121

14-4